Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environment Protection and Biodiversity
Conservation Act 1999
No. 91, 1999
Compilation No. 52
Compilation date: 29 October 2018
Includes amendments up to: Act No. 12, 2018
Registered: 9 November 2018
This compilation is in 2 volumes
Volume 1: sections 1–266
Volume 2: sections 266B–528
Schedule
Endnotes
Each volume has its own contents
Prepared by the Office of Parliamentary Counsel, Canberra
About this compilation
This compilation
This is a compilation of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity
Conservation Act 1999 that shows the text of the law as amended and in force
on 29 October 2018 (the compilation date).
The notes at the end of this compilation (the endnotes) include information
about amending laws and the amendment history of provisions of the compiled
law.
Uncommenced amendments
The effect of uncommenced amendments is not shown in the text of the
compiled law. Any uncommenced amendments affecting the law are accessible
on the Legislation Register (www.legislation.gov.au). The details of
amendments made up to, but not commenced at, the compilation date are
underlined in the endnotes. For more information on any uncommenced
amendments, see the series page on the Legislation Register for the compiled
law.
Application, saving and transitional provisions for provisions and
amendments
If the operation of a provision or amendment of the compiled law is affected by
an application, saving or transitional provision that is not included in this
compilation, details are included in the endnotes.
Editorial changes
For more information about any editorial changes made in this compilation, see
the endnotes.
Modifications
If the compiled law is modified by another law, the compiled law operates as
modified but the modification does not amend the text of the law. Accordingly,
this compilation does not show the text of the compiled law as modified. For
more information on any modifications, see the series page on the Legislation
Register for the compiled law.
Self-repealing provisions
If a provision of the compiled law has been repealed in accordance with a
provision of the law, details are included in the endnotes.
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Contents
Chapter 1—Preliminary 1
Part 1—Preliminary 1 1 Short title ...........................................................................................1
2 Commencement.................................................................................1
3 Objects of Act....................................................................................1
3A Principles of ecologically sustainable development ..........................3
4 Act to bind Crown .............................................................................4
5 Application of Act .............................................................................4
6 Extended application of Act to match extended management
of fisheries under the Fisheries Management Act 1991 .....................6
7 Application of the Criminal Code .....................................................8
8 Native title rights not affected ...........................................................8
9 Relationship with other Acts .............................................................8
10 Relationship with State law ...............................................................9
Chapter 2—Protecting the environment 10
Part 2—Simplified outline of this Chapter 10 11 Simplified outline of this Chapter....................................................10
Part 3—Requirements for environmental approvals 11
Division 1—Requirements relating to matters of national
environmental significance 11
Subdivision A—World Heritage 11
12 Requirement for approval of activities with a significant
impact on a declared World Heritage property ................................11
13 What is a declared World Heritage property?.................................12
14 Declaring a property to be a declared World Heritage
property ...........................................................................................12
15 Amending or revoking a declaration of a declared World
Heritage property.............................................................................15
15A Offences relating to declared World Heritage properties.................15
Subdivision AA—National Heritage 17
15B Requirement for approval of activities with a significant
impact on a National Heritage place................................................17
15C Offences relating to National Heritage places .................................19
Subdivision B—Wetlands of international importance 25
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 i
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
16 Requirement for approval of activities with a significant
impact on a declared Ramsar wetland .............................................25
17 What is a declared Ramsar wetland? ..............................................26
17A Making and revoking declarations of wetlands ...............................26
17B Offences relating to declared Ramsar wetlands ...............................28
Subdivision C—Listed threatened species and communities 29
18 Actions with significant impact on listed threatened species
or endangered community prohibited without approval ..................29
18A Offences relating to threatened species etc. .....................................31
19 Certain actions relating to listed threatened species and listed
threatened ecological communities not prohibited ..........................33
Subdivision D—Listed migratory species 34
20 Requirement for approval of activities with a significant
impact on a listed migratory species................................................34
20A Offences relating to listed migratory species ...................................34
20B Certain actions relating to listed migratory species not
prohibited ........................................................................................36
Subdivision E—Protection of the environment from nuclear
actions 36
21 Requirement for approval of nuclear actions...................................36
22 What is a nuclear action? ................................................................37
22A Offences relating to nuclear actions.................................................39
Subdivision F—Marine environment 41
23 Requirement for approval of activities involving the marine
environment.....................................................................................41
24 What is a Commonwealth marine area?..........................................44
24A Offences relating to marine areas ....................................................44
Subdivision FA—Great Barrier Reef Marine Park 49
24B Requirement for approval of activities in the Great Barrier
Reef Marine Park.............................................................................49
24C Offences relating to Great Barrier Reef Marine Park ......................50
Subdivision FB—Protection of water resources from coal seam
gas development and large coal mining
development 53
24D Requirement for approval of developments with a significant
impact on water resources ...............................................................53
24E Offences relating to water resources................................................55
Subdivision G—Additional matters of national environmental
significance 57
ii Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
25 Requirement for approval of prescribed actions ..............................57
Subdivision H—Actions that are taken to be covered by this
Division 59
25A Actions that are taken to be covered by this Division......................59
Subdivision HA—Limitation on liability for actions of third
parties 60
25AA Limitation on liability for actions of third parties............................60
Subdivision I—Evidentiary certificates 62
25B Evidentiary certificates ....................................................................62
25C Certificate to be given to person......................................................63
25D Evidentiary effect of certificate .......................................................63
25E Variation of certificate.....................................................................63
25F Revocation of certificate..................................................................63
Division 2—Protection of the environment from proposals
involving the Commonwealth 65
Subdivision A—Protection of environment from actions involving
Commonwealth land 65
26 Requirement for approval of activities involving
Commonwealth land........................................................................65
27 What is Commonwealth land?.........................................................66
27A Offences relating to Commonwealth land .......................................66
Subdivision AA—Protection of Commonwealth Heritage places
outside the Australian jurisdiction 69
27B Requirement for approval of actions with significant impact
on Commonwealth Heritage places overseas...................................69
27C Offences relating to Commonwealth Heritage places
overseas ...........................................................................................69
Subdivision B—Protection of the environment from
Commonwealth actions 71
28 Requirement for approval of activities of Commonwealth
agencies significantly affecting the environment.............................71
Subdivision C—Actions that are taken to be covered by this
Division 73
28AA Actions that are taken to be covered by this Division......................73
Subdivision D—Limitation on liability for actions of third parties 74
28AB Limitation on liability for actions of third parties............................74
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
iii
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Part 4—Cases in which environmental approvals are not
needed 75
Division 1—Actions covered by bilateral agreements 75
29 Actions declared by agreement not to need approval ......................75
30 Extended operation in State and Northern Territory waters ............76
31 Extended operation in non-self-governing Territories .....................76
Division 2—Actions covered by Ministerial declarations and
accredited management arrangements or accredited
authorisation processes 78
Subdivision A—Effect of declarations 78
32 Actions declared by Minister not to need approval .........................78
Subdivision B—Making declarations 79
33 Making declaration that actions do not need approval under
Part 9 ...............................................................................................79
34 What is matter protected by a provision of Part 3? .........................83
Subdivision C—Prerequisites for making declarations 86
34A Minister may only make declaration if prescribed criteria are
met...................................................................................................86
34B Declarations relating to declared World Heritage properties ...........86
34BA Declarations relating to National Heritage places............................87
34C Declarations relating to declared Ramsar wetlands .........................87
34D Declarations relating to listed threatened species and
ecological communities ...................................................................88
34E Declarations relating to migratory species.......................................89
34F Declarations relating to Commonwealth Heritage places ................90
Subdivision D—Other rules about declarations 91
35 Revoking declarations .....................................................................91
36 Other rules about declarations .........................................................91
36A Minor amendments of accredited management arrangement
or accredited authorisation process..................................................92
Division 3—Actions covered by Ministerial declarations and
bioregional plans 94
Subdivision A—Effect of declarations 94
37 Actions declared by Minister not to need approval .........................94
Subdivision B—Making declarations 94
37A Making declarations that actions do not need approval under
Part 9 ...............................................................................................94
iv Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
95Subdivision C—Prerequisites for making declarations
37B General considerations ....................................................................95
37C Minister may make declaration only if prescribed criteria are
met...................................................................................................95
37D Declarations relating to declared World Heritage properties ...........95
37E Declarations relating to National Heritage places............................96
37F Declarations relating to declared Ramsar wetlands .........................96
37G Declarations relating to listed threatened species and
ecological communities ...................................................................97
37H Declarations relating to listed migratory species .............................97
37J No declarations relating to nuclear actions ......................................98
Subdivision D—Other rules about declarations 98
37K Revoking declarations .....................................................................98
37L Other rules about declarations .........................................................98
Division 3A—Actions covered by conservation agreements 100
37M Actions declared by conservation agreement not to need
approval.........................................................................................100
Division 4—Forestry operations in certain regions 101
Subdivision A—Regions covered by regional forest agreements 101
38 Part 3 not to apply to certain RFA forestry operations ..................101
Subdivision B—Regions subject to a process of negotiating a
regional forest agreement 101
39 Object of this Subdivision .............................................................101
40 Forestry operations in regions not yet covered by regional
forest agreements...........................................................................102
41 What is an RFA region?.................................................................103
Subdivision C—Limits on application 104
42 This Division does not apply to some forestry operations .............104
Division 5—Actions in the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park 105
43 Actions taken in accordance with zoning plan...............................105
Division 6—Actions with prior authorisation 106
43A Actions with prior authorisation ....................................................106
43B Actions which are lawful continuations of use of land etc. ...........107
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
v
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
108Chapter 3—Bilateral agreements
Part 5—Bilateral agreements 108
Division 1—Object of Part 108
44 Object of this Part..........................................................................108
Division 2—Making bilateral agreements 109
Subdivision A—Power to make bilateral agreements 109
45 Minister may make agreement.......................................................109
46 Agreement may declare actions do not need approval under
Part 9 .............................................................................................110
47 Agreement may declare classes of actions do not need
assessment .....................................................................................115
48 Other provisions of bilateral agreements .......................................116
48A Mandatory provisions....................................................................117
49 Certain limits on scope of bilateral agreements .............................119
Subdivision B—Prerequisites for making bilateral agreements 119
49A Consultation on draft agreement....................................................119
50 Minister may only enter into agreement if prescribed criteria
are met ...........................................................................................120
51 Agreements relating to declared World Heritage properties..........120
51A Agreements relating to National Heritage places...........................121
52 Agreements relating to declared Ramsar wetlands ........................121
53 Agreements relating to listed threatened species and
ecological communities .................................................................122
54 Agreements relating to migratory species......................................123
55 Agreements relating to nuclear actions..........................................124
56 Agreements relating to prescribed actions .....................................125
Subdivision C—Minor amendments of bilateral agreements 125
56A Ministerial determination of minor amendments to bilateral
agreements.....................................................................................125
Division 3—Suspending and ending the effect of bilateral
agreements 127
Subdivision A—Suspension and cancellation of effect 127
57 Representations about suspension or cancellation .........................127
58 Consultation before cancellation or suspension.............................128
59 Suspension or cancellation ............................................................128
60 Emergency suspension of effect of bilateral agreement.................130
61 Cancellation during suspension .....................................................131
vi Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
62 Revocation of notice of suspension or cancellation.......................131
63 Cancellation or suspension at request of other party .....................132
64 Cancellation or suspension of bilateral agreement does not
affect certain actions......................................................................133
Subdivision B—Expiry of bilateral agreements 134
65 Expiry and review of bilateral agreements ....................................134
65A Expiry of bilateral agreement does not affect certain actions ........134
Chapter 4—Environmental assessments and
approvals 136
Part 6—Simplified outline of this Chapter 136 66 Simplified outline of this Chapter..................................................136
Part 7—Deciding whether approval of actions is needed 138
Division 1—Referral of proposals to take action 138
67 What is a controlled action?..........................................................138
67A Prohibition on taking controlled action without approval..............138
68 Referral by person proposing to take action ..................................138
68A Actions proposed to be taken under a contract etc.........................139
69 State or Territory may refer proposal to Minister ..........................140
70 Minister may request referral of proposal......................................140
71 Commonwealth agency may refer proposal to Minister ................142
72 Form and content of referrals ........................................................142
73 Informing person proposing to take action of referral ...................142
73A Informing Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority of
proposal affecting Great Barrier Reef Marine Park .......................143
74 Inviting provision of information on referred proposal .................143
74A Minister may request referral of a larger action.............................145
74AA Offence of taking action before decision made in relation to
referral etc. ....................................................................................146
Division 1A—Decision that action is clearly unacceptable 149
74B Application of this Division ..........................................................149
74C Informing person proposing to take action that action is
clearly unacceptable ......................................................................149
74D Procedure if Minister is requested to reconsider referral ...............150
Division 2—Ministerial decision whether action needs approval 153
75 Does the proposed action need approval?......................................153
76 Minister may request more information for making decisions ......156
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 vii
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
77 Notice and reasons for decision.....................................................157
77A Action to be taken in a particular manner ......................................158
Division 3—Reconsideration of decisions 160
78 Reconsideration of decision...........................................................160
78A Request for reconsideration of decision by person other than
State or Territory Minister .............................................................163
78B Minister must inform interested persons of request and invite
comments ......................................................................................164
78C Minister must reconsider decision and give notice of
outcome .........................................................................................166
79 Reconsideration of decision on request by a State or
Territory ........................................................................................167
Part 8—Assessing impacts of controlled actions 169
Division 1—Simplified outline of this Part 169
80 Simplified outline of this Part........................................................169
Division 2—Application of this Part 170
81 Application ....................................................................................170
82 What are the relevant impacts of an action?..................................170
83 This Part does not apply if action covered by bilateral
agreement ......................................................................................171
84 This Part does not apply if action covered by declaration .............172
Division 3—Decision on assessment approach 175
Subdivision A—Simplified outline of this Division 175
85 Simplified outline of this Division ................................................175
Subdivision B—Deciding on approach for assessment 175
87 Minister must decide on approach for assessment.........................175
88 Timing of decision on assessment approach..................................177
89 Minister may request more information for making decision ........178
90 Directing an inquiry after starting an assessment ..........................179
91 Notice of decision on assessment approach...................................180
Division 3A—Assessment on referral information 181
92 Application of this Division ..........................................................181
93 Recommendation report ................................................................181
Division 4—Assessment on preliminary documentation 183
94 Application of this Division ..........................................................183
95 Direction to publish referral information and invitation to
comment—no further information required...................................183
viii Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
95A Direction to publish referral information and invitation to
comment—further information required........................................184
95B Procedure after end of period for comment ...................................185
95C Recommendation report ................................................................186
Division 5—Public environment reports 187
96 Application ....................................................................................187
96A Minister must give designated proponent written guidelines
for preparation of draft public environment report ........................187
96B Standard guidelines .......................................................................188
97 Tailored guidelines ........................................................................188
98 Designated proponent must invite comment on draft public
environment report ........................................................................190
99 Finalising public environment report.............................................191
100 Recommendation report ................................................................192
Division 6—Environmental impact statements 193
101 Application ....................................................................................193
101A Minister must give designated proponent written guidelines
for preparation of draft environmental impact statement...............193
101B Standard guidelines .......................................................................194
102 Tailored guidelines ........................................................................194
103 Designated proponent must invite comment on draft
environmental impact statement ....................................................196
104 Finalising environmental impact statement ...................................197
105 Recommendation report ................................................................198
Division 7—Inquiries 199
Subdivision A—Preliminary 199
106 Simplified outline ..........................................................................199
Subdivision B—Establishment of inquiries 199
107 Appointing commissioners and setting terms of reference ............199
108 Publicising inquiry.........................................................................201
Subdivision C—Conduct of inquiries 201
109 Procedure of inquiries....................................................................201
110 Inquiry to be public .......................................................................202
111 Calling witnesses ...........................................................................202
112 Dealing with witnesses ..................................................................203
113 Dealing with documents given to commission ..............................205
114 Inspections of land, buildings and places ......................................205
115 Entering premises by consent ........................................................206
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
ix
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
116 Entering premises under warrant ...................................................206
117 Warrants by telephone or other electronic means ..........................207
118 Identity cards .................................................................................209
119 Contempt .......................................................................................210
120 Protection of commissioners and witnesses...................................210
Subdivision D—Inquiry reports 212
121 Timing of report ............................................................................212
122 Publication of report ......................................................................213
Subdivision E—Commissioners’ terms and conditions 213
123 Basis of appointment .....................................................................213
124 Remuneration ................................................................................213
125 Leave of absence ...........................................................................214
126 Resignation....................................................................................214
127 Termination of appointment ..........................................................214
128 Disclosure of interests ...................................................................215
129 Other terms and conditions............................................................216
Part 9—Approval of actions 217
Division 1—Decisions on approval and conditions 217
Subdivision A—General 217
131AA Inviting comments before decision from person proposing to
131AB Minister must obtain advice from Independent Expert
Scientific Committee on Coal Seam Gas and Large Coal
130 Timing of decision on approval .....................................................217
131 Inviting comments from other Ministers before decision ..............219
take action and designated proponent ............................................219
Mining Development.....................................................................222
131A Inviting public comment before decision ......................................222
132 Requesting further information for approval decision ...................223
132A Requesting notice from appropriate State or Territory
Minister about certain actions........................................................224
132B Election to have an action management plan approved after
approval of the taking of an action granted ...................................225
133 Grant of approval...........................................................................225
134 Conditions of approval ..................................................................228
134A Inviting public comment before approving action
management plan...........................................................................233
135 Certain approvals and conditions must not give preference ..........233
135A Publication of recommendation reports .........................................234
x Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Subdivision B—Considerations for approvals and conditions 235
136 General considerations ..................................................................235
137 Requirements for decisions about World Heritage ........................237
137A Requirements for decisions about National Heritage places..........237
138 Requirements for decisions about Ramsar wetlands......................238
139 Requirements for decisions about threatened species and
endangered communities ...............................................................238
140 Requirements for decisions about migratory species.....................239
140A No approval for certain nuclear installations .................................239
Division 2—Requirement to comply with conditions 240
142 Compliance with conditions on approval ......................................240
142A Offence of breaching conditions on approval ................................240
142B Strict liability offence for breach of approval condition ................241
Division 3—Variation of conditions and suspension and
revocation of approvals 243
143 Variation of conditions attached to approval .................................243
143A Variation of action management plan ............................................245
144 Suspension of approval..................................................................246
145 Revocation of approval..................................................................248
145A Reinstating suspended or revoked approval...................................249
Division 4—Transfer of approvals 252
145B Transfer with Minister’s consent ...................................................252
Division 5—Extension of period of effect of approval 254
145C Application to Minister to extend period of effect of
approval.........................................................................................254
145D Minister must decide whether or not to extend approval
period.............................................................................................254
145E Minister may request further information for making
decision..........................................................................................255
Part 10—Strategic assessments 256
Division 1—Strategic assessments generally 256
Subdivision A—Assessment of actions to be taken in accordance
with policy, plan or program 256
146 Minister may agree on strategic assessment ..................................256
Subdivision B—Approval of taking of actions in accordance with
endorsed policy, plan or program 258
146A Definition ......................................................................................258
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 xi
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
146B Minister may approve taking of actions in accordance with
endorsed policy, plan or program ..................................................258
146C Inviting comments from other Ministers before deciding
whether or not to approve taking of actions in accordance
with endorsed policy, plan or program ..........................................260
146D Effect of approval of taking of actions in accordance with
endorsed policy, plan or program ..................................................260
Subdivision C—Considerations for approving taking of actions in
accordance with endorsed policy, plan or program 262
146E Minister must comply with this Subdivision .................................262
146F General considerations ..................................................................262
146G Approvals relating to declared World Heritage properties ............262
146H Approvals relating to National Heritage places .............................263
146J Approvals relating to declared Ramsar wetlands...........................263
146K Approvals relating to listed threatened species and ecological
communities ..................................................................................263
146L Approvals relating to listed migratory species...............................264
146M No approvals relating to nuclear actions........................................264
Division 2—Assessment of Commonwealth-managed fisheries 265
147 Simplified outline of this Division ................................................265
148 Assessment before management plan is determined......................266
149 Assessment before determination that no plan required ................266
150 Assessment of all fisheries without plans must be started
within 5 years ................................................................................267
151 Assessment of all Torres Strait fisheries to be started within
5 years ...........................................................................................268
152 Further assessment if impacts greater than previously
assessed .........................................................................................268
153 Minister must make declaration if he or she endorses plan or
policy.............................................................................................269
154 This Division does not limit Division 1.........................................270
Part 11—Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals 271
Division 1—Rules about timing 271
155 This Chapter ceases to apply to lapsed proposals ..........................271
156 General rules about time limits......................................................272
Division 1A—Variation of proposals to take actions 273
156A Request to vary proposal to take an action ....................................273
156B Minister must decide whether or not to accept a varied
proposal .........................................................................................274
xii Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
156C Minister may request further information in relation to a
varied proposal ..............................................................................274
156D Effect of Minister’s decision to accept or not accept a varied
proposal .........................................................................................275
156E Notice of decision..........................................................................276
Division 1B—Change of person proposing to take action 277
156F Change of person proposing to take action....................................277
Division 2—Actions in area offshore from a State or the
Northern Territory 279
157 Actions treated as though they were in a State or the
Northern Territory .........................................................................279
Division 3—Exemptions 280
158 Exemptions from Part 3 and this Chapter ......................................280
Division 3A—Approval process decisions not affected by listing
events that happen after section 75 decision made 281
158A Approval process decisions not affected by listing events that
happen after section 75 decision made ..........................................281
Division 4—Application of Chapter to actions that are not
controlled actions 284
Subdivision A—Minister’s advice on authorising actions 284
159 Simplified outline of this Subdivision ...........................................284
160 Requirement to take account of Minister’s advice.........................285
161 Seeking the Minister’s advice........................................................287
161A Minister may decide that advice is not required ............................288
161B Certain provisions of other Acts not to apply if Minister
decides that advice is not required.................................................289
162 Assessment of the action ...............................................................289
163 Providing advice............................................................................290
164 Reporting on response to advice....................................................291
Subdivision C—Assessment under agreement with State or
Territory 291
166 This Subdivision applies if Ministers agree it should ....................291
167 Making an agreement ....................................................................292
168 Content of an agreement................................................................293
169 Application of a Division of Part 8................................................294
170 Application of Subdivision A of Division 1 of Part 10..................296
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
xiii
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Division 5—Publication of information relating to assessments 297
170A Publication of information relating to assessments........................297
170B Information critical to protecting matters of national
environmental significance not to be disclosed .............................298
170BA Designated proponent may request Minister to permit
commercial-in-confidence information not to be disclosed ...........298
Division 6—Withdrawal of referrals 301
170C Withdrawal of referral of proposal to take an action .....................301
Division 7—Miscellaneous 302
170CA Fees ...............................................................................................302
Chapter 5—Conservation of biodiversity and heritage 303
Part 11A—Interpretation 303 170D References to business days are references to Canberra
business days .................................................................................303
Part 12—Identifying and monitoring biodiversity and making
bioregional plans 304
Division 1—Identifying and monitoring biodiversity 304
171 Identifying and monitoring biodiversity ........................................304
172 Inventories of listed threatened species etc. on
Commonwealth land......................................................................305
173 Surveys of cetaceans, listed threatened species etc. in
Commonwealth marine areas ........................................................306
174 Inventories and surveys to be updated ...........................................306
Division 2—Bioregional plans 307
176 Bioregional plans...........................................................................307
177 Obligations under this Act unaffected by lack of bioregional
plans ..............................................................................................308
Part 13—Species and communities 309
Division 1—Listed threatened species and ecological
communities 309
Subdivision A—Listing 309
178 Listing of threatened species .........................................................309
179 Categories of threatened species....................................................310
180 Native species of marine fish.........................................................311
181 Listing of threatened ecological communities ...............................312
xiv Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
182 Critically endangered, endangered and vulnerable
communities ..................................................................................313
183 Listing of key threatening processes..............................................313
184 Minister may amend lists...............................................................313
186 Amending list of threatened native species ...................................314
187 Amending list of ecological communities .....................................316
188 Amending list of key threatening processes ..................................317
189 Minister must consider advice from Scientific Committee............318
189A Certain information may be kept confidential ...............................319
189B Disclosure of Scientific Committee’s assessments and advice ......320
190 Scientific Committee may provide advice about species or
communities becoming threatened ................................................322
192 Rediscovery of threatened species that were extinct......................322
193 Species posing a serious threat to human health............................322
194 Lists must be publicly available ....................................................323
Subdivision AA—The nomination and listing process
194A Simplified outline ..........................................................................323
194B Definitions.....................................................................................324
194C Meaning of assessment period.......................................................325
194D Minister may determine conservation themes for an
assessment period ..........................................................................325
194E Minister to invite nominations for each assessment period ...........326
194F Minister to give nominations to Scientific Committee ..................327
194G Scientific Committee to prepare proposed priority
assessment list ...............................................................................328
194H Matters to be included in proposed priority assessment list...........330
194J Statement to be given to Minister with proposed priority
assessment list ...............................................................................330
194K The finalised priority assessment list.............................................331
194L Publication of finalised priority assessment list.............................332
194M Scientific Committee to invite comments on items in
finalised priority assessment list ....................................................332
194N Scientific Committee to assess items on finalised priority
assessment list and give assessments to Minister ..........................333
194P Time by which assessments to be provided to Minister ................334
194Q Decision about inclusion of an item in the Subdivision A List......335
194R Scientific Committee may obtain advice .......................................337
194S Co-ordination with Australian Heritage Council—
Committee undertaking assessment...............................................337
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
323
xv
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
194T Co-ordination with Australian Heritage Council—
Committee given assessment to Minister ......................................339
Subdivision B—Permit system 339
195 Subdivision does not apply to cetaceans........................................339
196 Killing or injuring member of listed threatened species or
community.....................................................................................340
196A Strict liability for killing or injuring member of listed
threatened species or community...................................................340
196B Taking etc. member of listed threatened species or
community.....................................................................................341
196C Strict liability for taking etc. member of listed threatened
species or community ....................................................................342
196D Trading etc. member of listed threatened species or
community taken in Commonwealth area .....................................342
196E Strict liability for trading etc. member of listed threatened
species or community taken in Commonwealth area.....................343
196F Aggravated offence—member of listed threatened species
that is a dugong or turtle ................................................................343
197 Certain actions are not offences.....................................................344
198 Operation of sections 18 and 18A not affected..............................347
199 Failing to notify taking of listed threatened species or listed
ecological community ...................................................................347
200 Application for permits..................................................................348
201 Minister may issue permits............................................................349
202 Conditions of permits ....................................................................350
203 Contravening conditions of a permit .............................................351
204 Authorities under permits ..............................................................351
205 Transfer of permits ........................................................................352
206 Suspension or cancellation of permits ...........................................352
206A Review of decisions about permits ................................................352
207 Fees ...............................................................................................352
Subdivision BA—Protecting critical habitat 353
207A Register of critical habitat..............................................................353
207B Offence of knowingly damaging critical habitat............................354
207C Sale or lease of Commonwealth land containing critical
habitat ............................................................................................354
Subdivision C—Miscellaneous 355
208A Minister may accredit plans, regimes or policies...........................355
208 Regulations....................................................................................356
xvi Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
357Division 2—Migratory species
Subdivision A—Listing 357
209 Listed migratory species ................................................................357
Subdivision B—Permit system 358
210 Subdivision does not apply to members of listed threatened
species or cetaceans .......................................................................358
211 Killing or injuring member of listed migratory species .................358
211A Strict liability for killing or injuring member of listed
migratory species...........................................................................359
211B Taking etc. member of listed migratory species ............................359
211C Strict liability for taking etc. member of listed migratory
species ...........................................................................................360
211D Trading etc. member of listed migratory species taken in
Commonwealth area ......................................................................360
211E Strict liability for trading etc. member of listed migratory
species taken in Commonwealth area ............................................361
211F Aggravated offence—member of listed migratory species
that is a dugong or turtle ................................................................362
212 Certain actions are not offences.....................................................362
213 Operation of sections 20 and 20A not affected..............................365
214 Failing to notify taking etc. of listed migratory species .................365
215 Application for permits..................................................................367
216 Minister may issue permits............................................................367
217 Conditions of permits ....................................................................368
218 Contravening conditions of a permit .............................................368
219 Authorities under permits ..............................................................369
220 Transfer of permits ........................................................................369
221 Suspension or cancellation of permits ...........................................370
221A Review of decisions about permits ................................................370
222 Fees ...............................................................................................370
Subdivision C—Miscellaneous 370
222A Minister may accredit plans, regimes or policies...........................370
223 Regulations....................................................................................372
Division 3—Whales and other cetaceans 373
Subdivision A—Application of Division 373
224 Application of Division .................................................................373
Subdivision B—Australian Whale Sanctuary and important
cetacean habitat areas 374
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
xvii
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
225 Australian Whale Sanctuary ..........................................................374
226 Prescribed waters...........................................................................374
227 Coastal waters................................................................................375
228 Minister may make declaration for coastal waters.........................375
228A Important cetacean habitat areas....................................................376
Subdivision C—Offences 376
229 Killing or injuring a cetacean ........................................................376
229A Strict liability for killing or injuring a cetacean .............................377
229B Intentionally taking etc. a cetacean................................................377
229C Strict liability for taking etc. a cetacean.........................................379
229D Treating cetaceans .........................................................................379
230 Possession of cetaceans .................................................................380
231 Certain actions are not offences.....................................................381
232 Action to be taken on killing etc. cetaceans...................................383
Subdivision E—Miscellaneous offences 385
236 Offences relating to foreign whaling vessels .................................385
Subdivision F—Permit system 386
237 Application for permits..................................................................386
238 Minister may issue permits............................................................386
239 Conditions of permits ....................................................................388
240 Contravening conditions of a permit .............................................388
241 Authorities under permits ..............................................................388
242 Transfer of permits ........................................................................389
243 Suspension or cancellation of permits ...........................................389
243A Review of decisions about permits ................................................390
244 Fees ...............................................................................................390
Subdivision G—Miscellaneous 390
245 Minister may accredit plans, regimes or policies...........................390
246 Vesting of whales in Commonwealth ............................................391
247 Regulations....................................................................................392
Division 4—Listed marine species 393
Subdivision A—Listing 393
248 Listed marine species ....................................................................393
249 Minister may amend list ................................................................393
250 Adding marine species to the list...................................................394
251 Minister must consider advice from Scientific Committee............395
252 Minister to make lists available to the public ................................395
xviii Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
396Subdivision B—Permit system
253 Subdivision does not apply to members of certain species
and cetaceans.................................................................................396
254 Killing or injuring member of listed marine species......................396
254A Strict liability for killing or injuring member of listed marine
species ...........................................................................................396
254B Taking etc. member of listed marine species.................................397
254C Strict liability for taking etc. member of listed marine species......398
254D Trading etc. member of listed marine species taken in
Commonwealth area ......................................................................398
254E Strict liability for trading etc. member of listed marine
species taken in Commonwealth area ............................................399
254F Aggravated offence—member of listed marine species that is
a dugong or turtle...........................................................................399
255 Certain actions are not offences.....................................................400
256 Failing to notify taking etc. of listed marine wildlife.....................402
257 Application for permits..................................................................404
258 Minister may issue permits............................................................404
259 Conditions of permits ....................................................................405
260 Contravening conditions of a permit .............................................405
261 Authorities under permits ..............................................................406
262 Transfer of permits ........................................................................406
263 Suspension or cancellation of permits ...........................................407
263A Review of decisions about permits ................................................407
264 Fees ...............................................................................................407
Subdivision C—Miscellaneous
265 Minister may accredit plans, regimes or policies...........................407
266 Regulations....................................................................................409
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
407
xix
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Preliminary Chapter 1
Preliminary Part 1
Section 1
An Act relating to the protection of the
environment and the conservation of biodiversity,
and for related purposes
Chapter 1—Preliminary
Part 1—Preliminary
1 Short title
This Act may be cited as the Environment Protection and
Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.
2 Commencement
(1) Subject to subsection (2), this Act commences on a day to be fixed
by Proclamation.
(2) If this Act does not commence under subsection (1) within the
period of 12 months beginning on the day on which it receives the
Royal Assent, it commences on the first day after the end of that
period.
3 Objects of Act
(1) The objects of this Act are:
(a) to provide for the protection of the environment, especially
those aspects of the environment that are matters of national
environmental significance; and
(b) to promote ecologically sustainable development through the
conservation and ecologically sustainable use of natural
resources; and
(c) to promote the conservation of biodiversity; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
1
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 1 Preliminary
Part 1 Preliminary
Section 3
(ca) to provide for the protection and conservation of heritage;
and
(d) to promote a co-operative approach to the protection and
management of the environment involving governments, the
community, land-holders and indigenous peoples; and
(e) to assist in the co-operative implementation of Australia’s
international environmental responsibilities; and
(f) to recognise the role of indigenous people in the conservation
and ecologically sustainable use of Australia’s biodiversity;
and
(g) to promote the use of indigenous peoples’ knowledge of
biodiversity with the involvement of, and in co-operation
with, the owners of the knowledge.
(2) In order to achieve its objects, the Act:
(a) recognises an appropriate role for the Commonwealth in
relation to the environment by focussing Commonwealth
involvement on matters of national environmental
significance and on Commonwealth actions and
Commonwealth areas; and
(b) strengthens intergovernmental co-operation, and minimises
duplication, through bilateral agreements; and
(c) provides for the intergovernmental accreditation of
environmental assessment and approval processes; and
(d) adopts an efficient and timely Commonwealth environmental
assessment and approval process that will ensure activities
that are likely to have significant impacts on the environment
are properly assessed; and
(e) enhances Australia’s capacity to ensure the conservation of
its biodiversity by including provisions to:
(i) protect native species (and in particular prevent the
extinction, and promote the recovery, of threatened
species) and ensure the conservation of migratory
species; and
(ii) establish an Australian Whale Sanctuary to ensure the
conservation of whales and other cetaceans; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
2
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Preliminary Chapter 1
Preliminary Part 1
Section 3A
(iii) protect ecosystems by means that include the
establishment and management of reserves, the
recognition and protection of ecological communities
and the promotion of off-reserve conservation measures;
and
(iv) identify processes that threaten all levels of biodiversity
and implement plans to address these processes; and
(f) includes provisions to enhance the protection, conservation
and presentation of world heritage properties and the
conservation and wise use of Ramsar wetlands of
international importance; and
(fa) includes provisions to identify places for inclusion in the
National Heritage List and Commonwealth Heritage List and
to enhance the protection, conservation and presentation of
those places; and
(g) promotes a partnership approach to environmental protection
and biodiversity conservation through:
(i) bilateral agreements with States and Territories; and
(ii) conservation agreements with land-holders; and
(iii) recognising and promoting indigenous peoples’ role in,
and knowledge of, the conservation and ecologically
sustainable use of biodiversity; and
(iv) the involvement of the community in management
planning.
3A Principles of ecologically sustainable development
The following principles are principles of ecologically sustainable
development:
(a) decision-making processes should effectively integrate both
long-term and short-term economic, environmental, social
and equitable considerations;
(b) if there are threats of serious or irreversible environmental
damage, lack of full scientific certainty should not be used as
a reason for postponing measures to prevent environmental
degradation;
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
3
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 1 Preliminary
Part 1 Preliminary
Section 4
(c) the principle of inter-generational equity—that the present
generation should ensure that the health, diversity and
productivity of the environment is maintained or enhanced
for the benefit of future generations;
(d) the conservation of biological diversity and ecological
integrity should be a fundamental consideration in
decision-making;
(e) improved valuation, pricing and incentive mechanisms
should be promoted.
4 Act to bind Crown
This Act binds the Crown in each of its capacities.
5 Application of Act
Extension to external Territories
(1) This Act extends to each external Territory.
Limited extraterritorial application
(2) This Act applies to acts, omissions, matters and things in the
Australian jurisdiction, and does not apply to acts, omissions,
matters and things outside the Australian jurisdiction except so far
as the contrary intention appears.
Application limited to Australians outside exclusive economic zone
(3) A provision of this Act that has effect in relation to a place that is
outside the outer limits of the exclusive economic zone and is not
on or in the continental shelf applies only in relation to:
(a) Australian citizens; and
(b) persons who:
(i) are not Australian citizens; and
(ii) hold permanent visas under the Migration Act 1958; and
(iii) are domiciled in Australia or an external Territory; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
4
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Preliminary Chapter 1
Preliminary Part 1
Section 5
(c) corporations incorporated in Australia or an external
Territory; and
(d) the Commonwealth; and
(e) Commonwealth agencies; and
(f) Australian aircraft; and
(g) Australian vessels; and
(h) members of crews of Australian aircraft and Australian
vessels (including persons in charge of aircraft or vessels).
Application to everyone in Australia and exclusive economic zone
(4) A provision of this Act that has effect in relation to a place that is
within the outer limits of the exclusive economic zone (whether the
place is in the zone or in Australia or an external Territory) or that
is on or in the continental shelf applies in relation to:
(a) all persons (including persons who are not Australian
citizens); and
(b) all aircraft (including aircraft that are not Australian aircraft);
and
(c) all vessels (including vessels that are not Australian vessels).
Note: A reference to Australia or to an external Territory generally includes
a reference to the coastal sea of Australia or the Territory (as
appropriate). See section 15B of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
Definitions
(5) In this Act:
Australian aircraft means:
(a) an aircraft that is owned, possessed or controlled by:
(i) the Commonwealth or a Commonwealth agency; or
(ii) a State, a self-governing Territory or an agency of a
State or self-governing Territory; or
(b) an aircraft that is registered in Australia.
Australian jurisdiction means the land, waters, seabed and
airspace in, under or above:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
5
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 1 Preliminary
Part 1 Preliminary
Section 6
(a) Australia; or
(b) an external Territory; or
(c) the exclusive economic zone; or
(d) the continental shelf.
Note: A reference to Australia or to an external Territory generally includes
a reference to the coastal sea of Australia or the Territory (as
appropriate). See section 15B of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
Australian vessel means:
(a) a vessel that is owned, possessed or controlled by:
(i) the Commonwealth or a Commonwealth agency; or
(ii) a State, a self-governing Territory or an agency of a
State or self-governing Territory; or
(b) a vessel that is registered in Australia; or
(c) a vessel that is flying the Australian flag.
6 Extended application of Act to match extended management of
fisheries under the Fisheries Management Act 1991
(1) This section applies if:
(a) under the Fisheries Management Act 1991, a plan of
management in force under that Act applies to particular
fishing activities in a particular area of water; and
(b) the area of water is not within, or is not wholly within:
(i) the Australian jurisdiction; or
(ii) a Commonwealth area; or
(iii) a Commonwealth marine area; and
(c) the area of water is not:
(i) an area of water, rights in respect of which have been
vested in a State by section 4 of the Coastal Waters
(State Title) Act 1980 or in the Northern Territory by
section 4 of the Coastal Waters (Northern Territory
Title) Act 1980; or
(ii) an area of water within the limits of a State or the
Northern Territory.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
6
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Preliminary Chapter 1
Preliminary Part 1
Section 6
(2) If, apart from this subsection, a provision of this Act would, or
would not, apply in relation to the fishing activities (or in relation
to fish or other things taken in the course of the activities) because
the area of water mentioned in subsection (1) is not within, or is
not wholly within:
(a) the Australian jurisdiction; or
(b) a Commonwealth area; or
(c) a Commonwealth marine area;
that provision has effect in relation to the fishing activities (and in
relation to fish or other things taken in the course of the activities)
as if the area of water were wholly within:
(d) the Australian jurisdiction; or
(e) a Commonwealth area; or
(f) a Commonwealth marine area;
as the case requires.
Note: This section is subject to subsection 5(3).
Example 1: Fishing activities in an area of water that is not a Commonwealth area
generally do not contravene Part 13. However, because of this
subsection, that Part applies to fishing activities to which this section
applies as if the area of water were within a Commonwealth area. The
fishing activities may therefore contravene that Part.
Example 2: If fish taken in the course of fishing activities in an area of water that
is not within the Australian jurisdiction are brought into Australia, this
generally constitutes an import (being an import by way of
introduction from the sea) of the fish into Australia, which may
contravene Part 13A. However, because of this subsection, that
Part applies to the fish as if the area of water were within the
Australian jurisdiction. The bringing of the fish into Australia
therefore does not constitute an import for the purposes of that Part.
Example 3: This section allows a plan of management to be accredited under
Part 13 in respect of the entire area of water to which the plan relates
(even if some of the area is outside the Australian jurisdiction, a
Commonwealth area or a Commonwealth marine area).
(3) In this section:
fishing has the same meaning as in the Fisheries Management Act
1991.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
7
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 1 Preliminary
Part 1 Preliminary
Section 7
7 Application of the Criminal Code
Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code (except Part 2.5) applies to all
offences against this Act.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
Note 2: Part 2.5 of the Criminal Code (which deals with corporate criminal
responsibility) is excluded from applying to offences against this Act
by subsection 498B(9).
8 Native title rights not affected
(1) To avoid doubt, nothing in this Act affects the operation of
section 211 of the Native Title Act 1993 in relation to a provision
of this Act.
Note: Section 211 of the Native Title Act 1993 provides that holders of
native title rights covering certain activities do not need authorisation
required by other laws to engage in those activities.
(2) This Act does not affect the operation of:
(a) the Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Act 1976; or
(b) the Native Title Act 1993.
9 Relationship with other Acts
Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern Territory) Act 1976
(1A) Subsection 70(1) of the Aboriginal Land Rights (Northern
Territory) Act 1976 does not prevent a person exercising powers or
performing functions or duties under Division 4 or 5 of Part 15, or
Division 5 of Part 19, of this Act from entering or remaining on
land:
(a) in the Kakadu region or Uluru region; and
(b) in which an Aboriginal Land Trust established under that Act
holds an estate in fee simple.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
8
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Preliminary Chapter 1
Preliminary Part 1
Section 10
Airports Act 1996 not affected
(1) This Act does not affect the operation of the Airports Act 1996.
Antarctic Treaty (Environment Protection) Act 1980 not affected
(2) To avoid doubt, nothing in this Act affects the operation of
subsection 7(1) of the Antarctic Treaty (Environment Protection)
Act 1980 or regulations made for the purposes of that subsection.
10 Relationship with State law
This Act is not intended to exclude or limit the concurrent
operation of any law of a State or Territory, except so far as the
contrary intention appears.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
9
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 2 Simplified outline of this Chapter
Section 11
Chapter 2—Protecting the environment
Part 2—Simplified outline of this Chapter
11 Simplified outline of this Chapter
The following is a simplified outline of this Chapter:
This Chapter provides a basis for the Minister to decide whether an
action that has, will have or is likely to have a significant impact on
certain aspects of the environment should proceed.
It does so by prohibiting a person from taking an action without the
Minister having given approval or decided that approval is not
needed. (Part 9 deals with the giving of approval.)
Approval is not needed to take an action if any of the following
declare that the action does not need approval:
(a) a bilateral agreement between the Commonwealth
and the State or Territory in which the action is
taken;
(b) a declaration by the Minister.
Also, an action does not need approval if it is taken in accordance
with Regional Forest Agreements or it is for a purpose for which,
under a zoning plan for a zone made under the Great Barrier Reef
Marine Park Act 1975, the zone may be used or entered without
permission.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
10
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3
Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Section 12
Part 3—Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 1—Requirements relating to matters of national
environmental significance
Subdivision A—World Heritage
12 Requirement for approval of activities with a significant impact
on a declared World Heritage property
(1) A person must not take an action that:
(a) has or will have a significant impact on the world heritage
values of a declared World Heritage property; or
(b) is likely to have a significant impact on the world heritage
values of a declared World Heritage property.
Civil penalty:
(a) for an individual—5,000 penalty units;
(b) for a body corporate—50,000 penalty units.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to an action if:
(a) an approval of the taking of the action by the person is in
operation under Part 9 for the purposes of this section; or
(b) Part 4 lets the person take the action without an approval
under Part 9 for the purposes of this section; or
(c) there is in force a decision of the Minister under Division 2
of Part 7 that this section is not a controlling provision for the
action and, if the decision was made because the Minister
believed the action would be taken in a manner specified in
the notice of the decision under section 77, the action is taken
in that manner; or
(d) the action is an action described in subsection 160(2) (which
describes actions whose authorisation is subject to a special
environmental assessment process).
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
11
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 13
(3) A property has world heritage values only if it contains natural
heritage or cultural heritage. The world heritage values of the
property are the natural heritage and cultural heritage contained in
the property.
(4) In this section:
cultural heritage has the meaning given by the World Heritage
Convention.
natural heritage has the meaning given by the World Heritage
Convention.
13 What is a declared World Heritage property?
Properties on World Heritage List
(1) A property included in the World Heritage List is a declared World
Heritage property as long as the property is included in the List.
Properties not yet on World Heritage List
(2) A property specified in a declaration made under section 14 (with
any amendments made under section 15) is a declared World
Heritage property for the period for which the declaration is in
force.
14 Declaring a property to be a declared World Heritage property
Making declarations
(1) The Minister may declare a specified property to be a declared
World Heritage property by notice in the Gazette if:
(a) the property is a property submitted by the Commonwealth to
the World Heritage Committee under Article 11 of the World
Heritage Convention as suitable for inclusion in the World
Heritage List; or
(b) the Minister is satisfied that:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
12
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3
Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Section 14
(i) the property has, or is likely to have, world heritage
values; and
(ii) some or all of the world heritage values of the property
are under threat.
Note 1: The Minister may make more than one declaration relating to the
same property. See subsection 33(1) of the Acts Interpretation Act
1901.
Note 2: The Minister may make an extra declaration to cover property that is
an extension of a property previously submitted to the World Heritage
Committee.
Consulting State or Territory before making declaration
(2) Before the Minister makes a declaration relating to property wholly
or partly within a State or self-governing Territory, the Minister
must inform the appropriate Minister of the State or Territory of
the proposal to make the declaration, and give him or her a
reasonable opportunity to comment on the proposal.
Consultation not required if threat is imminent
(3) However, the Minister need not comply with subsection (2) if:
(a) he or she proposes to make a declaration in the circumstances
described in paragraph (1)(b); and
(b) he or she is satisfied that the threat mentioned in
subparagraph (1)(b)(ii) is imminent.
Failure to comply with subsection (2)
(4) The validity of a declaration is not affected by a failure to comply
with subsection (2) in relation to the making of the declaration.
When a declaration is in force
(5) A declaration:
(a) comes into force when it is published in the Gazette; and
(b) remains in force (whether amended under section 15 or not)
until the earliest of the following events:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
13
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 14
(i) the end of the period specified in the declaration as the
period for which the declaration is in force;
(ii) the revocation of the declaration;
(iii) if the declaration specifies a property submitted to the
World Heritage Committee for inclusion in the World
Heritage List—the Committee either includes the
property in the List or decides the property should not
be included in the List.
Specified period for which declaration is in force
(6) The Minister must specify in a declaration the period for which it is
to be in force. The period must not be longer than the period the
Minister believes:
(a) the World Heritage Committee needs to decide whether or
not to include the property in the World Heritage List, in the
case of a declaration specifying a property that has been
submitted to the Committee for inclusion in the List; or
(b) the Commonwealth needs to decide whether the property has
world heritage values and to submit the property to the World
Heritage Committee for inclusion in the World Heritage List,
in the case of a declaration specifying a property not yet
submitted to the Committee for inclusion in the List.
Declarations because of threat in force for a year or less
(7) The Minister must not specify that a declaration of a property is to
be in force for more than 12 months if:
(a) the declaration is made in the circumstances described in
paragraph (1)(b); and
(b) the property is not a property submitted by the
Commonwealth to the World Heritage Committee under
Article 11 of the World Heritage Convention as suitable for
inclusion in the World Heritage List.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
14
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3
Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Section 15
15 Amending or revoking a declaration of a declared World
Heritage property
Revoking declarations specifying nominated property
(1) The Minister must, by notice in the Gazette, revoke a declaration
made under section 14 specifying a property that has been
submitted to the World Heritage Committee for inclusion in the
World Heritage List if the Commonwealth decides to withdraw the
submission of the property for inclusion in the List.
Amending declarations specifying nominated property
(2) The Minister must, by notice in the Gazette, amend a declaration
made under section 14 specifying a property that has been
submitted to the World Heritage Committee for inclusion in the
World Heritage List so as to remove from the specification any
part of the property that the Commonwealth decides to withdraw
from the submission.
Revoking declarations specifying property not yet nominated
(3) The Minister must, by notice in the Gazette, revoke a declaration
made under section 14 specifying a property that is not submitted
to the World Heritage Committee for inclusion in the World
Heritage List if:
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the property does not have world
heritage values; or
(b) the Commonwealth decides not to submit the property to the
Committee for inclusion in the List; or
(c) the Minister is satisfied that none of the world heritage values
of the property are under threat.
15A Offences relating to declared World Heritage properties
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
15
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 15A
(b) the action results or will result in a significant impact on the
world heritage values of a property; and
(c) the property is a declared World Heritage property.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(1A) Strict liability applies to paragraph (1)(c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(2) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action is likely to have a significant impact on the world
heritage values of a property; and
(c) the property is a declared World Heritage property.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(2A) Strict liability applies to paragraph (2)(c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) An offence against subsection (1) or (2) is punishable on
conviction by imprisonment for a term not more than 7 years, a
fine not more than 420 penalty units, or both.
Note 1: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body
corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a
person under this subsection.
Note 2: An executive officer of a body corporate convicted of an offence
against this section may also commit an offence against section 495.
Note 3: If a person takes an action on land that contravenes this section, a
landholder may commit an offence against section 496C.
(4) Subsections (1) and (2) do not apply to an action if:
(a) an approval of the taking of the action by the person is in
operation under Part 9 for the purposes of this section; or
(b) Part 4 lets the person take the action without an approval
under Part 9 for the purposes of this section; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
16
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3
Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Section 15B
(c) there is in force a decision of the Minister under Division 2
of Part 7 that this section is not a controlling provision for the
action and, if the decision was made because the Minister
believed the action would be taken in a manner specified in
the notice of the decision under section 77, the action is taken
in that manner; or
(d) the action is an action described in subsection 160(2) (which
describes actions whose authorisation is subject to a special
environmental assessment process).
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in
this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Subdivision AA—National Heritage
15B Requirement for approval of activities with a significant impact
on a National Heritage place
(1) A constitutional corporation, the Commonwealth or a
Commonwealth agency must not take an action that has, will have
or is likely to have a significant impact on the National Heritage
values of a National Heritage place.
Civil Penalty:
(a) for an individual—5,000 penalty units;
(b) for a body corporate—50,000 penalty units.
(2) A person must not, for the purposes of trade or commerce:
(a) between Australia and another country; or
(b) between 2 States; or
(c) between a State and Territory; or
(d) between 2 Territories;
take an action that has, will have or is likely to have a significant
impact on the National Heritage values of a National Heritage
place.
Civil Penalty:
(a) for an individual—5,000 penalty units;
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
17
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 15B
(b) for a body corporate—50,000 penalty units.
(3) A person must not take an action in:
(a) a Commonwealth area; or
(b) a Territory;
that has, will have or is likely to have a significant impact on the
National Heritage values of a National Heritage place.
Civil Penalty:
(a) for an individual—5,000 penalty units;
(b) for a body corporate—50,000 penalty units.
(4) A person must not take an action that has, will have or is likely to
have a significant impact on the National Heritage values, to the
extent that they are indigenous heritage values, of a National
Heritage place.
Civil Penalty:
(a) for an individual—5,000 penalty units;
(b) for a body corporate—50,000 penalty units.
Note: For indigenous heritage value, see section 528.
(5) A person must not take an action that has, will have or is likely to
have a significant impact on the National Heritage values of a
National Heritage place in an area in respect of which Australia has
obligations under Article 8 of the Biodiversity Convention.
Civil Penalty:
(a) for an individual—5,000 penalty units;
(b) for a body corporate—50,000 penalty units.
(6) Subsection (5) only applies to actions whose prohibition is
appropriate and adapted to give effect to Australia’s obligations
under Article 8 of the Biodiversity Convention. (However, that
subsection may not apply to certain actions because of
subsection (8).)
(8) Subsections (1) to (5) (inclusive) do not apply to an action if:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
18
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3
Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Section 15C
(a) an approval of the taking of the action by the constitutional
corporation, Commonwealth agency, Commonwealth or
person is in operation under Part 9 for the purposes of this
section; or
(b) Part 4 lets the constitutional corporation, Commonwealth
agency, Commonwealth or person take the action without an
approval under Part 9 for the purposes of this section; or
(c) there is in force a decision of the Minister under Division 2
of Part 7 that this section is not a controlling provision for the
action and, if the decision was made because the Minister
believed the action would be taken in a manner specified in
the notice of the decision under section 77, the action is taken
in that manner; or
(d) the action is an action described in subsection 160(2) (which
describes actions whose authorisation is subject to a special
environmental assessment process).
15C Offences relating to National Heritage places
(1) A constitutional corporation, or a Commonwealth agency that does
not enjoy the immunities of the Commonwealth, commits an
offence if:
(a) the corporation or agency takes an action; and
(b) the action results or will result in a significant impact on the
heritage values of a place; and
(c) the heritage values are National Heritage values of the place;
and
(d) the place is a National Heritage place.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(1A) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (1)(c) and (d).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(2) A constitutional corporation, or a Commonwealth agency that does
not enjoy the immunities of the Commonwealth, commits an
offence if:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
19
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 15C
(a) the corporation or agency takes an action; and
(b) the action is likely to have a significant impact on the
heritage values of a place; and
(c) the heritage values are National Heritage values of the place;
and
(d) the place is a National Heritage place.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(2A) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (2)(c) and (d).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action is taken for the purposes of trade or commerce:
(i) between Australia and another country; or
(ii) between 2 States; or
(iii) between a State and Territory; or
(iv) between 2 Territories; and
(c) the action results or will result in a significant impact on the
heritage values of a place; and
(d) the heritage values are National Heritage values of the place;
and
(e) the place is a National Heritage place.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(3A) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (3)(d) and (e).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(4) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action is taken for the purposes of trade or commerce:
(i) between Australia and another country; or
(ii) between 2 States; or
(iii) between a State and Territory; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
20
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3
Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Section 15C
(iv) between 2 Territories; and
(c) the action is likely to have a significant impact on the
heritage values of a place; and
(d) the heritage values are National Heritage values of the place;
and
(e) the place is a National Heritage place.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(4A) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (4)(d) and (e).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(5) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action is taken in:
(i) a Commonwealth area; or
(ii) a Territory; and
(c) the action results or will result in a significant impact on the
heritage values of a place; and
(d) the heritage values are National Heritage values of the place;
and
(e) the place is a National Heritage place.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(5A) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (5)(d) and (e).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(6) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action is taken in:
(i) a Commonwealth area; or
(ii) a Territory; and
(c) the action is likely to have a significant impact on the
heritage values of a place; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
21
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 15C
(d) the heritage values are National Heritage values of the place;
and
(e) the place is a National Heritage place.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(6A) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (6)(d) and (e).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(7) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action results or will result in a significant impact on the
heritage values, to the extent that they are indigenous
heritage values, of a place; and
(c) the heritage values are National Heritage values of the place;
and
(d) the place is a National Heritage place.
Note 1: For indigenous heritage value, see section 528.
Note 2: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(7A) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (7)(c) and (d).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(8) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action is likely to have a significant impact on the
heritage values, to the extent that they are indigenous
heritage values, of a place; and
(c) the heritage values are National Heritage values of the place;
and
(d) the place is a National Heritage place.
Note 1: For indigenous heritage value, see section 528.
Note 2: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
22
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3
Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Section 15C
(8A) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (8)(c) and (d).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(9) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action results or will result in a significant impact on the
heritage values of a place; and
(ba) the heritage values are National Heritage values of the place;
and
(bb) the place is a National Heritage place; and
(c) the National Heritage place is in an area in respect of which
Australia has obligations under Article 8 of the Biodiversity
Convention.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(9A) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (9)(ba), (bb) and (c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(10) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action is likely to have a significant impact on the
heritage values of a place; and
(ba) the heritage values are National Heritage values of the place;
and
(bb) the place is a National Heritage place; and
(c) the National Heritage place is in an area in respect of which
Australia has obligations under Article 8 of the Biodiversity
Convention.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(10A) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (10)(ba), (bb) and (c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
23
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 15C
(13) An offence against any of subsections (1) to (10) (inclusive) is
punishable on conviction by imprisonment for a term not more
than 7 years, a fine not more than 420 penalty units, or both.
Note 1: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body
corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a
person under this subsection.
Note 2: An executive officer of a body corporate convicted of an offence
against this section may also commit an offence against section 495.
Note 3: If a person takes an action on land that contravenes this section, a
landholder may commit an offence against section 496C.
(14) Subsections (9) and (10) only apply to actions whose prohibition is
appropriate and adapted to give effect to Australia’s obligations
under Article 8 of the Biodiversity Convention. (However, those
subsections may not apply to certain actions because of
subsection (16).)
(16) Subsections (1) to (10) (inclusive) do not apply to an action if:
(a) an approval of the taking of the action by the constitutional
corporation, Commonwealth agency or person is in operation
under Part 9 for the purposes of this section; or
(b) Part 4 lets the constitutional corporation, Commonwealth
agency or person take the action without an approval under
Part 9 for the purposes of this section; or
(c) there is in force a decision of the Minister under Division 2
of Part 7 that this section is not a controlling provision for the
action and, if the decision was made because the Minister
believed the action would be taken in a manner specified in
the notice of the decision under section 77, the action is taken
in that manner; or
(d) the action is an action described in subsection 160(2) (which
describes actions whose authorisation is subject to a special
environmental assessment process).
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in
this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
24
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3
Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Section 16
Subdivision B—Wetlands of international importance
16 Requirement for approval of activities with a significant impact
on a declared Ramsar wetland
(1) A person must not take an action that:
(a) has or will have a significant impact on the ecological
character of a declared Ramsar wetland; or
(b) is likely to have a significant impact on the ecological
character of a declared Ramsar wetland.
Civil penalty:
(a) for an individual—5,000 penalty units;
(b) for a body corporate—50,000 penalty units.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to an action if:
(a) an approval of the taking of the action by the person is in
operation under Part 9 for the purposes of this section; or
(b) Part 4 lets the person take the action without an approval
under Part 9 for the purposes of this section; or
(c) there is in force a decision of the Minister under Division 2
of Part 7 that this section is not a controlling provision for the
action and, if the decision was made because the Minister
believed the action would be taken in a manner specified in
the notice of the decision under section 77, the action is taken
in that manner; or
(d) the action is an action described in subsection 160(2) (which
describes actions whose authorisation is subject to a special
environmental assessment process).
(3) In this Act:
ecological character has the same meaning as in the Ramsar
Convention.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
25
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 17
17 What is a declared Ramsar wetland?
Areas designated for listing
(1) A wetland, or part of a wetland, designated by the Commonwealth
under Article 2 of the Ramsar Convention for inclusion in the List
of Wetlands of International Importance kept under that Article is a
declared Ramsar wetland as long as the wetland or part is not:
(a) excluded by the Commonwealth from the boundaries of a
wetland in the List under that Article; or
(b) deleted by the Commonwealth from the List under that
Article.
Areas declared by the Minister
(2) A wetland, or part of a wetland, is also a declared Ramsar wetland
for the period for which a declaration of the wetland as a declared
Ramsar wetland is in force.
17A Making and revoking declarations of wetlands
Declaring threatened wetlands of international importance
(1) The Minister may declare a specified wetland to be a declared
Ramsar wetland by notice in the Gazette if the Minister is satisfied
that:
(a) the wetland is of international significance or is likely to be
of international significance because of its ecology, botany,
zoology, limnology or hydrology; and
(b) the ecological character of some or all of the wetland is under
threat.
Note: The Minister may make more than one declaration of the same
wetland under this section. See subsection 33(1) of the Acts
Interpretation Act 1901.
Consulting State or Territory before making declaration
(2) Before the Minister makes a declaration relating to a wetland
wholly or partly within a State or self-governing Territory, the
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
26
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3
Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Section 17A
Minister must inform the appropriate Minister of the State or
Territory of the proposal to make the declaration, and give him or
her a reasonable opportunity to comment on the proposal.
Consultation not required if threat is imminent
(3) However, the Minister need not comply with subsection (2) if he or
she is satisfied that the threat mentioned in paragraph (1)(b) is
imminent.
Failure to comply with subsection (2)
(4) The validity of a declaration is not affected by a failure to comply
with subsection (2) in relation to the making of the declaration.
When a declaration is in force
(5) A declaration comes into force on the day it is published in the
Gazette and remains in force for the period specified in the
declaration, unless it is revoked earlier.
Specifying period for which declaration is in force
(6) The Minister must specify in a declaration the period for which it is
to be in force. The period must not be longer than the shorter of the
following periods:
(a) the period the Minister believes the Commonwealth needs to:
(i) decide whether the wetland is of international
significance in terms of ecology, botany, zoology,
limnology or hydrology; and
(ii) designate the wetland for inclusion in the List of
Wetlands of International Importance kept under Article
2 of the Ramsar Convention;
(b) 12 months.
Revocation of declaration of threatened wetland
(7) The Minister must, by notice in the Gazette, revoke a declaration
of a wetland if:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
27
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 17B
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the wetland is not of
international significance because of its ecology, botany,
zoology, limnology or hydrology; or
(b) the Minister is satisfied that there is no longer a threat to any
part of the wetland.
17B Offences relating to declared Ramsar wetlands
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action results or will result in a significant impact on the
ecological character of a wetland; and
(c) the wetland is a declared Ramsar wetland.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(1A) Strict liability applies to paragraph (1)(c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(2) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action is likely to have a significant impact on the
ecological character of a wetland; and
(c) the wetland is a declared Ramsar wetland.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(2A) Strict liability applies to paragraph (2)(c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) An offence against subsection (1) or (2) is punishable on
conviction by imprisonment for a term not more than 7 years, a
fine not more than 420 penalty units, or both.
Note 1: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body
corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a
person under this subsection.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
28
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3
Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Section 18
Note 2: An executive officer of a body corporate convicted of an offence
against this section may also commit an offence against section 495.
Note 3: If a person takes an action on land that contravenes this section, a
landholder may commit an offence against section 496C.
(4) Subsections (1) and (2) do not apply to an action if:
(a) an approval of the taking of the action by the person is in
operation under Part 9 for the purposes of this section; or
(b) Part 4 lets the person take the action without an approval
under Part 9 for the purposes of this section; or
(c) there is in force a decision of the Minister under Division 2
of Part 7 that this section is not a controlling provision for the
action and, if the decision was made because the Minister
believed the action would be taken in a manner specified in
the notice of the decision under section 77, the action is taken
in that manner; or
(d) the action is an action described in subsection 160(2) (which
describes actions whose authorisation is subject to a special
environmental assessment process).
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in
this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Subdivision C—Listed threatened species and communities
18 Actions with significant impact on listed threatened species or
endangered community prohibited without approval
Species that are extinct in the wild
(1) A person must not take an action that:
(a) has or will have a significant impact on a listed threatened
species included in the extinct in the wild category; or
(b) is likely to have a significant impact on a listed threatened
species included in the extinct in the wild category.
Civil penalty:
(a) for an individual—5,000 penalty units;
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
29
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 18
(b) for a body corporate—50,000 penalty units.
Critically endangered species
(2) A person must not take an action that:
(a) has or will have a significant impact on a listed threatened
species included in the critically endangered category; or
(b) is likely to have a significant impact on a listed threatened
species included in the critically endangered category.
Civil penalty:
(a) for an individual—5,000 penalty units;
(b) for a body corporate—50,000 penalty units.
Endangered species
(3) A person must not take an action that:
(a) has or will have a significant impact on a listed threatened
species included in the endangered category; or
(b) is likely to have a significant impact on a listed threatened
species included in the endangered category.
Civil penalty:
(a) for an individual—5,000 penalty units;
(b) for a body corporate—50,000 penalty units.
Vulnerable species
(4) A person must not take an action that:
(a) has or will have a significant impact on a listed threatened
species included in the vulnerable category; or
(b) is likely to have a significant impact on a listed threatened
species included in the vulnerable category.
Civil penalty:
(a) for an individual—5,000 penalty units;
(b) for a body corporate—50,000 penalty units.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
30
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3
Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Section 18A
Critically endangered communities
(5) A person must not take an action that:
(a) has or will have a significant impact on a listed threatened
ecological community included in the critically endangered
category; or
(b) is likely to have a significant impact on a listed threatened
ecological community included in the critically endangered
category.
Civil penalty:
(a) for an individual—5,000 penalty units;
(b) for a body corporate—50,000 penalty units.
Endangered communities
(6) A person must not take an action that:
(a) has or will have a significant impact on a listed threatened
ecological community included in the endangered category;
or
(b) is likely to have a significant impact on a listed threatened
ecological community included in the endangered category.
Civil penalty:
(a) for an individual—5,000 penalty units;
(b) for a body corporate—50,000 penalty units.
18A Offences relating to threatened species etc.
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action results or will result in a significant impact on:
(i) a species; or
(ii) an ecological community; and
(c) the species is a listed threatened species, or the community is
a listed threatened ecological community.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
31
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 18A
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(1A) Strict liability applies to paragraph (1)(c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(2) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action is likely to have a significant impact on:
(i) a species; or
(ii) an ecological community; and
(c) the species is a listed threatened species, or the community is
a listed threatened ecological community.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(2A) Strict liability applies to paragraph (2)(c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) An offence against subsection (1) or (2) is punishable on
conviction by imprisonment for a term not more than 7 years, a
fine not more than 420 penalty units, or both.
Note 1: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body
corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a
person under this subsection.
Note 2: An executive officer of a body corporate convicted of an offence
against this section may also commit an offence against section 495.
Note 3: If a person takes an action on land that contravenes this section, a
landholder may commit an offence against section 496C.
(4) Subsections (1) and (2) do not apply to an action if:
(a) the listed threatened species subject to the significant impact
(or likely to be subject to the significant impact) is:
(i) a species included in the extinct category of the list
under section 178; or
(ii) a conservation dependent species; or
(b) the listed threatened ecological community subject to the
significant impact (or likely to be subject to the significant
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
32
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3
Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Section 19
impact) is an ecological community included in the
vulnerable category of the list under section 181.
Note 1: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in
this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Note 2: Section 19 sets out other defences. The defendant bears an evidential
burden in relation to the matters in that section too. See
subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
19 Certain actions relating to listed threatened species and listed
threatened ecological communities not prohibited
(1) A subsection of section 18 or 18A relating to a listed threatened
species does not apply to an action if an approval of the taking of
the action by the person is in operation under Part 9 for the
purposes of any subsection of that section that relates to a listed
threatened species.
(2) A subsection of section 18 or 18A relating to a listed threatened
ecological community does not apply to an action if an approval of
the taking of the action by the person is in operation under Part 9
for the purposes of either subsection of that section that relates to a
listed threatened ecological community.
(3) A subsection of section 18 or 18A does not apply to an action if:
(a) Part 4 lets the person take the action without an approval
under Part 9 for the purposes of the subsection; or
(b) there is in force a decision of the Minister under Division 2
of Part 7 that the subsection is not a controlling provision for
the action and, if the decision was made because the Minister
believed the action would be taken in a manner specified in
the notice of the decision under section 77, the action is taken
in that manner; or
(c) the action is an action described in subsection 160(2) (which
describes actions whose authorisation is subject to a special
environmental assessment process).
(4) A subsection of section 18 or 18A does not apply to an action, to
the extent that it is covered by subsection 517A(7).
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
33
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 20
Subdivision D—Listed migratory species
20 Requirement for approval of activities with a significant impact
on a listed migratory species
(1) A person must not take an action that:
(a) has or will have a significant impact on a listed migratory
species; or
(b) is likely to have a significant impact on a listed migratory
species.
Civil penalty:
(a) for an individual—5,000 penalty units;
(b) for a body corporate—50,000 penalty units.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to an action if:
(a) an approval of the taking of the action by the person is in
operation under Part 9 for the purposes of this section; or
(b) Part 4 lets the person take the action without an approval
under Part 9 for the purposes of this section; or
(c) there is in force a decision of the Minister under Division 2
of Part 7 that this section is not a controlling provision for the
action and, if the decision was made because the Minister
believed the action would be taken in a manner specified in
the notice of the decision under section 77, the action is taken
in that manner; or
(d) the action is an action described in subsection 160(2) (which
describes actions whose authorisation is subject to a special
environmental assessment process).
20A Offences relating to listed migratory species
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action results or will result in a significant impact on a
species; and
(c) the species is a listed migratory species.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
34
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3
Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Section 20A
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(1A) Strict liability applies to paragraph (1)(c).
Note: For strict liability , see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(2) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action is likely to have a significant impact on a species;
and
(c) the species is a listed migratory species.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(2A) Strict liability applies to paragraph (2)(c).
Note: For strict liability , see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) An offence against subsection (1) or (2) is punishable on
conviction by imprisonment for a term not more than 7 years, a
fine not more than 420 penalty units, or both.
Note 1: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body
corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a
person under this subsection.
Note 2: An executive officer of a body corporate convicted of an offence
against this section may also commit an offence against section 495.
Note 3: If a person takes an action on land that contravenes this section, a
landholder may commit an offence against section 496C.
(4) Subsections (1) and (2) do not apply to an action if:
(a) an approval of the taking of the action by the person is in
operation under Part 9 for the purposes of this section; or
(b) Part 4 lets the person take the action without an approval
under Part 9 for the purposes of this section; or
(c) there is in force a decision of the Minister under Division 2
of Part 7 that this section is not a controlling provision for the
action and, if the decision was made because the Minister
believed the action would be taken in a manner specified in
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
35
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 20B
the notice of the decision under section 77, the action is taken
in that manner; or
(d) the action is an action described in subsection 160(2) (which
describes actions whose authorisation is subject to a special
environmental assessment process).
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in
this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
20B Certain actions relating to listed migratory species not
prohibited
A subsection of section 20 or 20A does not apply to an action, to
the extent that it is covered by subsection 517A(7).
Subdivision E—Protection of the environment from nuclear
actions
21 Requirement for approval of nuclear actions
(1) A constitutional corporation, the Commonwealth or
Commonwealth agency must not take a nuclear action that has,
will have or is likely to have a significant impact on the
environment.
Civil penalty:
(a) for an individual—5,000 penalty units;
(b) for a body corporate—50,000 penalty units.
(2) A person must not, for the purposes of trade or commerce:
(a) between Australia and another country; or
(b) between 2 States; or
(c) between a State and a Territory; or
(d) between 2 Territories;
take a nuclear action that has, will have or is likely to have a
significant impact on the environment.
Civil penalty:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
36
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3
Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Section 22
(a) for an individual—5,000 penalty units;
(b) for a body corporate—50,000 penalty units.
(3) A person must not take in a Territory a nuclear action that has, will
have or is likely to have a significant impact on the environment.
Civil penalty:
(a) for an individual—5,000 penalty units;
(b) for a body corporate—50,000 penalty units.
(4) Subsections (1), (2) and (3) do not apply to an action if:
(a) an approval of the taking of the action by the constitutional
corporation, Commonwealth agency, Commonwealth or
person is in operation under Part 9 for the purposes of this
section; or
(b) Part 4 lets the constitutional corporation, Commonwealth
agency, Commonwealth or person take the action without an
approval under Part 9 for the purposes of this section; or
(c) there is in force a decision of the Minister under Division 2
of Part 7 that this section is not a controlling provision for the
action and, if the decision was made because the Minister
believed the action would be taken in a manner specified in
the notice of the decision under section 77, the action is taken
in that manner; or
(d) the action is an action described in subsection 160(2) (which
describes actions whose authorisation is subject to a special
environmental assessment process).
22 What is a nuclear action?
(1) In this Act:
nuclear action means any of the following:
(a) establishing or significantly modifying a nuclear installation;
(b) transporting spent nuclear fuel or radioactive waste products
arising from reprocessing;
(c) establishing or significantly modifying a facility for storing
radioactive waste products arising from reprocessing;
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
37
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 22
(d) mining or milling uranium ore;
(e) establishing or significantly modifying a large-scale disposal
facility for radioactive waste;
(f) de-commissioning or rehabilitating any facility or area in
which an activity described in paragraph (a), (b), (c), (d) or
(e) has been undertaken;
(g) any other action prescribed by the regulations.
nuclear installation means any of the following:
(a) a nuclear reactor for research or production of nuclear
materials for industrial or medical use (including critical and
sub-critical assemblies);
(b) a plant for preparing or storing fuel for use in a nuclear
reactor as described in paragraph (a);
(c) a nuclear waste storage or disposal facility with an activity
that is greater than the activity level prescribed by regulations
made for the purposes of this section;
(d) a facility for production of radioisotopes with an activity that
is greater than the activity level prescribed by regulations
made for the purposes of this section.
Note: A nuclear waste storage or disposal facility could include a facility for
storing spent nuclear fuel, depending on the regulations.
radioactive waste means radioactive material for which no further
use is foreseen.
reprocessing means a process or operation to extract radioactive
isotopes from spent nuclear fuel for further use.
spent nuclear fuel means nuclear fuel that has been irradiated in a
nuclear reactor core and permanently removed from the core.
(2) In this Act:
large-scale disposal facility for radioactive waste means, if
regulations are made for the purposes of this definition, a facility
prescribed by the regulations.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
38
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3
Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Section 22A
22A Offences relating to nuclear actions
(1) A constitutional corporation, or a Commonwealth agency that does
not enjoy the immunities of the Commonwealth, commits an
offence if:
(a) the corporation or agency takes a nuclear action; and
(b) the nuclear action results or will result in a significant impact
on the environment.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(2) A constitutional corporation, or a Commonwealth agency that does
not enjoy the immunities of the Commonwealth, commits an
offence if:
(a) the corporation or agency takes a nuclear action; and
(b) the nuclear action is likely to have a significant impact on the
environment and the corporation or agency is reckless as to
that fact.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes a nuclear action; and
(b) the nuclear action is taken for the purposes of trade or
commerce:
(i) between Australia and another country; or
(ii) between 2 States; or
(iii) between a State and a Territory; or
(iv) between 2 Territories; and
(c) the nuclear action results or will result in a significant impact
on the environment.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(4) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes a nuclear action; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
39
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 22A
(b) the nuclear action is taken for the purposes of trade or
commerce:
(i) between Australia and another country; or
(ii) between 2 States; or
(iii) between a State and a Territory; or
(iv) between 2 Territories; and
(c) the nuclear action is likely to have a significant impact on the
environment and the person is reckless as to that fact.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(5) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes a nuclear action; and
(b) the nuclear action is taken in a Territory; and
(c) the nuclear action results or will result in a significant impact
on the environment.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(6) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes a nuclear action; and
(b) the nuclear action is taken in a Territory; and
(c) the nuclear action is likely to have a significant impact on the
environment and the person is reckless as to that fact.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(7) An offence against subsection (1), (2), (3), (4), (5) or (6) is
punishable on conviction by imprisonment for a term not more
than 7 years, a fine not more than 420 penalty units, or both.
Note 1: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body
corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a
person under this subsection.
Note 2: An executive officer of a body corporate convicted of an offence
against this section may also commit an offence against section 495.
Note 3: If a person takes an action on land that contravenes this section, a
landholder may commit an offence against section 496C.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
40
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3
Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Section 23
(8) Subsections (1), (2), (3), (4), (5) and (6) do not apply to an action
if:
(a) an approval of the taking of the action by the person is in
operation under Part 9 for the purposes of this section; or
(b) Part 4 lets the person take the action without an approval
under Part 9 for the purposes of this section; or
(c) there is in force a decision of the Minister under Division 2
of Part 7 that this section is not a controlling provision for the
action and, if the decision was made because the Minister
believed the action would be taken in a manner specified in
the notice of the decision under section 77, the action is taken
in that manner; or
(d) the action is an action described in subsection 160(2) (which
describes actions whose authorisation is subject to a special
environmental assessment process).
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in
this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Subdivision F—Marine environment
23 Requirement for approval of activities involving the marine
environment
Actions in Commonwealth marine areas affecting the environment
(1) A person must not take in a Commonwealth marine area an action
that has, will have or is likely to have a significant impact on the
environment.
Civil penalty:
(a) for an individual—5,000 penalty units;
(b) for a body corporate—50,000 penalty units.
Actions outside Commonwealth marine areas affecting those areas
(2) A person must not take outside a Commonwealth marine area but
in the Australian jurisdiction an action that:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
41
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 23
(a) has or will have a significant impact on the environment in a
Commonwealth marine area; or
(b) is likely to have a significant impact on the environment in a
Commonwealth marine area.
Civil penalty:
(a) for an individual—5,000 penalty units;
(b) for a body corporate—50,000 penalty units.
Fishing in State or Territory waters managed by Commonwealth
(3) A person must not take in the coastal waters (as defined in the
Fisheries Management Act 1991) of a State or the Northern
Territory an action:
(a) that:
(i) is fishing (as defined in the Fisheries Management Act
1991); and
(ii) is included in the class of activities forming a fishery (as
defined in that Act) that is managed under the law of the
Commonwealth as a result of an agreement made under
section 71 or 72 of that Act before the commencement
of this section; and
(b) that:
(i) has or will have a significant impact on the environment
in those coastal waters; or
(ii) is likely to have a significant impact on the environment
in those coastal waters.
Civil penalty:
(a) for an individual—5,000 penalty units;
(b) for a body corporate—50,000 penalty units.
Exceptions to prohibitions
(4) Subsection (1), (2) or (3) does not apply to an action if:
(a) an approval of the taking of the action by the person is in
operation under Part 9 for the purposes of the subsection; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
42
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3
Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Section 24
(b) Part 4 lets the person take the action without an approval
under Part 9 for the purposes of the subsection; or
(c) there is in force a decision of the Minister under Division 2
of Part 7 that the subsection is not a controlling provision for
the action and, if the decision was made because the Minister
believed the action would be taken in a manner specified in
the notice of the decision under section 77, the action is taken
in that manner; or
(d) the person taking the action is the Commonwealth or a
Commonwealth agency; or
(e) the action is an action described in subsection 160(2) (which
describes actions whose authorisation is subject to a special
environmental assessment process).
Note: Section 28 regulates actions by the Commonwealth or a
Commonwealth agency with a significant impact on the environment.
Exception—fishing in Commonwealth waters managed by State
(5) Subsection (1) does not apply to an action if the action:
(a) is fishing (as defined in the Fisheries Management Act
1991); and
(b) is included in the class of activities forming a fishery (as
defined in that Act) that is managed under the law of a State
or the Northern Territory as a result of an agreement made
under section 71 or 72 of that Act before the commencement
of this section; and
(c) is permitted under a law of the State or Territory.
Exception—fishing outside Commonwealth marine areas
(6) Subsection (2) does not apply to an action that:
(a) is fishing (as defined in the Fisheries Management Act
1991); and
(b) is permitted under a law of a State or self-governing
Territory.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
43
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 24
24 What is a Commonwealth marine area?
Each of the following is a Commonwealth marine area:
(a) any waters of the sea inside the seaward boundary of the
exclusive economic zone, except:
(i) waters, rights in respect of which have been vested in a
State by section 4 of the Coastal Waters (State Title) Act
1980 or in the Northern Territory by section 4 of the
Coastal Waters (Northern Territory Title) Act 1980; and
(ii) waters within the limits of a State or the Northern
Territory;
(b) the seabed under waters covered by paragraph (a);
(c) airspace over waters covered by paragraph (a);
(d) any waters over the continental shelf, except:
(i) waters, rights in respect of which have been vested in a
State by section 4 of the Coastal Waters (State Title) Act
1980 or in the Northern Territory by section 4 of the
Coastal Waters (Northern Territory Title) Act 1980; and
(ii) waters within the limits of a State or the Northern
Territory; and
(iii) waters covered by paragraph (a);
(e) any seabed under waters covered by paragraph (d);
(f) any airspace over waters covered by paragraph (d);
(g) any other area of sea or seabed that is included in a
Commonwealth reserve.
24A Offences relating to marine areas
Actions in Commonwealth marine areas affecting the environment
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action is taken in a Commonwealth marine area; and
(c) the action results or will result in a significant impact on the
environment.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
44
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3
Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Section 24A
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(1A) Strict liability applies to paragraph (1)(b).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Actions in Commonwealth marine areas likely to affect the
environment
(2) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action is taken in a Commonwealth marine area; and
(c) the action is likely to have a significant impact on the
environment.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(2A) Strict liability applies to paragraph (2)(b).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Actions outside Commonwealth marine areas affecting those areas
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action is taken outside a Commonwealth marine area but
in the Australian jurisdiction; and
(c) the action results or will result in a significant impact on the
environment in an area; and
(d) the area is a Commonwealth marine area.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(3A) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (3)(b) and (d).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
45
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 24A
Actions likely to affect environment in Commonwealth marine
areas
(4) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action is taken outside a Commonwealth marine area but
in the Australian jurisdiction; and
(c) the action is likely to have a significant impact on the
environment in an area; and
(d) the area is a Commonwealth marine area.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(4A) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (4)(b) and (d).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Fishing with impact in State or Territory waters managed by
Commonwealth
(5) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action that:
(i) is fishing (as defined in the Fisheries Management Act
1991); and
(ii) is included in the class of activities forming a fishery (as
defined in that Act) that is managed under the law of the
Commonwealth as a result of an agreement made under
section 71 or 72 of that Act before the commencement
of this section; and
(b) the action is taken in the coastal waters (as defined in the
Fisheries Management Act 1991) of a State or the Northern
Territory; and
(c) the action results or will result in a significant impact on the
environment in those coastal waters.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(5A) Strict liability applies to paragraph (5)(b).
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
46
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3
Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Section 24A
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Fishing with likely impact in State or Territory waters managed by
Commonwealth
(6) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action that:
(i) is fishing (as defined in the Fisheries Management Act
1991); and
(ii) is included in the class of activities forming a fishery (as
defined in that Act) that is managed under the law of the
Commonwealth as a result of an agreement made under
section 71 or 72 of that Act before the commencement
of this section; and
(b) the action is taken in the coastal waters (as defined in the
Fisheries Management Act 1991) of a State or the Northern
Territory; and
(c) the action is likely to have a significant impact on the
environment in those coastal waters.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(6A) Strict liability applies to paragraph (6)(b).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Penalties
(7) An offence against subsection (1), (2), (3), (4), (5) or (6) is
punishable on conviction by imprisonment for a term not more
than 7 years, a fine not more than 420 penalty units, or both.
Note 1: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body
corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a
person under this subsection.
Note 2: An executive officer of a body corporate convicted of an offence
against this section may also commit an offence against section 495.
Note 3: If a person takes an action on land that contravenes this section, a
landholder may commit an offence against section 496C.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
47
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 24A
Defences—general
(8) Subsection (1), (2), (3), (4), (5) or (6) does not apply to an action
if:
(a) an approval of the taking of the action by the person is in
operation under Part 9 for the purposes of this section; or
(b) Part 4 lets the person take the action without an approval
under Part 9 for the purposes of this section; or
(c) there is in force a decision of the Minister under Division 2
of Part 7 that the subsection is not a controlling provision for
the action and, if the decision was made because the Minister
believed the action would be taken in a manner specified in
the notice of the decision under section 77, the action is taken
in that manner; or
(d) the action is an action described in subsection 160(2) (which
describes actions whose authorisation is subject to a special
environmental assessment process).
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in
this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Defence—fishing in Commonwealth waters managed by State
(9) Subsections (1) and (2) do not apply to an action if the action:
(a) is fishing (as defined in the Fisheries Management Act
1991); and
(b) is included in the class of activities forming a fishery (as
defined in that Act) that is managed under the law of a State
or the Northern Territory as a result of an agreement made
under section 71 or 72 of that Act before the commencement
of this section; and
(c) is permitted under a law of the State or Territory.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in
this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Defence—fishing outside Commonwealth marine areas
(10) Subsections (3) and (4) do not apply to an action that:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
48
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3
Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Section 24B
(a) is fishing (as defined in the Fisheries Management Act
1991); and
(b) is permitted under a law of a State or self-governing
Territory.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in
this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Subdivision FA—Great Barrier Reef Marine Park
24B Requirement for approval of activities in the Great Barrier
Reef Marine Park
Actions in Great Barrier Reef Marine Park affecting the
environment
(1) A person must not take in the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park an
action that has, will have or is likely to have, a significant impact
on the environment.
Civil penalty:
(a) for an individual—5,000 penalty units;
(b) for a body corporate—50,000 penalty units.
Actions outside Great Barrier Reef Marine Park affecting the
environment in the Marine Park
(2) A person must not take outside the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park
but in the Australian jurisdiction an action that:
(a) has or will have a significant impact on the environment in
the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park; or
(b) is likely to have a significant impact on the environment in
the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park.
Civil penalty:
(a) for an individual—5,000 penalty units;
(b) for a body corporate—50,000 penalty units.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
49
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 24C
Exceptions to prohibition
(3) Subsection (1) or (2) does not apply to an action if:
(a) an approval of the taking of the action by the person is in
operation under Part 9 for the purposes of the subsection; or
(b) Part 4 lets the person take the action without an approval
under Part 9 for the purposes of the subsection; or
(c) there is in force a decision of the Minister under Division 2
of Part 7 that the subsection is not a controlling provision for
the action and, if the decision was made because the Minister
believed the action would be taken in a manner specified in
the notice of the decision under section 77, the action is taken
in that manner; or
(d) the person taking the action is the Commonwealth or a
Commonwealth agency; or
(e) the action is an action described in subsection 160(2) (which
describes actions whose authorisation is subject to a special
environmental assessment process).
Note: Section 28 regulates actions by the Commonwealth or a
Commonwealth agency with a significant impact on the environment.
24C Offences relating to Great Barrier Reef Marine Park
Actions in Great Barrier Reef Marine Park affecting the
environment
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action is taken in the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park; and
(c) the action results or will result in a significant impact on the
environment.
Penalty: Imprisonment for 7 years or 420 penalty units, or both.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraph (1)(b).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
50
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3
Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Section 24C
Actions in Great Barrier Reef Marine Park likely to affect the
environment
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action is taken in the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park; and
(c) the action is likely to have a significant impact on the
environment.
Penalty: Imprisonment for 7 years or 420 penalty units, or both.
(4) Strict liability applies to paragraph (3)(b).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Actions outside Great Barrier Reef Marine Park affecting
environment in the Marine Park
(5) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action is taken outside the Great Barrier Reef Marine
Park but in the Australian jurisdiction; and
(c) the action results in or will result in a significant impact on
the environment in an area; and
(d) the area is the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park.
Penalty: Imprisonment for 7 years or 420 penalty units, or both.
(6) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (5)(b) and (d).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Actions outside Great Barrier Reef Marine Park likely to affect
environment in the Marine Park
(7) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action is taken outside the Great Barrier Reef Marine
Park but in the Australian jurisdiction; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
51
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 24D
(c) the action is likely to have a significant impact on the
environment in an area; and
(d) the area is the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park.
Penalty: Imprisonment for 7 years or 420 penalty units, or both.
(8) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (7)(b) and (d).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Defences
(9) Subsection (1), (3), (5) or (7) does not apply to an action if:
(a) an approval of the taking of the action by the person is in
operation under Part 9 for the purposes of the subsection; or
(b) Part 4 lets the person take the action without an approval
under Part 9 for the purposes of the subsection; or
(c) there is in force a decision of the Minister under Division 2
of Part 7 that the subsection is not a controlling provision for
the action and, if the decision was made because the Minister
believed the action would be taken in a manner specified in
the notice of the decision under section 77, the action is taken
in that manner; or
(d) the person taking the action is the Commonwealth or a
Commonwealth agency; or
(e) the action is an action described in subsection 160(2) (which
describes actions whose authorisation is subject to a special
environmental assessment process).
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in
this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
52
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3
Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Section 24D
Subdivision FB—Protection of water resources from coal seam
gas development and large coal mining development
24D Requirement for approval of developments with a significant
impact on water resources
(1) A constitutional corporation, the Commonwealth or a
Commonwealth agency must not take an action if:
(a) the action involves:
(i) coal seam gas development; or
(ii) large coal mining development; and
(b) the action:
(i) has or will have a significant impact on a water
resource; or
(ii) is likely to have a significant impact on a water
resource.
Civil penalty:
(a) for an individual—5,000 penalty units;
(b) for a body corporate—50,000 penalty units.
(2) A person must not take an action if:
(a) the action involves:
(i) coal seam gas development; or
(ii) large coal mining development; and
(b) the action is taken for the purposes of trade or commerce:
(i) between Australia and another country; or
(ii) between 2 States; or
(iii) between a State and Territory; or
(iv) between 2 Territories; and
(c) the action:
(i) has or will have a significant impact on a water
resource; or
(ii) is likely to have a significant impact on a water
resource.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
53
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 24D
Civil penalty:
(a) for an individual—5,000 penalty units;
(b) for a body corporate—50,000 penalty units.
(3) A person must not take an action if:
(a) the action involves:
(i) coal seam gas development; or
(ii) large coal mining development; and
(b) the action is taken in:
(i) a Commonwealth area; or
(ii) a Territory; and
(c) the action:
(i) has or will have a significant impact on a water
resource; or
(ii) is likely to have a significant impact on a water
resource.
Civil penalty:
(a) for an individual—5,000 penalty units;
(b) for a body corporate—50,000 penalty units.
(4) Subsections (1) to (3) do not apply to an action if:
(a) an approval of the taking of the action by the constitutional
corporation, Commonwealth, Commonwealth agency or
person is in operation under Part 9 for the purposes of this
section; or
(b) Part 4 lets the constitutional corporation, Commonwealth,
Commonwealth agency or person take the action without an
approval under Part 9 for the purposes of this section; or
(c) there is in force a decision of the Minister under Division 2
of Part 7 that this section is not a controlling provision for the
action and, if the decision was made because the Minister
believed the action would be taken in a manner specified in
the notice of the decision under section 77, the action is taken
in that manner; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
54
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3
Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Section 24E
(d) the action is an action described in subsection 160(2) (which
describes actions whose authorisation is subject to a special
environmental assessment process).
(5) A person who wishes to rely on subsection (4) in proceedings for a
contravention of a civil penalty provision bears an evidential
burden in relation to the matters in that subsection.
24E Offences relating to water resources
(1) A constitutional corporation, or a Commonwealth agency that does
not enjoy the immunities of the Commonwealth, commits an
offence if:
(a) the corporation or agency takes an action involving:
(i) coal seam gas development; or
(ii) large coal mining development; and
(b) the action:
(i) results or will result in a significant impact on a water
resource; or
(ii) is likely to have a significant impact on a water
resource.
Penalty: Imprisonment for 7 years or 420 penalty units, or both.
Note 1: An executive officer of a body corporate convicted of an offence
against this subsection may also commit an offence against
section 495.
Note 2: If a person takes an action on land that contravenes this subsection, a
landholder may commit an offence against section 496C.
(2) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action involving:
(i) coal seam gas development; or
(ii) large coal mining development; and
(b) the action is taken for the purposes of trade or commerce:
(i) between Australia and another country; or
(ii) between 2 States; or
(iii) between a State and Territory; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
55
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 24E
(iv) between 2 Territories; and
(c) the action:
(i) has or will have a significant impact on a water
resource; or
(ii) is likely to have a significant impact on a water
resource.
Penalty: Imprisonment for 7 years or 420 penalty units, or both.
Note 1: An executive officer of a body corporate convicted of an offence
against this subsection may also commit an offence against
section 495.
Note 2: If a person takes an action on land that contravenes this subsection, a
landholder may commit an offence against section 496C.
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action involving:
(i) coal seam gas development; or
(ii) large coal mining development; and
(b) the action is taken in:
(i) a Commonwealth area; or
(ii) a Territory; and
(c) the action:
(i) has or will have a significant impact on a water
resource; or
(ii) is likely to have a significant impact on a water
resource.
Penalty: Imprisonment for 7 years or 420 penalty units, or both.
Note 1: An executive officer of a body corporate convicted of an offence
against this subsection may also commit an offence against
section 495.
Note 2: If a person takes an action on land that contravenes this subsection, a
landholder may commit an offence against section 496C.
(4) Subsections (1) to (3) do not apply to an action if:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
56
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3
Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Section 25
(a) an approval of the taking of the action by the constitutional
corporation, Commonwealth agency or person is in operation
under Part 9 for the purposes of this section; or
(b) Part 4 lets the constitutional corporation, Commonwealth
agency or person take the action without an approval under
Part 9 for the purposes of this section; or
(c) there is in force a decision of the Minister under Division 2
of Part 7 that this section is not a controlling provision for the
action and, if the decision was made because the Minister
believed the action would be taken in a manner specified in
the notice of the decision under section 77, the action is taken
in that manner; or
(d) the action is an action described in subsection 160(2) (which
describes actions whose authorisation is subject to a special
environmental assessment process).
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in
subsection (4). See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Subdivision G—Additional matters of national environmental
significance
25 Requirement for approval of prescribed actions
(1) A person must not take an action that is prescribed by the
regulations for the purposes of this subsection.
Civil penalty:
(a) for an individual—5,000 penalty units;
(b) for a body corporate—50,000 penalty units.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to an action if:
(a) an approval of the taking of the action by the person is in
operation under Part 9 for the purposes of this section; or
(b) Part 4 lets the person take the action without an approval
under Part 9 for the purposes of this section; or
(c) there is in force a decision of the Minister under Division 2
of Part 7 that this section is not a controlling provision for the
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
57
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 25
action and, if the decision was made because the Minister
believed the action would be taken in a manner specified in
the notice of the decision under section 77, the action is taken
in that manner; or
(d) the action is an action described in subsection 160(2) (which
describes actions whose authorisation is subject to a special
environmental assessment process).
(3) Before the Governor-General makes regulations prescribing an
action for the purposes of subsection (1), the Minister (the
Environment Minister) must:
(a) inform the appropriate Minister of each State and
self-governing Territory of the proposal to prescribe:
(i) the action; and
(ii) a thing as matter protected by this section in relation to
the action; and
(b) invite the appropriate Minister of each State and
self-governing Territory to give the Environment Minister
comments on the proposal within a specified period of at
least 28 days; and
(c) consider the comments (if any); and
(d) if comments have been given as described in paragraph (b)—
take all reasonable steps to consult the appropriate Minister
of each State and self-governing Territory with a view to
agreeing on:
(i) the action to be prescribed; and
(ii) the thing to be prescribed as matter protected by this
section in relation to the action.
Note: Section 34 provides that the matter protected by this section is a thing
prescribed by the regulations in relation to the action.
(3A) To avoid doubt, regulations may be made for the purposes of this
section even if no agreement is reached on the matters described in
paragraph (3)(d).
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
58
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3
Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Section 25A
(4) The regulations may prescribe different things as matter protected
by this section in relation to different actions prescribed for the
purposes of subsection (1).
(5) This section applies only to actions:
(a) taken in a Territory or a place acquired by the
Commonwealth for public purposes (within the meaning of
section 52 of the Constitution); or
(b) taken in a Commonwealth marine area; or
(c) taken for the purpose of trade or commerce:
(i) between Australia and another country; or
(ii) between 2 States; or
(iii) between a State and a Territory; or
(iv) between 2 Territories; or
(d) taken by a constitutional corporation; or
(e) whose regulation is appropriate and adapted to give effect to
Australia’s obligations under an agreement with one or more
other countries.
(6) Regulations prescribing an action whose regulation is appropriate
and adapted to give effect to Australia’s obligations under an
agreement with one or more countries must specify the agreement.
Subdivision H—Actions that are taken to be covered by this
Division
25A Actions that are taken to be covered by this Division
(1) The regulations may provide that a specified action is taken to be
an action to which a specified regulatory provision applies.
Note: For specification by class, see subsection 13(3) of the Legislation Act
2003.
(2) To avoid doubt, if, as a result of a regulation made for the purposes
of subsection (1), a regulatory provision applies to an action, the
action is taken to be described in the provision.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
59
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 25AA
(3) Regulations made for the purposes of subsection (1) may only
specify actions:
(a) taken in a Territory; or
(b) taken in a Commonwealth marine area; or
(c) taken for the purpose of trade or commerce:
(i) between Australia and another country; or
(ii) between 2 States; or
(iii) between a State and a Territory; or
(iv) between 2 Territories; or
(d) taken by a constitutional corporation; or
(e) whose regulation is appropriate and adapted to give effect to
Australia’s obligations under an agreement with one or more
other countries.
(4) Regulations specifying an action whose regulation is appropriate
and adapted to give effect to Australia’s obligations under an
agreement with one or more countries must specify the agreement.
(5) In this section:
regulatory provision means:
(a) a civil penalty provision set out in this Division; or
(b) a provision of this Division that creates an offence.
Subdivision HA—Limitation on liability for actions of third
parties
25AA Limitation on liability for actions of third parties
(1) A provision mentioned in subsection (2) or (3) does not apply to an
action (the primary action) if:
(a) a person (the primary person) takes the action; and
(b) as a consequence of the primary action, another person (the
secondary person) takes another action (the secondary
action); and
(c) the secondary action is not taken at the direction or request of
the primary person; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
60
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3
Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Section 25AA
(d) the significant impact referred to in the provision is a
consequence of the secondary action.
Defence to offences
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), the following provisions do not
apply to the primary action:
(a) subsections 15A(1) and (2);
(b) subsections 15C(1) to (10);
(c) subsections 17B(1) and (2);
(d) subsections 18A(1) and (2);
(e) subsections 20A(1) and (2);
(f) subsections 22A(1) to (6);
(g) subsections 24A(1) to (6);
(h) subsections 24C(1), (3), (5) and (7);
(i) subsections 24E(1) to (3).
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in
this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Exception to civil penalties
(3) For the purposes of subsection (1), the following provisions do not
apply to the primary action:
(a) subsection 12(1);
(b) subsections 15B(1) to (5) and (7);
(c) subsection 16(1);
(d) subsections 18(1) to (6);
(e) subsection 20(1);
(f) subsections 21(1) to (3);
(g) subsections 23(1) to (3);
(ga) subsections 24B(1) and (2);
(gb) subsections 24D(1) to (3);
(h) subsection 25(1).
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
61
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 25B
Subdivision I—Evidentiary certificates
25B Evidentiary certificates
Contravention
(1) The Minister may issue a written certificate:
(a) stating that a specified person has contravened, or is
contravening, a specified civil penalty provision set out in
this Division; and
(b) setting out particulars of that contravention.
(2) The Minister may issue a certificate under subsection (1) relating
to a particular contravention if the Minister has reason to believe
that the person concerned has committed, or is committing, the
contravention.
(3) To avoid doubt, a certificate under subsection (1) may be issued
even if any relevant proceedings under section 475, 480A, 480K or
481 have been instituted.
Proposal
(4) The Minister may issue a written certificate stating that, if a
specified person were to carry out a proposal to engage in specified
conduct, that conduct would contravene a specified civil penalty
provision set out in this Division.
(5) The Minister may issue a certificate under subsection (4) if the
Minister has reason to believe that:
(a) the person proposes to engage in the conduct concerned; and
(b) the conduct would contravene the civil penalty provision
concerned.
(6) To avoid doubt, a certificate under subsection (4) may be issued
even if any relevant proceedings under section 475 have been
instituted.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
62
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3
Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance Division 1
Section 25C
25C Certificate to be given to person
As soon as practicable after issuing a certificate under
subsection 25B(1) or (4), the Minister must give a copy of the
certificate to the person concerned.
25D Evidentiary effect of certificate
(1) In any proceedings under section 475, 480A, 480K or 481, a
certificate under subsection 25B(1) is prima facie evidence of the
matters in the certificate.
(2) In any proceedings under section 475, a certificate under
subsection 25B(4) is prima facie evidence of the matters in the
certificate.
(3) A document purporting to be a certificate under subsection 25B(1)
or (4) must, unless the contrary is established, be taken to be such a
certificate and to have been properly issued.
(4) The Minister may certify that a document is a copy of a certificate
under subsection 25B(1) or (4).
(5) This section applies to the certified copy as if it were the original.
25E Variation of certificate
(1) The Minister may vary a certificate under subsection 25B(1) or (4)
so long as the variation is of a minor nature.
(2) If a certificate is varied, the Minister must give the person
concerned a written notice setting out the terms of the variation.
25F Revocation of certificate
(1) The Minister may revoke a certificate under subsection 25B(1) or
(4).
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
63
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 1 Requirements relating to matters of national environmental significance
Section 25F
(2) If a certificate is revoked, the Minister must give the person
concerned a written notice stating that the certificate has been
revoked.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
64
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3
Protection of the environment from proposals involving the Commonwealth Division 2
Section 26
Division 2—Protection of the environment from proposals
involving the Commonwealth
Subdivision A—Protection of environment from actions
involving Commonwealth land
26 Requirement for approval of activities involving Commonwealth
land
Actions on Commonwealth land
(1) A person must not take on Commonwealth land an action that has,
will have or is likely to have a significant impact on the
environment.
Civil penalty:
(a) for an individual—1,000 penalty units;
(b) for a body corporate—10,000 penalty units.
Actions outside Commonwealth land affecting that land
(2) A person must not take outside Commonwealth land an action that:
(a) has or will have a significant impact on the environment on
Commonwealth land; or
(b) is likely to have a significant impact on the environment on
Commonwealth land.
Civil penalty:
(a) for an individual—1,000 penalty units;
(b) for a body corporate—10,000 penalty units.
Exceptions to prohibitions
(3) Subsection (1) or (2) does not apply to an action if:
(a) an approval of the taking of the action by the person is in
operation under Part 9 for the purposes of the subsection; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
65
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 2 Protection of the environment from proposals involving the Commonwealth
Section 27
(b) Part 4 lets the person take the action without an approval
under Part 9 for the purposes of the subsection; or
(d) there is in force a decision of the Minister under Division 2
of Part 7 that the subsection is not a controlling provision for
the action and, if the decision was made because the Minister
believed the action would be taken in a manner specified in
the notice of the decision under section 77, the action is taken
in that manner; or
(e) the action is an action described in subsection 160(2) (which
describes actions whose authorisation is subject to a special
environmental assessment process); or
(f) the person taking the action is the Commonwealth or a
Commonwealth agency.
Note 1: This section protects (among other things) the Commonwealth
Heritage values of a Commonwealth Heritage place on
Commonwealth land, because the heritage values of a place are part of
the environment. See the definition of environment in section 528.
Note 2: Section 28 regulates actions by the Commonwealth or a
Commonwealth agency with a significant impact on the environment.
27 What is Commonwealth land?
Commonwealth land is so much of a Commonwealth area as is not
a Commonwealth marine area.
27A Offences relating to Commonwealth land
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action is taken on Commonwealth land; and
(c) the action results or will result in a significant impact on the
environment.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(1A) Strict liability applies to paragraph (1)(b).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
66
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3
Protection of the environment from proposals involving the Commonwealth Division 2
Section 27A
(2) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action is taken on Commonwealth land; and
(c) the action is likely to have a significant impact on the
environment.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(2A) Strict liability applies to paragraph (2)(b).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action is taken outside Commonwealth land but in the
Australian jurisdiction; and
(c) the action results or will result in a significant impact on the
environment in an area; and
(d) the area is Commonwealth land.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(3A) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (3)(b) and (d).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(4) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action is taken outside Commonwealth land but in the
Australian jurisdiction; and
(c) the action is likely to have a significant impact on the
environment in an area; and
(d) the area is Commonwealth land.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(4A) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (4)(b) and (d).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
67
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 2 Protection of the environment from proposals involving the Commonwealth
Section 27A
(5) An offence against subsection (1), (2), (3) or (4) is punishable on
conviction by imprisonment for a term not more than 2 years, a
fine not more than 120 penalty units, or both.
Note 1: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body
corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a
person under this subsection.
Note 2: An executive officer of a body corporate convicted of an offence
against this section may also commit an offence against section 495.
Note 3: If a person takes an action on land that contravenes this section, a
landholder may commit an offence against section 496C.
(6) Subsection (1), (2), (3) or (4) does not apply to an action if:
(a) an approval of the taking of the action by the person is in
operation under Part 9 for the purposes of the subsection; or
(b) Part 4 lets the person take the action without an approval
under Part 9 for the purposes of the subsection; or
(c) there is in force a decision of the Minister under Division 2
of Part 7 that the subsection is not a controlling provision for
the action and, if the decision was made because the Minister
believed the action would be taken in a manner specified in
the notice of the decision under section 77, the action is taken
in that manner; or
(d) the action is an action described in subsection 160(2) (which
describes actions whose authorisation is subject to a special
environmental assessment process); or
(e) the person taking the action is a Commonwealth agency.
Note 1: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in
this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Note 2: This section protects (among other things) the Commonwealth
Heritage values of a Commonwealth Heritage place on
Commonwealth land, because the heritage values of a place are part of
the environment. See the definition of environment in section 528.
Note 3: Section 28 regulates actions by the Commonwealth or a
Commonwealth agency with a significant impact on the environment.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
68
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3
Protection of the environment from proposals involving the Commonwealth Division 2
Section 27B
Subdivision AA—Protection of Commonwealth Heritage places
outside the Australian jurisdiction
27B Requirement for approval of actions with significant impact on
Commonwealth Heritage places overseas
(1) A person must not take outside the Australian jurisdiction an action
that has, will have or is likely to have a significant impact on the
environment in a Commonwealth Heritage place outside the
Australian jurisdiction.
Civil Penalty:
(a) for an individual—1,000 penalty units;
(b) for a body corporate—10,000 penalty units.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to an action if:
(a) an approval of the taking of the action by the person is in
operation under Part 9 for the purposes of this section; or
(b) Part 4 lets the person take the action without an approval
under Part 9 for the purposes of this section; or
(c) there is in force a decision of the Minister under Division 2
of Part 7 that this section is not a controlling provision for the
action and, if the decision was made because the Minister
believed the action would be taken in a manner specified in
the notice of the decision under section 77, the action is taken
in that manner; or
(d) the action is an action described in subsection 160(2) (which
describes actions whose authorisation is subject to a special
environmental assessment process).
Note: Subdivision F of Division 1 and Subdivision A of this Division protect
the environment in Commonwealth Heritage places inside the
Australian jurisdiction because those places are in Commonwealth
marine areas or on Commonwealth land.
27C Offences relating to Commonwealth Heritage places overseas
(1) A person commits an offence if:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
69
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 2 Protection of the environment from proposals involving the Commonwealth
Section 27C
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action is taken outside the Australian jurisdiction; and
(c) the action results or will result in a significant impact on the
environment in a place; and
(ca) the place is a Commonwealth Heritage place; and
(d) the place is outside the Australian jurisdiction.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(1A) Strict liability applies to paragraph (1)(ca).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(2) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action is taken outside the Australian jurisdiction; and
(c) the action is likely to have a significant impact on the
environment in a place; and
(d) the place is a Commonwealth Heritage place; and
(e) the place is outside the Australian jurisdiction.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(2A) Strict liability applies to paragraph (2)(d).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) An offence against subsection (1) or (2) is punishable on
conviction by imprisonment for a term not more than 2 years, a
fine not more than 120 penalty units, or both.
Note 1: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body
corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a
person under this subsection.
Note 2: An executive officer of a body corporate convicted of an offence
against this section may also commit an offence against section 495.
(4) Section 14.1 (standard geographical jurisdiction) of the Criminal
Code does not apply to an offence created by this section.
Note: Section 5 affects the extra-territorial operation of this section.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
70
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3
Protection of the environment from proposals involving the Commonwealth Division 2
Section 28
(5) Subsections (1) and (2) do not apply to an action if:
(a) an approval of the taking of the action by the person is in
operation under Part 9 for the purposes of this section; or
(b) Part 4 lets the person take the action without an approval
under Part 9 for the purposes of this section; or
(c) there is in force a decision of the Minister under Division 2
of Part 7 that this section is not a controlling provision for the
action and, if the decision was made because the Minister
believed the action would be taken in a manner specified in
the notice of the decision under section 77, the action is taken
in that manner; or
(d) the action is an action described in subsection 160(2) (which
describes actions whose authorisation is subject to a special
environmental assessment process).
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in
this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Subdivision B—Protection of the environment from
Commonwealth actions
28 Requirement for approval of activities of Commonwealth
agencies significantly affecting the environment
(1) The Commonwealth or a Commonwealth agency must not take
inside or outside the Australian jurisdiction an action that has, will
have or is likely to have a significant impact on the environment
inside or outside the Australian jurisdiction.
Civil penalty:
(a) for a Commonwealth agency that is an individual—1,000
penalty units;
(b) for a Commonwealth agency that is a body corporate—
10,000 penalty units.
Note 1: This section protects (among other things) the Commonwealth
Heritage values of a Commonwealth Heritage place from an action
taken by the Commonwealth or a Commonwealth agency, because the
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
71
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 2 Protection of the environment from proposals involving the Commonwealth
Section 28
heritage values of a place are part of the environment. See the
definition of environment in section 528.
Note 2: This section does not apply to decisions to authorise activities. See
Subdivision A of Division 1 of Part 23.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to an action if:
(a) an approval of the taking of the action by the Commonwealth
or Commonwealth agency is in operation under Part 9 for the
purposes of this section; or
(b) Part 4 lets the Commonwealth or Commonwealth agency
take the action without an approval under Part 9 for the
purposes of this section; or
(c) the action is one declared by the Minister in writing to be an
action to which this section does not apply; or
(d) there is in force a decision of the Minister under Division 2
of Part 7 that this section is not a controlling provision for the
action and, if the decision was made because the Minister
believed the action would be taken in a manner specified in
the notice of the decision under section 77, the action is taken
in that manner; or
(e) the action is an action described in subsection 160(2) (which
describes actions whose authorisation is subject to a special
environmental assessment process).
(3) The Minister may make a written declaration that actions are
actions to which this section does not apply, but only if he or she is
satisfied that it is necessary in the interests of:
(a) Australia’s defence or security; or
(b) preventing, mitigating or dealing with a national emergency.
(4) The Minister may make a written declaration that all actions, or a
specified class of actions, taken by a specified Commonwealth
agency are actions to which this section does not apply.
(5) The Minister may make a declaration under subsection (4) relating
to a Commonwealth agency’s actions only if he or she is satisfied
that:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
72
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Requirements for environmental approvals Part 3
Protection of the environment from proposals involving the Commonwealth Division 2
Section 28AA
(a) in taking the actions to which the declaration relates, the
agency must comply with the law of a State or Territory
(including a law of a State that is applied to a
Commonwealth place by virtue of the Commonwealth Places
(Application of Laws) Act 1970), that has either or both of the
following objects (whether express or implied):
(i) to protect the environment;
(ii) to promote the conservation and ecologically
sustainable use of natural resources; and
(b) the impacts that the actions have, will have or are likely to
have on the environment, are adequately addressed under the
State or Territory law.
Subdivision C—Actions that are taken to be covered by this
Division
28AA Actions that are taken to be covered by this Division
(1) The regulations may provide that a specified action is taken to be
an action to which a specified regulatory provision applies.
Note: For specification by class, see subsection 13(3) of the Legislation Act
2003.
(2) To avoid doubt, if, as a result of a regulation made for the purposes
of subsection (1), a regulatory provision applies to an action, the
action is taken to be described in the provision.
(3) In this section:
regulatory provision means:
(a) a civil penalty provision set out in this Division; or
(b) a provision of this Division that creates an offence.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
73
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 3 Requirements for environmental approvals
Division 2 Protection of the environment from proposals involving the Commonwealth
Section 28AB
Subdivision D—Limitation on liability for actions of third
parties
28AB Limitation on liability for actions of third parties
(1) A provision mentioned in subsection (2) or (3) does not apply to an
action (the primary action) if:
(a) a person (the primary person) takes the action; and
(b) as a consequence of the primary action, another person (the
secondary person) takes another action (the secondary
action); and
(c) the secondary action is not taken at the direction or request of
the primary person; and
(d) the significant impact referred to in the provision is a
consequence of the secondary action.
Defence to offences
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1), the following provisions do not
apply to the primary action:
(a) subsections 27A(1) to (4);
(b) subsections 27C(1) and (2).
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in
this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Exception to civil penalties
(3) For the purposes of subsection (1), the following provisions do not
apply to the primary action:
(a) subsections 26(1) and (2);
(b) subsection 27B(1);
(c) subsection 28(1).
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
74
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Part 4
Actions covered by bilateral agreements Division 1
Section 29
Part 4—Cases in which environmental approvals
are not needed
Division 1—Actions covered by bilateral agreements
29 Actions declared by agreement not to need approval
(1) A person may take an action described in a provision of Part 3,
other than section 24D or 24E, without an approval under Part 9
for the purposes of the provision if:
(a) the action is taken in a State or self-governing Territory; and
(b) the action is one of a class of actions declared by a bilateral
agreement between the Commonwealth and the State or
Territory not to require approval under Part 9 for the
purposes of the provision (because the action is approved in
accordance with a management arrangement or authorisation
process that is a bilaterally accredited management
arrangement or a bilaterally accredited authorisation process
for the purposes of the bilateral agreement); and
(c) the provision of the bilateral agreement making the
declaration is in operation in relation to the action; and
(d) either of the following applies:
(i) in the case of a bilaterally accredited management
arrangement—the management arrangement is in force
under a law of the State or Territory identified in or
under the bilateral agreement;
(ii) in the case of a bilaterally accredited authorisation
process—the authorisation process is set out in a law of
the State or Territory, and the law and the authorisation
process are identified in or under the bilateral
agreement; and
(e) the action is taken in accordance with the bilaterally
accredited management arrangement or bilaterally accredited
authorisation process.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
75
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 4 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed
Division 1 Actions covered by bilateral agreements
Section 30
Note 1: Section 46 deals with bilateral agreements making declarations
described in paragraph (1)(b).
Note 2: Division 3 of Part 5 explains how the operation of a bilateral
agreement may be ended or suspended. Also, under section 49,
bilateral agreements do not operate in relation to actions in
Commonwealth areas or in the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park, or
actions taken by the Commonwealth or a Commonwealth agency,
unless they expressly provide that they do.
(2) If the action is to be taken in 2 or more States or self-governing
Territories, this section does not operate unless it operates in
relation to each of those States or Territories.
30 Extended operation in State and Northern Territory waters
(1) Section 29 applies to an action taken on, over or under the seabed
vested in a State by section 4 of the Coastal Waters (State Title)
Act 1980 in the same way that it applies to an action taken in the
State.
(2) Section 29 applies to an action taken on, over or under the seabed
vested in the Northern Territory by section 4 of the Coastal Waters
(Northern Territory Title) Act 1980 in the same way that it applies
to an action taken in the Territory.
(3) Section 29 applies to an action taken in a Commonwealth marine
area to which a law of a State or self-governing Territory is applied
by a Commonwealth law or by an agreement or arrangement under
a Commonwealth law (other than this Act) in the same way as it
applies to an action in the State or Territory, if the provision of the
bilateral agreement has effect in relation to the area.
Note: A provision of a bilateral agreement only has effect in relation to a
Commonwealth area or the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park if the
agreement expressly provides that it does. See section 49.
31 Extended operation in non-self-governing Territories
A person may take an action described in a provision of Part 3
without an approval under Part 9 for the purposes of the provision
if:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
76
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Part 4
Actions covered by bilateral agreements Division 1
Section 31
(a) the action is taken in a Territory (the action Territory) that is
not a self-governing Territory; and
(b) an Act providing for the government of the action Territory
provides that some or all of the law of a State or
self-governing Territory is in force in the action Territory as
a law of the Territory; and
(c) the action is one of a class of actions declared by a bilateral
agreement between the Commonwealth and the State or
self-governing Territory not to require approval under Part 9
for the purposes of the provision of Part 3 (because the action
is approved or taken in accordance with a bilaterally
accredited management arrangement or a bilaterally
accredited authorisation process); and
(d) the bilateral agreement specifies that the provision of the
agreement making the declaration has effect in relation to
actions in the action Territory; and
(e) the provision of the bilateral agreement making the
declaration is in operation in relation to the action; and
(f) either of the following applies:
(i) in the case of a bilaterally accredited management
arrangement—the management arrangement is in force
under a law of the State or self-governing Territory
identified in or under the bilateral agreement;
(ii) in the case of a bilaterally accredited authorisation
process—the authorisation process is set out in a law of
the State or self-governing Territory, and the law and
the authorisation process are identified in or under the
bilateral agreement; and
(g) the action is taken in accordance with the bilaterally
accredited management arrangement or bilaterally accredited
authorisation process.
Note: Division 3 of Part 5 explains how the operation of a bilateral
agreement may be ended or suspended.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
77
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 4 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed
Division 2 Actions covered by Ministerial declarations and accredited management
arrangements or accredited authorisation processes
Section 32
Division 2—Actions covered by Ministerial declarations
and accredited management arrangements or
accredited authorisation processes
Subdivision A—Effect of declarations
32 Actions declared by Minister not to need approval
A person may take an action described in a provision of Part 3
without an approval under Part 9 for the purposes of the provision
if:
(a) the action is one of a class of actions declared by the Minister
under section 33 not to require approval under Part 9 for the
purposes of the provision (because the action is approved in
accordance with an accredited management arrangement or
an accredited authorisation process for the purposes of the
declaration); and
(b) the declaration is in operation when the action is taken; and
(c) one of the following applies:
(i) in the case of an accredited management arrangement—
the management arrangement is in operation under a
law of the Commonwealth identified in or under the
declaration;
(ii) in the case of an accredited authorisation process—the
authorisation process is set out in a law of the
Commonwealth, and the law and the authorisation
process are identified in or under the declaration; and
(d) the action is taken in accordance with the accredited
management arrangement or accredited authorisation
process.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
78
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Part 4
Actions covered by Ministerial declarations and accredited management arrangements
or accredited authorisation processes Division 2
Section 33
Subdivision B—Making declarations
33 Making declaration that actions do not need approval under
Part 9
Declaration of actions not needing approval
(1) The Minister may declare in writing that actions in a class of
actions specified in the declaration wholly or partly by reference to
the fact that their taking has been approved by the Commonwealth
or a specified Commonwealth agency, in accordance with a
management arrangement or authorisation process that is an
accredited management arrangement or an accredited authorisation
process for the purposes of the declaration, do not require approval
under Part 9 for the purposes of a specified provision of Part 3.
Note 1: Subdivisions C and D set out rules about prerequisites for making a
declaration and limits on making a declaration.
Note 2: Section 35 provides for revocation of a declaration.
What is an accredited management arrangement?
(2) A management arrangement is an accredited management
arrangement for the purposes of a declaration that certain actions
do not require approval under Part 9 for the purposes of a specified
provision of Part 3 if and only if:
(a) the management arrangement is in operation under a law of
the Commonwealth identified in or under the declaration; and
(b) the management arrangement has been accredited in writing
by the Minister in accordance with this section for the
purposes of the declaration.
What is an accredited authorisation process?
(2A) An authorisation process is an accredited authorisation process for
the purposes of a declaration that certain actions do not require
approval under Part 9 for the purposes of a specified provision of
Part 3 if and only if:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
79
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 4 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed
Division 2 Actions covered by Ministerial declarations and accredited management
arrangements or accredited authorisation processes
Section 33
(a) the authorisation process is set out in a law of the
Commonwealth, and the law and the authorisation process
are identified in or under the declaration; and
(b) the authorisation process has been accredited in writing by
the Minister in accordance with this section for the purposes
of the declaration.
Accrediting management arrangement or authorisation process
(3) For the purposes of subsection (2) or (2A), the Minister may
accredit by written instrument a management arrangement or
authorisation process for the purposes of a declaration. However,
the Minister may do so only if the Minister is satisfied that:
(a) the management arrangement or authorisation process and
the law under which it is in operation, or in which it is set
out, meet the criteria prescribed by the regulations; and
(b) there has been or will be adequate assessment of the impacts
that actions approved in accordance with the management
arrangement or authorisation process:
(i) have or will have; or
(ii) are likely to have;
on each matter protected by a provision of Part 3 to which the
declaration relates; and
(c) actions approved or taken in accordance with the
management arrangement or authorisation process will not
have unacceptable or unsustainable impacts on a matter
protected by a provision of Part 3 to which the declaration
relates.
The Minister must publish in accordance with the regulations (if
any) the instrument accrediting the management arrangement or
authorisation process.
Note: Subdivision C sets out more prerequisites for accrediting a
management arrangement or authorisation process.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
80
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Part 4
Actions covered by Ministerial declarations and accredited management arrangements
or accredited authorisation processes Division 2
Section 33
Tabling of management arrangement or authorisation process
before accreditation
(4) The Minister must cause to be laid before each House of the
Parliament:
(a) a copy of:
(i) in the case of a management arrangement—the
management arrangement; or
(ii) in the case of an authorisation process—the relevant
part of the law in which the authorisation process is set
out;
that the Minister is considering accrediting for the purposes
of subsection (2) or (2A); and
(b) a notice that the Minister proposes to accredit the
management arrangement or authorisation process for the
purposes of a declaration under this section.
Limitations on accreditation during period for opposition
(5) The Minister must not accredit a management arrangement or
authorisation process for the purposes of subsection (2) or (2A)
under a bilateral agreement:
(a) before, or within 15 sitting days after, a copy of the
management arrangement or authorisation process is laid
before each House of the Parliament under this section; or
(b) if, within those 15 sitting days of a House, notice of a motion
to oppose accreditation of the management arrangement or
authorisation process is given in that House—subject to
subsection (5A), within 15 sitting days of that House after the
notice is given.
(5A) If:
(a) notice of a motion to oppose accreditation of the
management arrangement or authorisation process is given in
a House of the Parliament within 15 sitting days after the
management arrangement or authorisation process is laid
before the House under this section; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
81
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 4 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed
Division 2 Actions covered by Ministerial declarations and accredited management
arrangements or accredited authorisation processes
Section 33
(b) the notice is withdrawn or otherwise disposed of within 15
sitting days of that House after the notice is given;
then, subject to paragraph (5)(a), the Minister may accredit the
management arrangement or authorisation process after the motion
is withdrawn or otherwise disposed of.
No accreditation after accreditation opposed
(6) The Minister must not accredit the management arrangement or
authorisation process if either House of the Parliament passes a
resolution opposing accreditation of the management arrangement
or authorisation process following a motion of which notice has
been given within 15 sitting days after the management
arrangement or relevant part of the law has been laid before the
House under this section.
No accreditation if motion not defeated in time
(7) The Minister must not accredit the management arrangement or
authorisation process if, at the end of 15 sitting days after notice of
a motion to oppose accreditation of the management arrangement
or authorisation process that was given in a House of the
Parliament within 15 sitting days after the management
arrangement or relevant part of the law was laid before the House
under this section:
(a) the notice has not been withdrawn and the motion has not
been called on; or
(b) the motion has been called on, moved and seconded and has
not been withdrawn or otherwise disposed of.
Extended time after dissolution or prorogation
(8) If:
(a) notice of a motion to oppose the accreditation of the
management arrangement or authorisation process is given in
a House of the Parliament (the opposing House); and
(b) before the end of 15 sitting days of the opposing House after
the notice is given:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
82
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Part 4
Actions covered by Ministerial declarations and accredited management arrangements
or accredited authorisation processes Division 2
Section 34
(i) the House of Representatives is dissolved or expires; or
(ii) the Parliament is prorogued; and
(c) at the time of the dissolution, expiry or prorogation (as
appropriate):
(i) the notice has not been withdrawn and the motion has
not been called on; or
(ii) the motion has been called on, moved and seconded and
has not been withdrawn or otherwise disposed of;
the management arrangement or relevant part of the law is taken
for the purposes of subsections (5), (5A), (6) and (7) to have been
laid before the opposing House on the first sitting day of that
House after the dissolution, expiry or prorogation (as appropriate).
34 What is matter protected by a provision of Part 3?
The matter protected by a provision of Part 3 specified in column 2
of an item of the following table is the thing specified in column 3
of the item.
Matter protected by provisions of Part 3
Item Provision Matter protected
1 section 12 the world heritage values of a declared World
Heritage property
1A section 15A the world heritage values of a declared World
Heritage property
1B section 15B the National Heritage values of a National
Heritage place
1C section 15C the National Heritage values of a National
Heritage place
2 section 16 the ecological character of a declared Ramsar
wetland
2A section 17B the ecological character of a declared Ramsar
wetland
3 subsection 1
8(1)
a listed threatened species in the extinct in the
wild category
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
83
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 4 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed
Division 2 Actions covered by Ministerial declarations and accredited management
arrangements or accredited authorisation processes
Section 34
Matter protected by provisions of Part 3
Item Provision Matter protected
4 subsection 1 a listed threatened species in the critically
8(2) endangered category
5 subsection 1 a listed threatened species in the endangered
8(3) category
6 subsection 1 a listed threatened species in the vulnerable
8(4) category
7 subsection 1 a listed threatened ecological community in the
8(5) critically endangered category
8 subsection 1 a listed threatened ecological community in the
8(6) endangered category
8A subsection 1 a listed threatened species (except a species
8A(1) or (2) included in the extinct category of the list
referred to in section 178 or a conservation
dependent species) and a listed threatened
ecological community (except an ecological
community included in the vulnerable category
of the list referred to in section 181)
9 section 20 a listed migratory species
9A section 20A a listed migratory species
10 section 21 the environment
10A section 22A the environment
11 subsection 2 the environment
3(1)
12 subsection 2 the environment in a Commonwealth marine
3(2) area
13 subsection 2 the environment in the coastal waters (as
3(3) defined in the Fisheries Management Act
1991) in which the action is taken of the State
or Territory
13A subsection 2 the environment
4A(1) or (2)
13B subsection 2 the environment in a Commonwealth marine
4A(3) or (4) area
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
84
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Part 4
Actions covered by Ministerial declarations and accredited management arrangements
or accredited authorisation processes Division 2
Section 34
Matter protected by provisions of Part 3
Item Provision Matter protected
13C subsection 2 the environment in the coastal waters (as
4A(5) or (6) defined in the Fisheries Management Act
1991) in which the action is taken of the State
or Territory
13D subsection 2 the environment
4B(1)
13E subsection 2 the environment in the Great Barrier Reef
4B(2) Marine Park
13F subsections the environment
24C(1) and
(3)
13G subsections the environment in the Great Barrier Reef
24C(5) and Marine Park
(7)
13H section 24D a water resource
13J section 24E a water resource
14 section 25 a thing prescribed by the regulations for the
purposes of this item in relation to an action to
which section 25 applies
15 subsection 2 the environment
6(1)
16 subsection 2 the environment on Commonwealth land
6(2)
16A subsection 2 the environment
7A(1) or (2)
16B subsection 2 the environment on Commonwealth land
7A(3) or (4)
16C section 27B the environment in a Commonwealth Heritage
place outside the Australian jurisdiction
16D subsections the environment in a Commonwealth Heritage
27C(1) and place outside the Australian jurisdiction
(2)
17 section 28 the environment
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
85
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 4 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed
Division 2 Actions covered by Ministerial declarations and accredited management
arrangements or accredited authorisation processes
Section 34A
Subdivision C—Prerequisites for making declarations
34A Minister may only make declaration if prescribed criteria are
met
The Minister may make a declaration under section 33 only if the
Minister is satisfied that the declaration:
(a) accords with the objects of this Act; and
(b) meets the requirements (if any) prescribed by the regulations.
34B Declarations relating to declared World Heritage properties
(1) The Minister may make a declaration under section 33 relating to a
declared World Heritage property only if:
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the declaration is not
inconsistent with Australia’s obligations under the World
Heritage Convention; and
(b) the Minister is satisfied that the declaration will promote the
management of the property in accordance with the
Australian World Heritage management principles; and
(c) the declaration meets the requirements (if any) prescribed by
the regulations.
(2) The Minister may accredit a management arrangement or
authorisation process under section 33 for the purposes of a
declaration relating to a declared World Heritage property only if:
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the management arrangement or
authorisation process is not inconsistent with Australia’s
obligations under the World Heritage Convention; and
(b) the Minister is satisfied that the management arrangement or
authorisation process will promote the management of the
property in accordance with the Australian World Heritage
management principles.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
86
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Part 4
Actions covered by Ministerial declarations and accredited management arrangements
or accredited authorisation processes Division 2
Section 34BA
34BA Declarations relating to National Heritage places
(1) The Minister may make a declaration under section 33 relating to a
National Heritage place only if:
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the declaration will promote the
management of the place in accordance with the National
Heritage management principles; and
(b) the declaration meets the requirements (if any) prescribed by
the regulations.
(2) The Minister may accredit a management arrangement or
authorisation process under section 33 for the purposes of such a
declaration only if he or she is satisfied that the management
arrangement or authorisation process will promote the management
of the place concerned in accordance with the National Heritage
management principles.
34C Declarations relating to declared Ramsar wetlands
(1) The Minister may make a declaration under section 33 relating to a
declared Ramsar wetland only if:
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the declaration is not
inconsistent with Australia’s obligations under the Ramsar
Convention; and
(b) the Minister is satisfied that the declaration will promote the
management of the wetland in accordance with the
Australian Ramsar management principles; and
(c) the declaration meets the requirements (if any) prescribed by
the regulations.
(2) The Minister may accredit a management arrangement or
authorisation process under section 33 for the purposes of a
declaration relating to a declared Ramsar wetland only if:
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the management arrangement or
authorisation process is not inconsistent with Australia’s
obligations under the Ramsar Convention; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
87
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 4 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed
Division 2 Actions covered by Ministerial declarations and accredited management
arrangements or accredited authorisation processes
Section 34D
(b) the Minister is satisfied that the management arrangement or
authorisation process will promote the management of the
wetland in accordance with the Australian Ramsar
management principles.
34D Declarations relating to listed threatened species and ecological
communities
(1) The Minister may make a declaration under section 33 relating to a
listed threatened species or a listed threatened ecological
community only if:
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the declaration is not
inconsistent with Australia’s obligations under:
(i) the Biodiversity Convention; or
(ii) the Apia Convention; or
(iii) CITES; and
(b) the Minister is satisfied that the declaration will promote the
survival and/or enhance the conservation status of each
species or community to which the declaration relates; and
(c) the Minister is satisfied that the declaration is not
inconsistent with any recovery plan for the species or
community or a threat abatement plan; and
(ca) the Minister has had regard to any approved conservation
advice for the species or community; and
(d) the declaration meets the requirements (if any) prescribed by
the regulations.
(2) The Minister may accredit a management arrangement or
authorisation process under section 33 for the purposes of a
declaration relating to a listed threatened species or a listed
threatened ecological community only if:
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the management arrangement or
authorisation process is not inconsistent with Australia’s
obligations under:
(i) the Biodiversity Convention; or
(ii) the Apia Convention; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
88
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Part 4
Actions covered by Ministerial declarations and accredited management arrangements
or accredited authorisation processes Division 2
Section 34E
(iii) CITES; and
(b) the Minister is satisfied that the management arrangement or
authorisation process will promote the survival and/or
enhance the conservation status of each species or
community to which the declaration relates; and
(c) the Minister is satisfied that the management arrangement or
authorisation process is not inconsistent with any recovery
plan for the species or community or a threat abatement plan;
and
(d) the Minister has had regard to any approved conservation
advice for the species or community.
34E Declarations relating to migratory species
(1) The Minister may make a declaration under section 33 relating to a
listed migratory species only if:
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the declaration is not
inconsistent with the Commonwealth’s obligations under
whichever of the following conventions or agreements
because of which the species is listed:
(i) the Bonn Convention;
(ii) CAMBA;
(iii) JAMBA;
(iv) an international agreement approved under
subsection 209(4); and
(b) the Minister is satisfied that the declaration will promote the
survival and/or enhance the conservation status of each
species to which the declaration relates; and
(c) the declaration meets the requirements (if any) prescribed by
the regulations.
(2) The Minister may accredit a management arrangement or
authorisation process under section 33 for the purposes of a
declaration relating to a listed migratory species only if:
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the management arrangement or
authorisation process is not inconsistent with the
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
89
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 4 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed
Division 2 Actions covered by Ministerial declarations and accredited management
arrangements or accredited authorisation processes
Section 34F
Commonwealth’s obligations under whichever of the
following conventions or agreements because of which the
species is listed:
(i) the Bonn Convention;
(ii) CAMBA;
(iii) JAMBA;
(iv) an international agreement approved under
subsection 209(4); and
(b) the Minister is satisfied that the management arrangement or
authorisation process will promote the survival and/or
enhance the conservation status of each species to which the
declaration relates.
34F Declarations relating to Commonwealth Heritage places
(1) The Minister may make a declaration under section 33 relating to a
Commonwealth Heritage place only if:
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the declaration will promote the
management of the place in accordance with the
Commonwealth Heritage management principles; and
(b) the declaration meets the requirements (if any) prescribed by
the regulations.
(2) The Minister may accredit a management arrangement or
authorisation process under section 33 for the purposes of such a
declaration only if he or she is satisfied that the management
arrangement or authorisation process will promote the management
of the place concerned in accordance with the Commonwealth
Heritage management principles.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
90
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Part 4
Actions covered by Ministerial declarations and accredited management arrangements
or accredited authorisation processes Division 2
Section 35
Subdivision D—Other rules about declarations
35 Revoking declarations
Revoking declarations
(1) The Minister may, by written instrument, revoke a declaration
made under section 33.
Revocation does not affect some actions
(2) If:
(a) a declaration made under section 33 is revoked; and
(b) before the revocation, an action was being taken that could be
taken without approval under Part 9 because its taking was
covered by the declaration; and
(c) the action had not been completed before the revocation;
this Act continues to operate in relation to the action as if the
declaration had not been revoked.
36 Other rules about declarations
Minister must not give preference
(1) In making a declaration or accrediting a management arrangement
or authorisation process under section 33, or revoking a declaration
under section 35, relating to an action taken:
(a) by a person for the purposes of trade between Australia and
another country or between 2 States; or
(b) by a constitutional corporation;
the Minister must not give preference (within the meaning of
section 99 of the Constitution) to one State or part of a State over
another State or part of a State.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
91
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 4 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed
Division 2 Actions covered by Ministerial declarations and accredited management
arrangements or accredited authorisation processes
Section 36A
Publishing declarations
(2) The Minister must publish a declaration made under section 33, an
instrument accrediting a management arrangement or authorisation
process under section 33, or an instrument under section 35
revoking a declaration, in accordance with the regulations.
36A Minor amendments of accredited management arrangement or
accredited authorisation process
(1) If:
(a) a management arrangement or an authorisation process is an
accredited management arrangement or an accredited
authorisation process; and
(b) the management arrangement or authorisation process is
amended, or is proposed to be amended; and
(c) the Minister is satisfied that the amendments are, or will be,
minor; and
(d) the Minister is satisfied that the management arrangement or
authorisation process as amended meets, or will meet, the
requirements of:
(i) paragraphs 33(3)(a), (b) and (c); and
(ii) section 34A; and
(iii) subsection 34B(2), 34BA(2), 34C(2), 34D(2), 34E(2) or
34F(2) (as the case requires);
the Minister may, by instrument in writing, determine that this
section applies to the amendments.
(2) If the Minister makes a determination under subsection (1):
(a) the management arrangement or authorisation process as
amended is, for the purposes of this Act, taken to be an
accredited management arrangement or accredited
authorisation process; and
(b) subsections 33(1) to (8) do not apply in relation to the
amendments to the management arrangement or authorisation
process, or the management arrangement or authorisation
process as amended; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
92
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Part 4
Actions covered by Ministerial declarations and accredited management arrangements
or accredited authorisation processes Division 2
Section 36A
(c) actions taken after the determination is made in accordance
with the accredited management arrangement or accredited
authorisation process as amended do not require approval
under Part 9 for the purposes of a specified provision of
Part 3.
(3) The Minister must publish a determination under subsection (1) in
accordance with the regulations (if any).
(4) A determination under subsection (1) is not a legislative
instrument.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
93
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 4 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed
Division 3 Actions covered by Ministerial declarations and bioregional plans
Section 37
Division 3—Actions covered by Ministerial declarations
and bioregional plans
Subdivision A—Effect of declarations
37 Actions declared by Minister not to need approval
A person may take an action described in a provision of Part 3
without an approval under Part 9 for the purposes of the provision
if:
(a) the action is an action, or one of a class of actions, declared
by the Minister under section 37A not to require approval
under Part 9 for the purposes of the provision (because the
taking of the action is in accordance with a particular
bioregional plan); and
(b) the declaration is in operation when the action is taken; and
(c) the action is taken:
(i) in the bioregion to which the plan applies; and
(ii) in accordance with the plan.
Note: Division 2 of Part 12 deals with bioregional plans.
Subdivision B—Making declarations
37A Making declarations that actions do not need approval under
Part 9
Subject to Subdivisions C and D, the Minister may, by legislative
instrument, declare that an action or class of actions specified in
the declaration, wholly or partly by reference to the fact that the
taking of the action or class of actions is in accordance with a
bioregional plan, do not require approval under Part 9 for the
purposes of a specified provision of Part 3.
Note 1: Subdivisions C and D set out rules about prerequisites for making a
declaration and limits on making a declaration.
Note 2: Section 37K provides for revocation of a declaration.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
94
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Part 4
Actions covered by Ministerial declarations and bioregional plans Division 3
Section 37B
Subdivision C—Prerequisites for making declarations
37B General considerations
(1) In deciding whether to make a declaration under section 37A, the
Minister must consider the following, so far as they are not
inconsistent with any other requirements of this Subdivision:
(a) matters relevant to any matter protected by a provision of
Part 3 that the Minister considers is relevant to the action or
class of actions to which the declaration relates;
(b) economic and social matters.
(2) In considering those matters, the Minister must take into account
the principles of ecologically sustainable development.
(3) The Minister must not make a declaration under section 37A in
relation to an action or class of actions and a provision of Part 3 if
the Minister considers that the action, or an action in the class, if
taken, would have unacceptable or unsustainable impacts on a
matter protected by the provision.
37C Minister may make declaration only if prescribed criteria are
met
The Minister may make a declaration under section 37A only if the
Minister is satisfied that the declaration:
(a) accords with the objects of this Act; and
(b) meets the requirements (if any) prescribed by the regulations.
37D Declarations relating to declared World Heritage properties
The Minister may make a declaration under section 37A relating to
a declared World Heritage property only if:
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the declaration is not
inconsistent with Australia’s obligations under the World
Heritage Convention; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
95
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 4 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed
Division 3 Actions covered by Ministerial declarations and bioregional plans
Section 37E
(b) the Minister is satisfied that the declaration will promote the
management of the property in accordance with the
Australian World Heritage management principles; and
(c) the Minister is satisfied that the declaration is not
inconsistent with a plan that has been prepared for the
management of the declared World Heritage property under
section 316 or as described in section 321.
37E Declarations relating to National Heritage places
The Minister may make a declaration under section 37A relating to
a National Heritage place only if:
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the declaration will promote the
management of the place in accordance with the National
Heritage management principles; and
(b) the Minister is satisfied that the declaration is not
inconsistent with:
(i) an agreement to which the Commonwealth is a party in
relation to the National Heritage place; or
(ii) a plan that has been prepared for the management of the
National Heritage place under section 324S or as
described in section 324X.
37F Declarations relating to declared Ramsar wetlands
The Minister may make a declaration under section 37A relating to
a declared Ramsar wetland only if:
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the declaration is not
inconsistent with Australia’s obligations under the Ramsar
Convention; and
(b) the Minister is satisfied that the declaration will promote the
management of the wetland in accordance with the
Australian Ramsar management principles.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
96
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Part 4
Actions covered by Ministerial declarations and bioregional plans Division 3
Section 37G
37G Declarations relating to listed threatened species and ecological
communities
The Minister may make a declaration under section 37A relating to
a listed threatened species or a listed threatened ecological
community only if:
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the declaration is not
inconsistent with Australia’s obligations under:
(i) the Biodiversity Convention; or
(ii) the Apia Convention; or
(iii) CITES; and
(b) the Minister is satisfied that the declaration will promote the
survival and/or enhance the conservation status of each
species or community to which the declaration relates; and
(c) the Minister is satisfied that the declaration is not
inconsistent with any recovery plan for the species or
community or a threat abatement plan; and
(d) the Minister has had regard to any approved conservation
advice for the species or community.
37H Declarations relating to listed migratory species
The Minister may make a declaration under section 37A relating to
a listed migratory species only if:
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the declaration is not
inconsistent with whichever of the following conventions or
agreements because of which the species is listed:
(i) the Bonn Convention;
(ii) CAMBA;
(iii) JAMBA;
(iv) an international agreement approved under
subsection 209(4); and
(b) the Minister is satisfied that the declaration will promote the
survival and/or enhance the conservation status of each
species to which the declaration relates.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
97
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 4 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed
Division 3 Actions covered by Ministerial declarations and bioregional plans
Section 37J
37J No declarations relating to nuclear actions
The Minister must not make a declaration relating to an action
consisting of, or involving the construction or operation of, any of
the following nuclear installations:
(a) a nuclear fuel fabrication plant;
(b) a nuclear power plant;
(c) an enrichment plant;
(d) a reprocessing facility.
Subdivision D—Other rules about declarations
37K Revoking declarations
Revoking declarations
(1) The Minister may, by legislative instrument, revoke a declaration
made under section 37A.
Revocation does not affect some actions
(2) If:
(a) a declaration made under section 37A is revoked; and
(b) before the revocation, an action was being taken that could be
taken without approval under Part 9 because its taking was
covered by the declaration; and
(c) the action had not been completed before the revocation;
this Act continues to operate in relation to the action as if the
declaration had not been revoked.
37L Other rules about declarations
Minister must not give preference
(1) In making a declaration under section 37A, or revoking a
declaration under section 37K, relating to an action taken:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
98
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Part 4
Actions covered by Ministerial declarations and bioregional plans Division 3
Section 37L
(a) by a person for the purposes of trade or commerce between
Australia and another country or between 2 States; or
(b) by a constitutional corporation;
the Minister must not give preference (within the meaning of
section 99 of the Constitution) to one State or part of a State over
another State or part of a State.
Publishing declarations
(2) Within 10 business days after the Minister makes a declaration
under section 37A, or an instrument under section 37K revoking a
declaration, the Minister must publish the declaration or instrument
in accordance with the regulations.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
99
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 4 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed
Division 3A Actions covered by conservation agreements
Section 37M
Division 3A—Actions covered by conservation agreements
37M Actions declared by conservation agreement not to need
approval
A person may take an action described in a provision of Part 3
without an approval under Part 9 for the purposes of the provision
if:
(a) the action is included in a class of actions declared in a
conservation agreement, in accordance with section 306A,
not to require approval under Part 9 for the purposes of the
provision; and
(b) the conservation agreement is in operation when the action is
taken; and
(c) the action is taken in accordance with the conditions (if any)
specified in the declaration.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
100
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Part 4
Forestry operations in certain regions Division 4
Section 38
Division 4—Forestry operations in certain regions
Subdivision A—Regions covered by regional forest agreements
38 Part 3 not to apply to certain RFA forestry operations
(1) Part 3 does not apply to an RFA forestry operation that is
undertaken in accordance with an RFA.
(2) In this Division:
RFA or regional forest agreement has the same meaning as in the
Regional Forest Agreements Act 2002.
RFA forestry operation has the same meaning as in the Regional
Forest Agreements Act 2002.
Note: This section does not apply to some RFA forestry operations. See
section 42.
Subdivision B—Regions subject to a process of negotiating a
regional forest agreement
39 Object of this Subdivision
The purpose of this Subdivision is to ensure that an approval under
Part 9 is not required for forestry operations in a region for which a
process (involving the conduct of a comprehensive regional
assessment, assessment under the Environment Protection (Impact
of Proposals) Act 1974 and protection of the environment through
agreements between the Commonwealth and the relevant State and
conditions on licences for the export of wood chips) of developing
and negotiating a regional forest agreement is being, or has been,
carried on.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
101
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 4 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed
Division 4 Forestry operations in certain regions
Section 40
40 Forestry operations in regions not yet covered by regional forest
agreements
(1) A person may undertake forestry operations in an RFA region in a
State or Territory without approval under Part 9 for the purposes of
a provision of Part 3 if there is not a regional forest agreement in
force for any of the region.
Note 1: This section does not apply to some forestry operations. See
section 42.
Note 2: The process of making a regional forest agreement is subject to
assessment under the Environment Protection (Impact of Proposals)
Act 1974, as continued by the Environmental Reform (Consequential
Provisions) Act 1999.
(2) In this Division:
forestry operations means any of the following done for
commercial purposes:
(a) the planting of trees;
(b) the managing of trees before they are harvested;
(c) the harvesting of forest products;
and includes any related land clearing, land preparation and
regeneration (including burning) and transport operations. For the
purposes of paragraph (c), forest products means live or dead trees,
ferns or shrubs, or parts thereof.
RFA region has the meaning given by section 41.
(3) Subsection (1) does not operate in relation to an RFA region that is
the subject of a declaration in force under this section.
(4) The Minister may, by legislative instrument, declare that
subsection (1) does not apply to an RFA region.
(6) The Minister must not make a declaration that has the effect of
giving preference (within the meaning of section 99 of the
Constitution) to one State or part of a State over another State or
part of a State, in relation to the taking of the action:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
102
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Part 4
Forestry operations in certain regions Division 4
Section 41
(a) by a person for the purposes of trade or commerce between
Australia and another country or between 2 States; or
(b) by a constitutional corporation.
41 What is an RFA region?
Regions that are RFA regions
(1) Each of the following is an RFA region:
(a) the area delineated as the Eden RFA Region on the map of
that New South Wales Region dated 13 May 1999 and
published by the Bureau of Resource Sciences;
(b) the area delineated as the Lower North East RFA Region on
the map of that New South Wales Region dated 13 May 1999
and published by the Bureau of Resource Sciences;
(c) the area delineated as the Upper North East RFA Region on
the map of that New South Wales Region dated 13 May 1999
and published by the Bureau of Resource Sciences;
(d) the area delineated as the South Region on the map of the
Comprehensive Regional Assessment South CRA Region
dated August 1997 and published by the State Forests GIS
Branch of the organisation known as State Forests of New
South Wales;
(e) the area delineated as the Gippsland Region in the map of
that Region dated 11 March 1998 and published by the Forest
Information Section of the Department of Natural Resources
and Environment of Victoria;
(f) the area delineated as the North East RFA Region in the map
of that Region dated 11 March 1998 and published by the
Forest Information Section of the Department of Natural
Resources and Environment of Victoria;
(g) the area delineated as the West Region in the map of that
Region dated 3 March 1999 and published by the Forest
Information Section of the Department of Natural Resources
and Environment of Victoria;
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
103
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 4 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed
Division 4 Forestry operations in certain regions
Section 42
(h) the area delineated as the South East Queensland RFA
Region on the map of that Region dated 21 August 1998 and
published by the Bureau of Resource Sciences.
Regulations may amend list of regions
(2) The regulations may amend subsection (1).
Prerequisites for prescribing RFA regions
(3) Before the Governor-General makes regulations amending
subsection (1), the Minister must be satisfied that the proposed
regulations, in conjunction with this Subdivision, will not give
preference (within the meaning of section 99 of the Constitution) to
one State or part of a State over another State or part of a State.
Subdivision C—Limits on application
42 This Division does not apply to some forestry operations
Subdivisions A and B of this Division, and subsection 6(4) of the
Regional Forest Agreements Act 2002, do not apply to RFA
forestry operations, or to forestry operations, that are:
(a) in a property included in the World Heritage List; or
(b) in a wetland included in the List of Wetlands of International
Importance kept under the Ramsar Convention; or
(c) incidental to another action whose primary purpose does not
relate to forestry.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
104
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Part 4
Actions in the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Division 5
Section 43
Division 5—Actions in the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park
43 Actions taken in accordance with zoning plan
A person may take an action described in a provision of Part 3
without an approval under Part 9 for the purposes of the provision
if:
(a) the action is taken in a zone (within the meaning of the Great
Barrier Reef Marine Park Act 1975) of the Great Barrier
Reef Marine Park; and
(b) it is for a purpose for which, under the zoning plan for the
zone made under the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act
1975, the zone may be used or entered without permission.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
105
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 2 Protecting the environment
Part 4 Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed
Division 6 Actions with prior authorisation
Section 43A
Division 6—Actions with prior authorisation
43A Actions with prior authorisation
(1) A person may take an action described in a provision of Part 3
without an approval under Part 9 for the purposes of the provision
if:
(a) the action consists of a use of land, sea or seabed; and
(b) before the commencement of this Act, the action was
authorised by a specific environmental authorisation; and
(c) immediately before the commencement of this Act, no
further specific environmental authorisation was necessary to
allow the action to be taken lawfully; and
(d) at the time the action is taken, the specific environmental
authorisation continues to be in force.
(1A) For the purposes of paragraphs (1)(c) and (d), a renewal or
extension of a specific environmental authorisation is taken to be a
new specific environmental authorisation unless:
(a) the action that is authorised by the authorisation following
the renewal or extension is the same as the action that was
authorised by the authorisation before the commencement of
this Act; and
(b) the renewal or extension could properly be made or given
without any further consideration of the environmental
impacts of the action.
Note: If a renewal or extension of a specific environmental authorisation is
taken to be a new specific environmental authorisation, the condition
in paragraph (1)(c) or (d) would not be met.
(2) In this Act:
environmental authorisation means an authorisation under a law
of the Commonwealth, a State or a self-governing Territory that
has either or both of the following objects (whether express or
implied):
(a) to protect the environment;
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
106
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Protecting the environment Chapter 2
Cases in which environmental approvals are not needed Part 4
Actions with prior authorisation Division 6
Section 43B
(b) to promote the conservation and ecologically sustainable use
of natural resources.
specific environmental authorisation means an environmental
authorisation that:
(a) identifies the particular action by reference to acts and
matters uniquely associated with that action; or
(b) was issued or granted following a consideration of the
particular action by reference to acts and matters uniquely
associated with that action.
43B Actions which are lawful continuations of use of land etc.
(1) A person may take an action described in a provision of Part 3
without an approval under Part 9 for the purposes of the provision
if the action is a lawful continuation of a use of land, sea or seabed
that was occurring immediately before the commencement of this
Act.
(2) However, subsection (1) does not apply to an action if:
(a) before the commencement of this Act, the action was
authorised by a specific environmental authorisation; and
(b) at the time the action is taken, the specific environmental
authorisation continues to be in force.
Note: In that case, section 43A applies instead.
(3) For the purposes of this section, neither of the following is a
continuation of a use of land, sea or seabed:
(a) an enlargement, expansion or intensification of use;
(b) either:
(i) any change in the location of where the use of the land,
sea or seabed is occurring; or
(ii) any change in the nature of the activities comprising the
use;
that results in a substantial increase in the impact of the use
on the land, sea or seabed.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
107
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements
Part 5 Bilateral agreements
Division 1 Object of Part
Section 44
Chapter 3—Bilateral agreements
Part 5—Bilateral agreements
Division 1—Object of Part
44 Object of this Part
The object of this Part is to provide for agreements between the
Commonwealth and a State or self-governing Territory that:
(a) protect the environment; and
(b) promote the conservation and ecologically sustainable use of
natural resources; and
(c) ensure an efficient, timely and effective process for
environmental assessment and approval of actions; and
(d) minimise duplication in the environmental assessment and
approval process through Commonwealth accreditation of the
processes of the State or Territory (and vice versa).
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
108
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Bilateral agreements Chapter 3
Bilateral agreements Part 5
Making bilateral agreements Division 2
Section 45
Division 2—Making bilateral agreements
Subdivision A—Power to make bilateral agreements
45 Minister may make agreement
Making bilateral agreement
(1) On behalf of the Commonwealth, the Minister may enter into a
bilateral agreement.
Note 1: A bilateral agreement can detail the level of Commonwealth
accreditation of State practices, procedures, processes, systems,
management plans and other approaches to environmental protection.
Note 2: Subdivision B sets out some prerequisites for entering into bilateral
agreements.
What is a bilateral agreement?
(2) A bilateral agreement is a written agreement between the
Commonwealth and a State or a self-governing Territory that:
(a) provides for one or more of the following:
(i) protecting the environment;
(ii) promoting the conservation and ecologically sustainable
use of natural resources;
(iii) ensuring an efficient, timely and effective process for
environmental assessment and approval of actions;
(iv) minimising duplication in the environmental assessment
and approval process through Commonwealth
accreditation of the processes of the State or Territory
(or vice versa); and
(b) is expressed to be a bilateral agreement.
Publishing notice of intention to enter into agreement
(3) As soon as practicable after starting the process of developing a
draft bilateral agreement with a State or self-governing Territory,
the Minister must publish, in accordance with the regulations (if
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
109
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements
Part 5 Bilateral agreements
Division 2 Making bilateral agreements
Section 46
any), notice of his or her intention to develop a draft bilateral
agreement with the State or Territory.
Publishing bilateral agreements and related material
(4) As soon as practicable after entering into a bilateral agreement, the
Minister must publish in accordance with the regulations:
(a) the agreement; and
(b) a statement of the Minister’s reasons for entering into the
agreement; and
(c) a report on the comments (if any) received on the draft of the
agreement published under Subdivision B.
46 Agreement may declare actions do not need approval under
Part 9
Declaration of actions not needing approval
(1) A bilateral agreement may declare that actions in a class of actions
specified in the agreement wholly or partly by reference to the fact
that their taking has been approved by:
(a) the State or self-governing Territory that is party to the
agreement; or
(b) an agency of the State or Territory;
in accordance with a management arrangement or authorisation
process that is a bilaterally accredited management arrangement or
a bilaterally accredited authorisation process for the purposes of
the agreement do not require approval under Part 9 for the
purposes of a specified provision of Part 3, other than section 24D
or 24E.
What is a bilaterally accredited management arrangement?
(2) A management arrangement is a bilaterally accredited
management arrangement for the purposes of a bilateral
agreement declaring that certain actions do not require approval
under Part 9 for the purposes of a specified provision of Part 3,
other than section 24D or 24E, if and only if:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
110
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Bilateral agreements Chapter 3
Bilateral agreements Part 5
Making bilateral agreements Division 2
Section 46
(a) the management arrangement is in force under a law of the
State or Territory that is a party to the agreement and the law
is identified in or under the agreement; and
(b) the management arrangement has been accredited in writing
by the Minister in accordance with this section for the
purposes of the agreement.
What is a bilaterally accredited authorisation process?
(2A) An authorisation process is a bilaterally accredited authorisation
process for the purposes of a bilateral agreement declaring that
certain actions do not require approval under Part 9 for the
purposes of a specified provision of Part 3, other than section 24D
or 24E, if and only if:
(a) the authorisation process is set out in a law of the State or
Territory that is a party to the agreement, and the law and the
process are identified in or under the agreement; and
(b) the authorisation process has been accredited in writing by
the Minister in accordance with this section for the purposes
of the agreement.
Accrediting management arrangement or authorisation process
(3) For the purposes of subsection (2) or (2A), the Minister may
accredit in writing a management arrangement or an authorisation
process for the purposes of a bilateral agreement with a State or
self-governing Territory. However, the Minister may do so only if
the Minister is satisfied that:
(a) the management arrangement or authorisation process and
the law under which it is in force, or in which it is set out,
meet the criteria prescribed by the regulations; and
(b) there has been or will be adequate assessment of the impacts
that actions approved in accordance with the management
arrangement or authorisation process:
(i) have or will have; or
(ii) are likely to have;
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
111
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements
Part 5 Bilateral agreements
Division 2 Making bilateral agreements
Section 46
on each matter protected by a provision of Part 3 in relation
to which the agreement makes a declaration under
subsection (1); and
(c) actions approved in accordance with the management
arrangement or authorisation process will not have
unacceptable or unsustainable impacts on a matter protected
by a provision of Part 3 in relation to which the agreement
makes a declaration under subsection (1).
The Minister must publish in accordance with the regulations (if
any) the instrument accrediting the management arrangement or
authorisation process.
Note: Subdivision B sets out more prerequisites for accrediting a
management arrangement or an authorisation process.
Tabling of management arrangement or authorisation process
before accreditation
(4) The Minister must cause to be laid before each House of the
Parliament a copy of:
(a) in the case of a management arrangement—the management
arrangement; or
(b) in the case of an authorisation process—the relevant part of
the law in which the authorisation process is set out;
that the Minister is considering accrediting for the purposes of
subsection (2) or (2A).
Limitations on accreditation during period for disallowance
(5) The Minister must not accredit a management arrangement or
authorisation process for the purposes of subsection (2) or (2A)
under a bilateral agreement:
(a) before, or within 15 sitting days after, a copy of the
management arrangement or authorisation process is laid
before each House of the Parliament; or
(b) if, within those 15 sitting days of a House, notice of a motion
to disallow the management arrangement or authorisation
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
112
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Bilateral agreements Chapter 3
Bilateral agreements Part 5
Making bilateral agreements Division 2
Section 46
process is given in that House—subject to subsection (5A),
within 15 sitting days of that House after the notice is given.
(5A) If:
(a) notice of a motion to disallow accreditation of the
management arrangement or authorisation process is given in
a House of the Parliament within 15 sitting days after the
management arrangement or authorisation process is laid
before the House under this section; and
(b) the notice is withdrawn or otherwise disposed of within 15
sitting days of that House after the notice is given;
then, subject to paragraph (5)(a), the Minister may accredit the
management arrangement or authorisation process after the motion
is withdrawn or otherwise disposed of.
Disallowance motion passed
(6) The Minister must not accredit the management arrangement or
authorisation process if either House of the Parliament passes a
resolution disallowing the accreditation of the management
arrangement or authorisation process following a motion of which
notice has been given within 15 sitting days after the management
arrangement or relevant part of the law has been laid before the
House.
Disallowance motion not defeated in time
(7) The Minister must not accredit the management arrangement or
authorisation process if, at the end of 15 sitting days after notice of
a motion to disallow the management arrangement or authorisation
process that was given in a House of the Parliament within 15
sitting days after the management arrangement or relevant part of
the law was laid before the House:
(a) the notice has not been withdrawn and the motion has not
been called on; or
(b) the motion has been called on, moved and seconded and has
not been withdrawn or otherwise disposed of.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
113
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements
Part 5 Bilateral agreements
Division 2 Making bilateral agreements
Section 46
Extended time after dissolution or prorogation
(8) If:
(a) notice of a motion to disallow the management arrangement
or authorisation process is given in a House of the Parliament
(the disallowing House); and
(b) before the end of 15 sitting days of the disallowing House
after the notice is given:
(i) the House of Representatives is dissolved or expires; or
(ii) the Parliament is prorogued; and
(c) at the time of the dissolution, expiry or prorogation (as
appropriate):
(i) the notice has not been withdrawn and the motion has
not been called on; or
(ii) the motion has been called on, moved and seconded and
has not been withdrawn or otherwise disposed of;
the management arrangement or relevant part of the law is taken
for the purposes of subsections (5), (5A), (6) and (7) to have been
laid before the disallowing House on the first sitting day of that
House after the dissolution, expiry or prorogation (as appropriate).
No preference
(9) In accrediting a management arrangement or authorisation process
for the purposes of a bilateral agreement making a declaration
relating to an action:
(a) by a person for the purposes of trade between Australia and
another country or between 2 States; or
(b) by a constitutional corporation;
the Minister must not give preference (within the meaning of
section 99 of the Constitution) to one State or part of a State over
another State or part of a State.
Requirements for bilateral agreement making declaration
(10) If the declaration is for actions approved in accordance with a
bilaterally accredited management arrangement, the declaration
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
114
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Bilateral agreements Chapter 3
Bilateral agreements Part 5
Making bilateral agreements Division 2
Section 47
does not have effect for the purposes of this Act unless the bilateral
agreement requires the State or self-governing Territory that is
party to the agreement and agencies of the State or Territory:
(a) to act in accordance with the management arrangement; and
(b) not to approve the taking of actions that would be
inconsistent with the management arrangement.
47 Agreement may declare classes of actions do not need assessment
Declaration of actions that do not need further assessment
(1) A bilateral agreement may declare that actions in a class of actions
identified wholly or partly by reference to the fact that they have
been assessed in a specified manner need not be assessed under
Part 8.
Note: A declaration described in subsection (1) can accredit practices,
procedures, systems of the State or self-governing Territory for
environmental assessment.
Prerequisite to declaration
(2) The Minister may enter into a bilateral agreement declaring that
actions assessed in a specified manner need not be assessed under
Part 8 only if he or she is satisfied that assessment of an action in
the specified manner will include assessment of the impacts the
action:
(a) has or will have; or
(b) is likely to have;
on each matter protected by a provision of Part 3.
Assessment approaches that may be accredited
(3) The manner of assessment of actions that may be specified in a
bilateral agreement between the Commonwealth and a State or
Territory for the purposes of subsection (1) includes:
(a) assessment by any person under a law of the State or
Territory; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
115
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements
Part 5 Bilateral agreements
Division 2 Making bilateral agreements
Section 48
(b) assessment by any person under an agreement or other
instrument made under a law of the State or Territory; and
(c) assessment by any person in accordance with criteria
specified in an instrument agreed by the parties to the
bilateral agreement.
This does not limit subsection (1).
Report on actions that do not need further assessment
(4) If a bilateral agreement has (or could have) the effect that an action
need not be assessed under Part 8 but the action must still be
approved under Part 9, the agreement must provide for the Minister
to receive a report including, or accompanied by, enough
information about the relevant impacts of the action to let the
Minister make an informed decision whether or not to approve
under Part 9 (for the purposes of each controlling provision) the
taking of the action.
48 Other provisions of bilateral agreements
(1) A bilateral agreement may include:
(a) provisions for State accreditation of Commonwealth
processes and decisions; and
(b) other provisions for achieving the object of this Part; and
(c) provisions for the provision of information by one party to
the agreement to the other party; and
(d) provisions for the publication of information relating to the
agreement; and
(e) provisions relating to the operation of the whole agreement
or particular provisions of the agreement, such as:
(i) provisions for the commencement of all or part of the
agreement; or
(ii) provisions for auditing, monitoring and reporting on the
operation and effectiveness of all or part of the
agreement; or
(iii) provisions for review of all or part of the agreement; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
116
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Bilateral agreements Chapter 3
Bilateral agreements Part 5
Making bilateral agreements Division 2
Section 48A
(iv) provisions for rescission of all or part of the agreement;
or
(v) provisions for expiry of the agreement; and
(f) provisions varying or revoking another bilateral agreement
between the same parties; and
(g) a provision dealing with a matter that another section of this
Act permits a bilateral agreement to deal with.
Consistency with Act and regulations
(2) A provision of a bilateral agreement has no effect for the purposes
of this Act to the extent that it is inconsistent with this Act or the
regulations. A provision of a bilateral agreement is not inconsistent
with this Act or the regulations if it is possible to comply with both
the provision on the one hand and the Act or regulations on the
other hand.
Relationship with sections 46 and 47
(3) Subsection (1) does not limit sections 46 and 47.
48A Mandatory provisions
Application
(1) A bilateral agreement with a State or self-governing Territory
including a declaration that is described in section 46 or 47 and
covers actions described in subsection (2) or (3) does not have
effect for the purposes of this Act unless the agreement also
includes the undertaking required by subsection (2) or (3) (as
appropriate).
Agreements including declarations about approvals
(2) A bilateral agreement including a declaration described in
section 46 must include an undertaking by the State or Territory to
ensure that the environmental impacts that the following actions
covered by the declaration have, will have or are likely to have on
a thing that is not a matter protected by a provision of Part 3 for
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
117
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements
Part 5 Bilateral agreements
Division 2 Making bilateral agreements
Section 48A
which the declaration has effect will be assessed to the greatest
extent practicable:
(a) actions taken in the State or Territory by a constitutional
corporation;
(b) actions taken in the State or Territory by a person for the
purposes of trade or commerce between Australia and
another country, between 2 States, between a State and a
Territory or between 2 Territories;
(c) actions that are taken in the State or Territory and are actions
whose regulation is appropriate and adapted to give effect to
Australia’s obligations under an agreement with one or more
other countries;
(d) actions taken in the Territory (if applicable).
Agreements including declarations about assessment
(3) A bilateral agreement including a declaration described in
section 47 must include an undertaking by the State or Territory to
ensure that the environmental impacts that the following actions
covered by the declaration have, will have or are likely to have
(other than the relevant impacts of those actions) will be assessed
to the greatest extent practicable:
(a) actions taken in the State or Territory by a constitutional
corporation;
(b) actions taken in the State or Territory by a person for the
purposes of trade or commerce between Australia and
another country, between 2 States, between a State and a
Territory or between 2 Territories;
(c) actions that are taken in the State or Territory and are actions
whose regulation is appropriate and adapted to give effect to
Australia’s obligations under an agreement with one or more
other countries;
(d) actions taken in the Territory (if applicable).
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
118
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Bilateral agreements Chapter 3
Bilateral agreements Part 5
Making bilateral agreements Division 2
Section 49
Auditing
(4) A bilateral agreement does not have effect for the purposes of this
Act unless it includes a provision recognising that, under the
Auditor-General Act 1997, the Auditor-General may audit the
operations of the Commonwealth public sector (as defined in
section 18 of that Act) relating to the bilateral agreement.
49 Certain limits on scope of bilateral agreements
(1) A provision of a bilateral agreement does not have any effect in
relation to an action in a Commonwealth area or an action by the
Commonwealth or a Commonwealth agency, unless the agreement
expressly provides otherwise.
(1A) A provision of a bilateral agreement does not have any effect in
relation to an action in the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park, unless
the agreement expressly provides otherwise.
(2) A provision of a bilateral agreement does not have any effect in
relation to an action in Booderee National Park, Kakadu National
Park or Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park.
(3) Booderee National Park is the Commonwealth reserve (as it exists
from time to time) to which the name Booderee National Park was
given by Proclamation continued in force by the Environmental
Reform (Consequential Provisions) Act 1999.
Subdivision B—Prerequisites for making bilateral agreements
49A Consultation on draft agreement
The Minister may enter into a bilateral agreement only if he or she:
(a) has published in accordance with the regulations:
(i) a draft of the agreement; and
(ii) an invitation for any person to give the Minister
comments on the draft within a specified period of at
least 28 days after the latest day on which the draft or
invitation was published; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
119
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements
Part 5 Bilateral agreements
Division 2 Making bilateral agreements
Section 50
(b) has taken into account the comments (if any) received in
response to the invitation; and
(c) has considered the role and interests of indigenous peoples in
promoting the conservation and ecologically sustainable use
of natural resources in the context of the proposed agreement,
taking into account Australia’s relevant obligations under the
Biodiversity Convention.
50 Minister may only enter into agreement if prescribed criteria are
met
The Minister may enter into a bilateral agreement only if the
Minister is satisfied that the agreement:
(a) accords with the objects of this Act; and
(b) meets the requirements (if any) prescribed by the regulations.
51 Agreements relating to declared World Heritage properties
(1) The Minister may enter into a bilateral agreement containing a
provision relating to a declared World Heritage property only if:
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the provision is not inconsistent
with Australia’s obligations under the World Heritage
Convention; and
(b) the Minister is satisfied that the agreement will promote the
management of the property in accordance with the
Australian World Heritage management principles; and
(c) the provision meets the requirements (if any) prescribed by
the regulations.
(2) The Minister may accredit a management arrangement or an
authorisation process under section 46 for the purposes of a
bilateral agreement containing a provision relating to a declared
World Heritage property only if:
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the management arrangement or
authorisation process is not inconsistent with Australia’s
obligations under the World Heritage Convention; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
120
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Bilateral agreements Chapter 3
Bilateral agreements Part 5
Making bilateral agreements Division 2
Section 51A
(b) the Minister is satisfied that the management arrangement or
authorisation process will promote the management of the
property in accordance with the Australian World Heritage
management principles.
51A Agreements relating to National Heritage places
(1) The Minister may enter into a bilateral agreement containing a
provision relating to a National Heritage place only if:
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the agreement will promote the
management of the place in accordance with the National
Heritage management principles; and
(b) the provision meets the requirements (if any) prescribed by
the regulations.
(2) The Minister may accredit a management arrangement or an
authorisation process under section 46 for the purposes of such a
bilateral agreement only if he or she is satisfied that the
management arrangement or authorisation process will promote the
management of the place concerned in accordance with the
National Heritage management principles.
52 Agreements relating to declared Ramsar wetlands
(1) The Minister may enter into a bilateral agreement containing a
provision relating to a declared Ramsar wetland only if:
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the provision is not inconsistent
with Australia’s obligations under the Ramsar Convention;
and
(b) the Minister is satisfied that the agreement will promote the
management of the wetland in accordance with the
Australian Ramsar management principles; and
(c) the provision meets the requirements (if any) prescribed by
the regulations.
(2) The Minister may accredit a management arrangement or an
authorisation process under section 46 for the purposes of a
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
121
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements
Part 5 Bilateral agreements
Division 2 Making bilateral agreements
Section 53
bilateral agreement containing a provision relating to a declared
Ramsar wetland only if:
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the management arrangement or
authorisation process is not inconsistent with Australia’s
obligations under the Ramsar Convention; and
(b) the Minister is satisfied that the management arrangement or
authorisation process will promote the management of the
wetland in accordance with the Australian Ramsar
management principles.
53 Agreements relating to listed threatened species and ecological
communities
(1) The Minister may enter into a bilateral agreement containing a
provision relating to a listed threatened species or a listed
threatened ecological community only if:
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the provision is not inconsistent
with Australia’s obligations under:
(i) the Biodiversity Convention; or
(ii) the Apia Convention; or
(iii) CITES; and
(b) the Minister is satisfied that the agreement will promote the
survival and/or enhance the conservation status of each
species or community to which the provision relates; and
(c) the Minister is satisfied that the provision is not inconsistent
with any recovery plan for the species or community or a
threat abatement plan; and
(ca) the Minister has had regard to any approved conservation
advice for the species or community; and
(d) the provision meets the requirements (if any) prescribed by
the regulations.
(2) The Minister may accredit a management arrangement or an
authorisation process under section 46 for the purposes of a
bilateral agreement containing a provision relating to a listed
threatened species or a listed threatened ecological community
only if:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
122
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Bilateral agreements Chapter 3
Bilateral agreements Part 5
Making bilateral agreements Division 2
Section 54
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the management arrangement or
authorisation process is not inconsistent with Australia’s
obligations under:
(i) the Biodiversity Convention; or
(ii) the Apia Convention; or
(iii) CITES; and
(b) the Minister is satisfied that the management arrangement or
authorisation process will promote the survival and/or
enhance the conservation status of each species or
community to which the provision relates; and
(c) the Minister is satisfied that the management arrangement or
authorisation process is not inconsistent with any recovery
plan for the species or community or a threat abatement plan;
and
(d) the Minister has had regard to any approved conservation
advice for the species or community.
54 Agreements relating to migratory species
(1) The Minister may enter into a bilateral agreement containing a
provision relating to a listed migratory species only if:
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the provision is not inconsistent
with the Commonwealth’s obligations under whichever of
the following conventions or agreements because of which
the species is listed:
(i) the Bonn Convention;
(ii) CAMBA;
(iii) JAMBA;
(iv) an international agreement approved under
subsection 209(4); and
(b) the Minister is satisfied that the agreement will promote the
survival and/or enhance the conservation status of each
species to which the provision relates; and
(c) the provision meets the requirements (if any) prescribed by
the regulations.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
123
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements
Part 5 Bilateral agreements
Division 2 Making bilateral agreements
Section 55
(2) The Minister may accredit a management arrangement or an
authorisation process under section 46 for the purposes of a
bilateral agreement containing a provision relating to a listed
migratory species only if:
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the management arrangement or
authorisation process is not inconsistent with the
Commonwealth’s obligations under whichever of the
following conventions or agreements because of which the
species is listed:
(i) the Bonn Convention;
(ii) CAMBA;
(iii) JAMBA;
(iv) an international agreement approved under
subsection 209(4); and
(b) the Minister is satisfied that the management arrangement or
authorisation process will promote the survival and/or
enhance the conservation status of each species to which the
provision relates.
55 Agreements relating to nuclear actions
The Minister must not enter into a bilateral agreement, or accredit
for the purposes of a bilateral agreement a management
arrangement or an authorisation process, containing a provision
that:
(a) relates to a nuclear action; and
(b) has the effect of giving preference (within the meaning of
section 99 of the Constitution) to one State or part of a State
over another State or part of a State, in relation to the taking
of a nuclear action:
(i) by a person for the purposes of trade or commerce
between Australia and another country or between 2
States; or
(ii) by a constitutional corporation.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
124
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Bilateral agreements Chapter 3
Bilateral agreements Part 5
Making bilateral agreements Division 2
Section 56
56 Agreements relating to prescribed actions
The Minister must not enter into a bilateral agreement containing a
provision that:
(a) relates to an action prescribed for the purposes of
subsection 25(1); and
(b) has the effect of giving preference (within the meaning of
section 99 of the Constitution) to one State or part of a State
over another State or part of a State, in relation to the taking
of the action:
(i) by a person for the purposes of trade or commerce
between Australia and another country or between 2
States; or
(ii) by a constitutional corporation.
Subdivision C—Minor amendments of bilateral agreements
56A Ministerial determination of minor amendments to bilateral
agreements
(1) This section applies if:
(a) the Minister intends to develop a draft amendment to a
bilateral agreement (the principal agreement); and
(b) the Minister is satisfied that the amendment will not have a
significant effect on the operation of the principal agreement;
and
(c) the Minister makes a determination, in writing, to that effect.
(2) If the Minister makes a determination under paragraph (1)(c):
(a) the following provisions of this Part do not apply in relation
to the amendment to the principal agreement:
(i) subsection 45(3);
(ii) paragraphs 45(4)(b) and (c);
(iii) section 49A; and
(b) the Minister must publish the principal agreement, as
amended by the amending agreement, at the same time as
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
125
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements
Part 5 Bilateral agreements
Division 2 Making bilateral agreements
Section 56A
publishing the amending agreement under
paragraph 45(4)(a).
(3) A determination made under paragraph (1)(c) is not a legislative
instrument.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
126
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Bilateral agreements Chapter 3
Bilateral agreements Part 5
Suspending and ending the effect of bilateral agreements Division 3
Section 57
Division 3—Suspending and ending the effect of bilateral
agreements
Subdivision A—Suspension and cancellation of effect
57 Representations about suspension or cancellation
Representations
(1) A person may refer to the Minister a matter that the person believes
involves a contravention of a bilateral agreement.
Minister must decide whether agreement has been contravened
(2) The Minister must:
(a) decide whether or not the bilateral agreement has been
contravened; and
(b) decide what action he or she should take in relation to any
contravention.
Publication of decision and reasons
(3) The Minister must publish in accordance with the regulations each
decision he or she makes, and the reasons for it.
Minister need not decide on vexatious referrals
(4) Despite subsection (2), the Minister need not make a decision
under that subsection if he or she is satisfied that:
(a) the referral was vexatious, frivolous, or not supported by
sufficient information to make a decision; or
(b) the matter referred is the same in substance as a matter that
has been referred before; or
(c) if the alleged contravention of the bilateral agreement were a
contravention of the Act, the person referring the matter
would not be entitled to apply under section 475 for an
injunction in relation to the contravention.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
127
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements
Part 5 Bilateral agreements
Division 3 Suspending and ending the effect of bilateral agreements
Section 58
58 Consultation before cancellation or suspension
(1) The Minister (the Environment Minister) must consult the
appropriate Minister of a State or Territory that is party to a
bilateral agreement if the Environment Minister believes that the
State or Territory:
(a) has not complied with the agreement or will not comply with
it; or
(b) has not given effect, or will not give effect, to the agreement
in a way that:
(i) accords with the objects of this Act and the objects of
this Part; and
(ii) promotes the discharge of Australia’s obligations under
any agreement with one or more other countries relevant
to a matter covered by the agreement.
(2) Subsection (1) operates whether the Environment Minister’s belief
relates to a matter referred to him or her under section 57 or not.
59 Suspension or cancellation
Minister may give notice of suspension or cancellation
(1) If, after the consultation, the Environment Minister is not satisfied
that the State or Territory:
(a) has complied with, and will comply with, the agreement; and
(b) has given effect, and will give effect, to the agreement in a
way that:
(i) accords with the objects of this Act and the objects of
this Part; and
(ii) promotes the discharge of Australia’s obligations under
all international agreements (if any) relevant to a matter
covered by the agreement;
he or she may give the appropriate Minister of the State or
Territory a written notice described in subsection (2) or (3).
Example 1: The Minister could give notice if the agreement declared that certain
actions affecting the world heritage values of a declared world
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
128
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Bilateral agreements Chapter 3
Bilateral agreements Part 5
Suspending and ending the effect of bilateral agreements Division 3
Section 59
heritage property did not require approval under Part 9 if approved by
the State, and the State approved an action that was not consistent
with the protection, conservation and presentation of those values.
Example 2: The Minister could give notice if the agreement declared that certain
actions affecting the ecological character of a declared Ramsar
wetland did not require approval under Part 9 if approved by the State,
and the State approved an action that had a significant adverse impact
on that character.
Example 3: The Minister could give notice if the agreement declared that certain
actions affecting a listed threatened species did not require approval
under Part 9 if approved by the State, and the State approved an action
that caused the species to become more threatened.
Notice of suspension
(2) A notice may state that the effect of the agreement, or specified
provisions of the agreement, for the purposes of this Act or
specified provisions of this Act is suspended, either generally or in
relation to actions in a specified class, for a period:
(a) starting on a specified day at least 10 business days (in the
capital city of the State or Territory) after the day on which
the notice is given; and
(b) ending on a specified later day or on the occurrence of a
specified event.
Notice of cancellation
(3) A notice may state that the effect of the agreement, or specified
provisions of the agreement, for the purposes of this Act or
specified provisions of this Act is cancelled, either generally or in
relation to actions in a specified class, on a specified day at least 10
business days (in the capital city of the State or Territory) after the
day on which the notice is given.
Effect suspended or cancelled in accordance with notice
(4) The effect of an agreement or specified provision of an agreement
is suspended or cancelled for the purposes of this Act, or of a
specified provision of this Act, either generally or in relation to
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
129
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements
Part 5 Bilateral agreements
Division 3 Suspending and ending the effect of bilateral agreements
Section 60
actions in a specified class, in accordance with the notice. This
subsection has effect subject to sections 61 and 62.
Reasons for giving notice
(5) When giving a notice, the Environment Minister must give the
appropriate Minister of the State or Territory a written statement of
reasons for the giving of the notice.
Publishing notice and reasons
(6) As soon as practicable after the suspension or cancellation occurs,
the Environment Minister must publish in accordance with the
regulations:
(a) notice of the suspension or cancellation; and
(b) reasons for the suspension or cancellation.
60 Emergency suspension of effect of bilateral agreement
(1) This section applies if the Minister is satisfied that:
(a) the State or Territory that is party to a bilateral agreement is
not complying with it, or will not comply with it; and
(b) as a result of the non-compliance, a significant impact is
occurring or imminent on any matter protected by a provision
of Part 3 that is relevant to an action in a class of actions to
which the agreement relates.
(2) The Minister may suspend the effect of the agreement or specified
provisions of the agreement for the purposes of this Act or
specified provisions of this Act, by notice:
(a) given to the appropriate Minister of the State or Territory;
and
(b) published in accordance with the regulations.
(3) The suspension continues for the shorter of the following periods:
(a) 3 months;
(b) the period that is specified in the notice (either by reference
to time or by reference to the occurrence of an event).
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
130
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Bilateral agreements Chapter 3
Bilateral agreements Part 5
Suspending and ending the effect of bilateral agreements Division 3
Section 61
(4) Subsection (3) has effect subject to section 62.
(5) As soon as practicable after the Minister (the Environment
Minister) gives the appropriate Minister of the State or Territory
(the State or Territory Minister) notice of the suspension, the
Environment Minister must consult the State or Territory Minister
about the non-compliance.
(6) To avoid doubt, this section has effect despite sections 58 and 59.
61 Cancellation during suspension
(1) The Minister may give notice of the cancellation of the effect of a
bilateral agreement even while its effect is suspended under
section 59 or 60.
(2) The cancellation may occur even though the period of suspension
has not ended.
(3) This section applies whether the cancellation or suspension has
effect generally or in relation to actions in a specified class.
62 Revocation of notice of suspension or cancellation
(1) This section applies if the Minister:
(a) has given a notice under section 59 or 60 to suspend or
cancel the effect of a bilateral agreement (either generally or
in relation to actions in a specified class); and
(b) is later satisfied that the State or Territory that is party to the
agreement will comply with the agreement and give effect to
it in a way that:
(i) accords with the objects of this Act and the objects of
this Part; and
(ii) promotes the discharge of Australia’s obligations under
all international agreements (if any) relevant to a matter
covered by the agreement.
(2) The Minister must revoke the notice of suspension or cancellation
by another written notice:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
131
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements
Part 5 Bilateral agreements
Division 3 Suspending and ending the effect of bilateral agreements
Section 63
(a) given to the appropriate Minister of the State or Territory;
and
(b) published in accordance with the regulations.
However, the Environment Minister must not revoke the notice of
cancellation after cancellation of the effect of the agreement
occurs.
(3) Suspension or cancellation of the effect of the agreement does not
occur if the notice of suspension or cancellation is revoked before
the suspension or cancellation would otherwise occur.
(4) Suspension of the effect of the agreement ends when the notice of
suspension is revoked.
63 Cancellation or suspension at request of other party
Minister must give notice of cancellation or suspension
(1) The Minister must give the appropriate Minister of a State or
self-governing Territory that is party to a bilateral agreement a
notice under subsection (2) or (3) if the appropriate Minister has
requested a notice under that subsection in accordance with the
agreement.
Notice of suspension
(2) A notice may state that the effect of the agreement, or specified
provisions of the agreement, for the purposes of this Act or
specified provisions of this Act is suspended, either generally or in
relation to actions in a specified class, for a period:
(a) starting on a specified day after the day on which the notice
is given; and
(b) ending on a specified later day or on the occurrence of a
specified event.
Notice of cancellation
(3) A notice may state that the effect of the agreement, or specified
provisions of the agreement, for the purposes of this Act or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
132
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Bilateral agreements Chapter 3
Bilateral agreements Part 5
Suspending and ending the effect of bilateral agreements Division 3
Section 64
specified provisions of this Act is cancelled, either generally or in
relation to actions in a specified class, on a specified day after the
day on which the notice is given.
Effect suspended or cancelled in accordance with notice
(4) The effect of an agreement or specified provision of an agreement
is suspended or cancelled for the purposes of this Act, or of a
specified provision of this Act, either generally or in relation to
actions in a specified class, in accordance with the notice.
Publishing notice and reasons
(5) As soon as practicable after the suspension or cancellation occurs,
the Minister must publish in accordance with the regulations:
(a) notice of the suspension or cancellation; and
(b) reasons for the suspension or cancellation.
64 Cancellation or suspension of bilateral agreement does not affect
certain actions
Application
(1) This section explains how this Act operates in relation to an action
that a person was able to take without approval under Part 9 for the
purposes of a provision of Part 3 because of Division 1 of Part 4
and a provision of a bilateral agreement immediately before the
cancellation or suspension of the operation of the provision of the
agreement for the purposes of this Act or of any provision of this
Act.
Actions approved in specified manner may be taken
(2) If the action was able to be taken without approval under Part 9
because its taking had already been approved in accordance with a
management arrangement or an authorisation process that is a
bilaterally accredited management arrangement or a bilaterally
accredited authorisation process for the purposes of the agreement,
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
133
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 3 Bilateral agreements
Part 5 Bilateral agreements
Division 3 Suspending and ending the effect of bilateral agreements
Section 65
this Act continues to operate in relation to the action as if the
suspension or cancellation had not occurred.
Subdivision B—Expiry of bilateral agreements
65 Expiry and review of bilateral agreements
(1) A bilateral agreement ceases to have effect for the purposes of this
Act at the time when the agreement provides for it to cease to so
have effect.
Note: The parties to a bilateral agreement may also agree to revoke it.
(2) The Minister must cause a review of the operation of a bilateral
agreement to be carried out at least once every 5 years while the
agreement remains in effect. The Minister must give a copy of the
report of each review to the appropriate Minister of the State or
Territory that is party to the agreement.
Note: A bilateral agreement may also provide for review of its operation.
(3) The Minister must publish the report on each subsection (2) review
in accordance with the regulations.
65A Expiry of bilateral agreement does not affect certain actions
Application of subsection (2)
(1) Subsection (2) explains how this Act operates in relation to an
action that a person was able to take without approval under Part 9
for the purposes of a provision of Part 3 because of Division 1 of
Part 4 and a provision of a bilateral agreement immediately before
the agreement ceases to have effect for the purposes of this Act
under section 65.
Actions already approved may be taken
(2) This Act continues to operate in relation to the action as if the
agreement had not ceased to have effect if the action was able to be
taken without approval under Part 9 because its taking had already
been approved in accordance with a management arrangement or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
134
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Bilateral agreements Chapter 3
Bilateral agreements Part 5
Suspending and ending the effect of bilateral agreements Division 3
Section 65A
an authorisation process that was a bilaterally accredited
management arrangement or a bilaterally accredited authorisation
process for the purposes of the agreement.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
135
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 6 Simplified outline of this Chapter
Section 66
Chapter 4—Environmental assessments and
approvals
Part 6—Simplified outline of this Chapter
66 Simplified outline of this Chapter
The following is a simplified outline of this Chapter:
This Chapter deals with assessment and approval of actions that
Part 3 prohibits without approval (controlled actions). (It does not
deal with actions that a bilateral agreement declares not to need
approval.)
A person proposing to take an action, or a government body aware
of the proposal, may refer the proposal to the Minister so he or she
can decide:
(a) whether his or her approval is needed to take the
action; and
(b) how to assess the impacts of the action to be able
to make an informed decision whether or not to
approve the action.
An assessment may be done using:
(a) a process laid down under a bilateral agreement; or
(b) a process specified in a declaration by the Minister;
or
(c) a process accredited by the Minister; or
(ca) information included in the referral; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
136
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Simplified outline of this Chapter Part 6
Section 66
(d) preliminary documentation provided by the
proponent; or
(e) a public environment report; or
(f) an environmental impact statement; or
(g) a public inquiry.
Once the report of the assessment is given to the Minister, he or
she must decide whether or not to approve the action, and what
conditions to attach to any approval.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
137
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 7 Deciding whether approval of actions is needed
Division 1 Referral of proposals to take action
Section 67
Part 7—Deciding whether approval of actions is
needed
Division 1—Referral of proposals to take action
67 What is a controlled action?
An action that a person proposes to take is a controlled action if
the taking of the action by the person without approval under Part 9
for the purposes of a provision of Part 3 would be (or would, but
for section 25AA or 28AB, be) prohibited by the provision. The
provision is a controlling provision for the action.
67A Prohibition on taking controlled action without approval
A person must not take a controlled action unless an approval of
the taking of the action by the person is in operation under Part 9
for the purposes of the relevant provision of Part 3.
Note: A person can be restrained from contravening this section by an
injunction under section 475.
68 Referral by person proposing to take action
(1) A person proposing to take an action that the person thinks may be
or is a controlled action must refer the proposal to the Minister for
the Minister’s decision whether or not the action is a controlled
action.
(2) A person proposing to take an action that the person thinks is not a
controlled action may refer the proposal to the Minister for the
Minister’s decision whether or not the action is a controlled action.
(3) In a referral under this section, the person must state whether or not
the person thinks the action the person proposes to take is a
controlled action.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
138
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Deciding whether approval of actions is needed Part 7
Referral of proposals to take action Division 1
Section 68A
(4) If the person states that the person thinks the action is a controlled
action, the person must identify in the statement each provision
that the person thinks is a controlling provision.
(5) Subsections (1) and (2) do not apply in relation to a person
proposing to take an action if the person has been informed by the
Minister under section 73 that the proposal has been referred to the
Minister.
(6) This section is affected by section 68A.
68A Actions proposed to be taken under a contract etc.
(1) This section applies in relation to an action that is proposed to be
taken under a contract or an agreement, arrangement or
understanding, other than:
(a) a subcontract; or
(b) an agreement, arrangement or understanding entered into for
the purposes of a contract or another agreement, arrangement
or understanding.
Note: A person proposing to take an action under a subcontract, or an
agreement, arrangement or understanding entered into for the
purposes of a contract or another agreement, arrangement or
understanding, is not required or permitted to refer the proposal to
take the action to the Minister under section 68.
(2) For the purposes of section 68 and subject to subsection (3), a
reference to, or relating to, a person proposing to take the action is
a reference to, or relating to, any of the following persons:
(a) a party to the contract, agreement, arrangement or
understanding for whose benefit the action is proposed to be
taken;
(b) a person who:
(i) requested or procured, or proposes to request or procure,
the creation of the contract, agreement, arrangement or
understanding; and
(ii) is to be responsible for controlling and directing the
taking of the proposed action.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
139
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 7 Deciding whether approval of actions is needed
Division 1 Referral of proposals to take action
Section 69
(3) If a person (the first person) referred to in paragraph (2)(a) or (b)
refers a proposal to take the action to the Minister under section 68:
(a) no other person is required or permitted to refer a proposal to
take the action to the Minister under section 68; and
(b) for the purposes of this Chapter, a reference to, or relating to,
the person proposing to take the action is a reference to, or
relating to, the first person.
(4) For the purposes of this section, a reference to a contract or
subcontract or an agreement, arrangement or understanding
includes a reference to a proposed contract, proposed subcontract,
proposed agreement, proposed arrangement or proposed
understanding.
(5) Nothing in this section is intended to affect the capacity of a person
to refer a proposal to take an action to the Minister under
subsection 68(1) or (2) on behalf of the person proposing to take
the action.
69 State or Territory may refer proposal to Minister
(1) A State, self-governing Territory or agency of a State or
self-governing Territory that is aware of a proposal by a person to
take an action may refer the proposal to the Minister for a decision
whether or not the action is a controlled action, if the State,
Territory or agency has administrative responsibilities relating to
the action.
(2) This section does not apply in relation to a proposal by a State,
self-governing Territory or agency of a State or self-governing
Territory to take an action.
Note: Section 68 applies instead.
70 Minister may request referral of proposal
(1) If the Minister believes a person proposes to take an action that the
Minister thinks may be or is a controlled action, the Minister may
request:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
140
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Deciding whether approval of actions is needed Part 7
Referral of proposals to take action Division 1
Section 70
(a) the person; or
(b) a State, self-governing Territory or agency of a State or
self-governing Territory that the Minister believes has
administrative responsibilities relating to the action;
to refer the proposal to the Minister within 15 business days or a
longer period agreed by the Minister and the requested person,
State, Territory or agency (as appropriate).
Note 1: If the proposal to take the action is not referred, the person cannot get
an approval under Part 9 to take the action. If taking the action without
approval contravenes Part 3, an injunction could be sought to prevent
or stop the action, or the person could be ordered to pay a pecuniary
penalty.
Note 2: Section 156 sets out rules about time limits.
(2) In making a request, the Minister must act in accordance with the
regulations (if any).
Deemed referral of proposal
(3) If:
(a) the Minister has made a request under subsection (1); and
(b) the period for compliance with the request has ended; and
(c) the requested person has not referred the proposal to the
Minister in accordance with the request;
the Minister may, within 20 business days after the end of that
period, determine in writing that this Act has effect as if:
(d) if paragraph (1)(a) applies—the requested person had
referred the proposal to the Minister under subsection 68(1)
at the time the determination was made; or
(e) if paragraph (1)(b) applies—the requested person had
referred the proposal to the Minister under subsection 69(1)
at the time the determination was made.
(4) A determination under subsection (3) has effect accordingly.
(5) A copy of a determination under subsection (3) is to be given to the
requested person.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
141
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 7 Deciding whether approval of actions is needed
Division 1 Referral of proposals to take action
Section 71
(6) Subsection 68(3) and section 72 do not apply to a referral covered
by subsection (3) of this section.
(8) Subsection 74(3) applies to a referral covered by subsection (3) of
this section as if the reference in paragraph 74(3)(a) to the referral
were a reference to the determination concerned.
71 Commonwealth agency may refer proposal to Minister
(1) A Commonwealth agency that is aware of a proposal by a person
to take an action may refer the proposal to the Minister for a
decision whether or not the action is a controlled action, if the
agency has administrative responsibilities relating to the action.
(2) This section does not apply in relation to a proposal by the
Commonwealth or a Commonwealth agency to take an action.
Note: Section 68 applies instead.
72 Form and content of referrals
(1) A referral of a proposal to take an action must be made in a way
prescribed by the regulations.
(2) A referral of a proposal to take an action must include the
information prescribed by the regulations.
(3) A referral of a proposal to take an action may include alternative
proposals relating to any of the following:
(a) the location where the action is to be taken;
(b) the time frames within which the action is to be taken;
(c) the activities that are to be carried out in taking the action.
73 Informing person proposing to take action of referral
As soon as practicable after receiving a referral under section 69 or
71 of a proposal by a person to take an action, the Minister must:
(a) inform the person of the referral; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
142
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Deciding whether approval of actions is needed Part 7
Referral of proposals to take action Division 1
Section 73A
(b) invite the person to give the Minister relevant information
about whether the action is a controlled action, within 10
business days.
73A Informing Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority of
proposal affecting Great Barrier Reef Marine Park
If:
(a) a proposal to take an action is referred to the Minister; and
(b) the action, or a component of the action, is to be taken in the
Great Barrier Reef Marine Park;
the Minister must, as soon as practicable after receiving the
referral, give a copy of the referral to the Great Barrier Reef
Marine Park Authority.
74 Inviting provision of information on referred proposal
Inviting other Commonwealth Ministers to provide information
(1) As soon as practicable after receiving a referral of a proposal to
take an action, the Minister (the Environment Minister) must:
(a) inform any other Minister whom the Environment Minister
believes has administrative responsibilities relating to the
proposal; and
(b) invite each other Minister informed to give the Environment
Minister within 10 business days information that relates to
the proposed action and is relevant to deciding whether or not
the proposed action is a controlled action.
Inviting comments from the Australian Heritage Council
(1A) If the Minister thinks, in relation to an action that is the subject of a
proposal referred to the Minister, that section 15B or 15C could be
a controlling provision for the proposed action because of National
Heritage values of a National Heritage place, the Minister may
invite the Australian Heritage Council to give the Minister
comments, within 10 business days (measured in Canberra), on
whether the proposed action is a controlled action.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
143
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 7 Deciding whether approval of actions is needed
Division 1 Referral of proposals to take action
Section 74
Note: Sections 15B and 15C protect the National Heritage values of
National Heritage places.
(1B) If the Minister thinks, in relation to an action that is the subject of a
proposal referred to the Minister, that section 23, 24A, 24B, 24C,
26, 27A, 27B, 27C or 28 could be a controlling provision for the
proposed action because of heritage values of a place, the Minister
may invite the Australian Heritage Council to give the Minister
comments, within 10 business days (measured in Canberra), on
whether the proposed action is a controlled action.
Note: Sections 23, 24A, 24B, 24C, 26, 27A, 27B, 27C and 28 protect the
environment, which includes the heritage values of places. See the
definition of environment in section 528.
Inviting comments from appropriate State or Territory Minister
(2) As soon as practicable after receiving, from the person proposing
to take an action or from a Commonwealth agency, a referral of a
proposal to take an action in a State or self-governing Territory, the
Environment Minister must, if he or she thinks the action may have
an impact on a matter protected by a provision of Division 1 of
Part 3 (about matters of national environmental significance):
(a) inform the appropriate Minister of the State or Territory; and
(b) invite that Minister to give the Environment Minister within
10 business days:
(i) comments on whether the proposed action is a
controlled action; and
(ii) information relevant to deciding which approach would
be appropriate to assess the relevant impacts of the
action (including if the action could be assessed under a
bilateral agreement).
Note: Subsection (2) also applies in relation to actions to be taken in an area
offshore from a State or the Northern Territory. See section 157.
Inviting public comment
(3) As soon as practicable after receiving a referral of a proposal to
take an action, the Environment Minister must cause to be
published on the internet:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
144
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Deciding whether approval of actions is needed Part 7
Referral of proposals to take action Division 1
Section 74A
(a) the referral; and
(b) an invitation for anyone to give the Minister comments
within 10 business days (measured in Canberra) on whether
the action is a controlled action.
Note: If the action is also the subject of a permit application under
section 200, 215, 237 or 257 and the application is made at the same
time as the referral, the referral and invitation for comments that must
be published under this subsection may be published together with the
application and invitation for comments that must be published under
section 200, 215, 237 or 257.
Non-disclosure of commercial-in-confidence information
(3A) The Environment Minister may refuse to cause to be published on
the internet, under subsection (3), so much of the information
included in a referral as the Minister is satisfied is
commercial-in-confidence.
(3B) The Environment Minister must not be satisfied that particular
information included in a referral is commercial-in-confidence
unless a person demonstrates to the Minister that:
(a) release of the information would cause competitive detriment
to the person; and
(b) the information is not in the public domain; and
(c) the information is not required to be disclosed under another
law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; and
(d) the information is not readily discoverable.
74A Minister may request referral of a larger action
(1) If the Minister receives a referral in relation to a proposal to take
an action by a person, and the Minister is satisfied the action that is
the subject of the referral is a component of a larger action the
person proposes to take, the Minister may decide to not accept the
referral.
(2) If the Minister decides to not accept a referral under subsection (1),
the Minister:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
145
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 7 Deciding whether approval of actions is needed
Division 1 Referral of proposals to take action
Section 74AA
(a) must give written notice of the decision to the person who
referred the proposal to the Minister; and
(b) must give written notice of the decision to the person who is
proposing to take the action that was the subject of the
referral; and
(c) may, under section 70, request of the person proposing to
take the action that was the subject of the referral, that they
refer the proposal, to take the larger action, to the Minister.
(3) To avoid doubt, sections 73 and 74 do not apply to a referral that
has not been accepted in accordance with subsection (1).
(4) If the Minister decides to accept a referral under subsection (1), the
Minister must, at the time of making a decision under section 75:
(a) give written notice of the decision to the person who referred
the proposal to the Minister;
(b) publish in accordance with the regulations (if any), a copy or
summary of the decision.
74AA Offence of taking action before decision made in relation to
referral etc.
Referral made: taking action while decision making process still
going on
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) either:
(i) a proposal to take the action (or a larger action of which
the action is a component) has been referred to the
Minister by the person under section 68; or
(ii) a proposal to take the action (or a larger action of which
the action is a component) has been referred to the
Minister under section 69 or 71 and the person has been
informed of the referral under section 73; and
(c) the referral has not been withdrawn under section 170C; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
146
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Deciding whether approval of actions is needed Part 7
Referral of proposals to take action Division 1
Section 74AA
(d) the Minister has not decided under subsection 74A(1) not to
accept the referral; and
(e) provisions of this Chapter are not stopped by Division 1A
from applying in relation to the referral; and
(f) provisions of this Chapter are not stopped by section 155
from applying because of the referral in relation to the action
(or a larger action of which the action is a component); and
(g) no decision that the action (or a larger action of which the
action is a component) is not a controlled action is in
operation under section 75 in relation to the referral; and
(h) no decision is in operation under Part 9 in relation to the
referral approving, or not approving, the taking of the action
(or a larger action of which the action is a component).
Penalty: 500 penalty units.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to the taking of an action by a person
if:
(a) the taking of the action is reasonably necessary in order to
comply with a requirement or request made under this Part or
Part 8 or 9 in relation to the action (or a larger action of
which the action is a component); and
(b) before taking the action, the person gave the Minister written
notice of the taking of the action; and
(c) the notice was given in accordance with any applicable
requirements of the regulations.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in
subsection (1): see subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Referral requested: taking action before requested referral is made
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
147
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 7 Deciding whether approval of actions is needed
Division 1 Referral of proposals to take action
Section 74AA
(b) the Minister, under section 70, has requested the referral by
the person of a proposal to take the action (or a larger action
of which the action is a component) to the Minister; and
(c) the request has not been revoked; and
(d) the referral has not been made.
Penalty: 500 penalty units.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
148
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Deciding whether approval of actions is needed Part 7
Decision that action is clearly unacceptable Division 1A
Section 74B
Division 1A—Decision that action is clearly unacceptable
74B Application of this Division
(1) This Division applies to the referral of a proposal to take an action
if, within 20 business days after the Minister receives the referral:
(a) the Minister considers, on the basis of the information in the
referral, that it is clear that the action would have
unacceptable impacts on a matter protected by a provision of
Part 3; and
(b) the Minister decides that this Division should apply to the
referral.
(2) If this Division applies to a referral, any other provisions of this
Chapter that would, apart from this subsection, have applied to the
referral cease to apply to the referral.
(3) Subsection (2) has effect subject to paragraph 74D(6)(a).
74C Informing person proposing to take action that action is clearly
unacceptable
(1) As soon as practicable after making the decision under
paragraph 74B(1)(b) in relation to a referral, the Minister must give
written notice of the decision to:
(a) the person proposing to take the action that is the subject of
the referral; and
(b) the person who referred the proposal to the Minister (if that
person is not the person proposing to take the action that is
the subject of the referral).
(2) The notice must:
(a) state that the Minister considers that the action would have
unacceptable impacts on a matter protected by a provision of
Part 3; and
(b) set out the reasons for the Minister’s decision.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
149
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 7 Deciding whether approval of actions is needed
Division 1A Decision that action is clearly unacceptable
Section 74D
(3) After receiving the notice under subsection (1), the person
proposing to take the action may:
(a) withdraw the referral and take no further action in relation to
the proposed action; or
(b) withdraw the referral and refer a new proposal to take a
modified action to the Minister in accordance with
Division 1; or
(c) request the Minister, in writing, to reconsider the referral.
Note 1: Section 170C sets out the procedure for withdrawing a referral.
Note 2: A referral of a proposal to take a modified action will be a new
referral for the purposes of this Chapter.
74D Procedure if Minister is requested to reconsider referral
(1) This section applies if the Minister receives a request under
paragraph 74C(3)(c) to reconsider a referral.
Inviting public comment
(2) The Minister must, within 10 business days after receiving the
request, publish on the internet:
(a) a notice stating that the Minister proposes not to approve the
taking of the action that is the subject of the referral; and
(b) the reasons for the Minister’s decision; and
(c) an invitation for anyone to give the Secretary, within 10
business days (measured in Canberra), comments in writing
on:
(i) the impacts that the action would have on a matter
protected by a provision of Part 3; and
(ii) the Minister’s proposal to refuse to approve the taking
of the action.
Report about relevant impacts of action
(3) Within 10 business days after the end of the period for comment
under paragraph (2)(c), the Secretary must:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
150
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Deciding whether approval of actions is needed Part 7
Decision that action is clearly unacceptable Division 1A
Section 74D
(a) prepare a written report about the relevant impacts that the
action has or will have, or is likely to have, on a matter
protected by a provision of Part 3; and
(b) give the Minister:
(i) the report; and
(ii) a copy of any comments received by the Secretary
within the period for comment.
In preparing the report, the Secretary must have regard to the
comments referred to in subparagraph (b)(ii).
Decision following reconsideration
(4) Within 20 business days after receiving the report under
subsection (3), the Minister must:
(a) if the Minister still considers that it is clear that the action
would have unacceptable impacts on a matter protected by a
provision of Part 3—decide to refuse to approve the taking of
the action; or
(b) decide that the referral is to be dealt with under the
provisions of this Chapter that, because of subsection 74B(2),
have ceased to apply to the referral.
(5) If the Minister decides to refuse to approve the taking of the action,
the Minister must, within 10 business days after making the
decision, give notice of the decision to:
(a) the person proposing to take the action; and
(b) the person who referred the proposal to the Minister (if that
person is not the person proposing to take the action).
Note: The person proposing to take the action may request reasons for the
refusal and the Minister must give them. See section 13 of the
Administrative Decisions (Judicial Review) Act 1977.
(6) If the Minister makes a decision under paragraph (4)(b):
(a) the provisions of this Chapter that, because of
subsection 74B(2), have ceased to apply to the referral start
to apply to the referral; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
151
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 7 Deciding whether approval of actions is needed
Division 1A Decision that action is clearly unacceptable
Section 74D
(b) for the purposes of the application of those provisions, a day
is not to be counted as a business day if it is:
(i) on or after the day the Minister received the referral;
and
(ii) on or before the day the Minister makes the decision
under paragraph (4)(b).
Note: If the Minister had already complied with section 74 in relation to the
referral before the Minister made the decision under
paragraph 74B(1)(b) in relation to the referral, the Minister is not
required to comply with section 74 again.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
152
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Deciding whether approval of actions is needed Part 7
Ministerial decision whether action needs approval Division 2
Section 75
Division 2—Ministerial decision whether action needs
approval
75 Does the proposed action need approval?
Is the action a controlled action?
(1) The Minister must decide:
(a) whether the action that is the subject of a proposal referred to
the Minister is a controlled action; and
(b) which provisions of Part 3 (if any) are controlling provisions
for the action.
Note: The Minister may revoke a decision made under subsection (1) about
an action and substitute a new decision. See section 78.
(1AA) To avoid doubt, the Minister is not permitted to make a decision
under subsection (1) in relation to an action that was the subject of
a referral that was not accepted under subsection 74A(1).
Minister must consider public comment
(1A) In making a decision under subsection (1) about the action, the
Minister must consider the comments (if any) received:
(a) in response to the invitation under subsection 74(3) for
anyone to give the Minister comments on whether the action
is a controlled action; and
(b) within the period specified in the invitation.
Considerations in decision
(2) If, when the Minister makes a decision under subsection (1), it is
relevant for the Minister to consider the impacts of an action:
(a) the Minister must consider all adverse impacts (if any) the
action:
(i) has or will have; or
(ii) is likely to have;
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
153
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 7 Deciding whether approval of actions is needed
Division 2 Ministerial decision whether action needs approval
Section 75
on the matter protected by each provision of Part 3; and
(b) must not consider any beneficial impacts the action:
(i) has or will have; or
(ii) is likely to have;
on the matter protected by each provision of Part 3.
Note: Impact is defined in section 527E.
(2A) For the purposes of subsection (2), if the provision of Part 3 is
subsection 15B(3), 15C(5), 15C(6), 23(1), 24A(1), 24D(3), 24E(3),
26(1) or 27A(1), then the impacts of the action on the matter
protected by that provision are only those impacts that the part of
the action that is taken in or on a Commonwealth area, a Territory,
a Commonwealth marine area or Commonwealth land:
(a) has or will have; or
(b) is likely to have;
on the matter.
(2AA) For the purposes of subsection (2), if the provision of Part 3 is
subsection 24B(1) or 24C(1) or (3), then the impacts of the action
on the matter protected by that provision are only those impacts
that the part of the action that is taken in the Great Barrier Reef
Marine Park:
(a) has or will have; or
(b) is likely to have;
on the matter.
(2B) Without otherwise limiting any adverse impacts that the Minister
must consider under paragraph (2)(a), the Minister must not
consider any adverse impacts of:
(a) any RFA forestry operation to which, under Division 4 of
Part 4, Part 3 does not apply; or
(b) any forestry operations in an RFA region that may, under
Division 4 of Part 4, be undertaken without approval under
Part 9.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
154
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Deciding whether approval of actions is needed Part 7
Ministerial decision whether action needs approval Division 2
Section 75
Designating a proponent of the action
(3) If the Minister decides that the action is a controlled action, the
Minister must designate a person as proponent of the action.
Consent to designation
(4) The Minister may designate a person who does not propose to take
the action only if:
(a) the person agrees to being designated; and
(b) the person proposing to take the action agrees to the
designation.
Timing of decision and designation
(5) The Minister must make the decisions under subsection (1) and, if
applicable, the designation under subsection (3), within 20 business
days after the Minister receives the referral of the proposal to take
the action.
Note: If the Minister decides, under subsection 75(1), that the action is a
controlled action, the Minister must, unless the Minister has requested
more information under subsection 76(3) or section 89, decide on the
approach to be used for assessment of the relevant impacts of the
action on the same day as the Minister makes the decision under
subsection 75(1)—see subsection 88(2).
Time does not run while further information being sought
(6) If the Minister has requested more information under
subsection 76(1) or (2) for the purposes of making a decision, a
day is not to be counted as a business day for the purposes of
subsection (5) if it is:
(a) on or after the day the Minister requested the information;
and
(b) on or before the day on which the Minister receives the last
of the information requested.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
155
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 7 Deciding whether approval of actions is needed
Division 2 Ministerial decision whether action needs approval
Section 76
Running of time may be suspended by agreement
(7) The Minister and the person proposing to take the action may agree
in writing that days within a period worked out in accordance with
the agreement are not to be counted as business days for the
purposes of subsection (5). If the agreement is made, those days
are not to be counted for the purposes of that subsection.
76 Minister may request more information for making decisions
(1) If the Minister believes on reasonable grounds that the referral of a
proposal to take an action does not include enough information for
the Minister to decide:
(a) whether the action is a controlled action; or
(b) which provisions of Part 3 (if any) are controlling provisions
for the action;
the Minister may request the person proposing to take the action to
provide specified information relevant to making the decision.
(2) Before the Minister makes the decisions under subsection 75(1) in
relation to the action, the Minister may request the person
proposing to take the action to provide information about whether
or not the action is a component of a larger action that is proposed
to be taken by the person.
(3) If the Minister believes on reasonable grounds that the information
given to the Minister in relation to the action is not enough to allow
the Minister to make an informed decision on the approach to be
used for assessment of the relevant impacts of the action, the
Minister may request the person proposing to take the action to
provide specified information relevant to making the decision.
(4) Without limiting subsection (3), if the action is to be taken in a
State or self-governing Territory, the Minister may request the
person proposing to take the action to provide information about:
(a) whether the relevant impacts of the action have been, or are
being, assessed by the State or Territory; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
156
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Deciding whether approval of actions is needed Part 7
Ministerial decision whether action needs approval Division 2
Section 77
(b) if so, the method of assessment that was, or is being, used
and what stage the assessment has reached.
(5) The Minister may make a request under subsection (3) even if the
Minister has not yet made the decisions under subsection 75(1) in
relation to the action.
77 Notice and reasons for decision
Giving notice
(1) Within 10 business days after deciding whether an action that is the
subject of a proposal referred to the Minister is a controlled action
or not, the Minister must:
(a) give written notice of the decision to:
(i) the person proposing to take the action; and
(ii) if the Minister has designated as proponent of the action
a person who does not propose to take the action—that
person; and
(iii) if the Minister decided that the action is a controlled
action because of Division 1 of Part 3 (which deals with
matters of national environmental significance)—the
appropriate Minister of each State or self-governing
Territory in which the action is to be taken; and
(b) publish notice of the decision in accordance with the
regulations.
Note 1: Section 156 sets out rules about time limits.
Note 2: Subparagraph (1)(a)(iii) also applies to actions to be taken in an area
offshore from a State or the Northern Territory. See section 157.
Notice must identify any applicable controlling provisions
(2) If the decision is that the action is a controlled action, the notice
must identify each of the controlling provisions.
Reasons for decision
(4) The Minister must give reasons for the decision to a person who:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
157
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 7 Deciding whether approval of actions is needed
Division 2 Ministerial decision whether action needs approval
Section 77A
(a) has been given the notice; and
(b) within 28 days of being given the notice, has requested the
Minister to provide reasons.
The Minister must do so as soon as practicable, and in any case
within 28 days of receiving the request.
77A Action to be taken in a particular manner
(1) If, in deciding whether the action is a controlled action or not, the
Minister has made a decision (the component decision) that a
particular provision of Part 3 is not a controlling provision for the
action because the Minister believes it will be taken in a particular
manner, the notice, to be provided under section 77, must set out
the component decision, identifying the provision and the manner.
Note: The Minister may decide that a provision of Part 3 is not a controlling
provision for an action because he or she believes that the action will
be taken in a manner that will ensure the action will not have (and is
not likely to have) an adverse impact on the matter protected by the
provision.
(1A) For the purposes of subsection (1), it does not matter whether or
not the Minister believes that the action will be taken in accordance
with:
(a) an accredited management arrangement or an accredited
authorisation process for the purposes of a declaration under
section 33; or
(b) a bioregional plan to which a declaration made under
section 37A relates; or
(c) a bilaterally accredited management arrangement or a
bilaterally accredited authorisation process for the purposes
of a bilateral agreement.
(2) A person must not take an action, that is the subject of a notice that
includes a particular manner under subsection (1), in a way that is
inconsistent with the manner specified in the notice.
Civil penalty:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
158
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Deciding whether approval of actions is needed Part 7
Ministerial decision whether action needs approval Division 2
Section 77A
(a) for an individual—1,000 penalty units, or such lower amount
as is prescribed by the regulations;
(b) for a body corporate—10,000 penalty units, or such lower
amount as is prescribed by the regulations.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
159
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 7 Deciding whether approval of actions is needed
Division 3 Reconsideration of decisions
Section 78
Division 3—Reconsideration of decisions
78 Reconsideration of decision
Limited power to vary or substitute decisions
(1) The Minister may revoke a decision (the first decision) made under
subsection 75(1) about an action and substitute a new decision
under that subsection for the first decision, but only if:
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the revocation and substitution is
warranted by the availability of substantial new information
about the impacts that the action:
(i) has or will have; or
(ii) is likely to have;
on a matter protected by a provision of Part 3; or
(aa) the Minister is satisfied that the revocation and substitution is
warranted by a substantial change in circumstances that was
not foreseen at the time of the first decision and relates to the
impacts that the action:
(i) has or will have; or
(ii) is likely to have;
on a matter protected by a provision of Part 3; or
(b) the following requirements are met:
(i) the first decision was that the action was not a
controlled action because the Minister believed the
action would be taken in the manner identified under
subsection 77A(1) in the notice given under section 77;
(ii) the Minister is satisfied that the action is not being, or
will not be, taken in the manner identified; or
(ba) the following requirements are met:
(i) the first decision was that the action was not a
controlled action because of a provision of a bilateral
agreement and a management arrangement or an
authorisation process that is a bilaterally accredited
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
160
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Deciding whether approval of actions is needed Part 7
Reconsideration of decisions Division 3
Section 78
management arrangement or a bilaterally accredited
authorisation process for the purposes of the agreement;
(ii) the provision of the agreement no longer operates in
relation to the action, or the management arrangement
or authorisation process is no longer in force under, or
set out in, a law of a State or a self-governing Territory
identified in or under the agreement; or
(c) the following requirements are met:
(i) the first decision was that the action was not a
controlled action because of a declaration under
section 33 and a management arrangement or an
authorisation process that is an accredited management
arrangement or an accredited authorisation process for
the purposes of the declaration;
(ii) the declaration no longer operates in relation to the
action, or the management arrangement or authorisation
process is no longer in operation under, or set out in, a
law of the Commonwealth identified in or under the
declaration; or
(ca) the following requirements are met:
(i) the first decision was that the action was not a
controlled action because of a declaration under
section 37A and a bioregional plan to which the
declaration relates;
(ii) the declaration no longer operates in relation to the
action, or the bioregional plan is no longer in force; or
(d) the Minister is requested under section 79 to reconsider the
decision.
Note 1: Subsection 75(1) provides for decisions about whether an action is a
controlled action and what the controlling provisions for the action
are.
Note 2: A person (other than a Minister of a State or self-governing Territory)
may request the Minister to reconsider a decision made under
subsection 75(1) about an action on the basis of a matter referred to in
any of paragraphs 78(1)(a) to (ca). See section 78A.
Note 3: If the Minister decides to revoke a decision under subsection (1) and
substitute a new decision for it, the Minister is not required to carry
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
161
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 7 Deciding whether approval of actions is needed
Division 3 Reconsideration of decisions
Section 78
out the processes referred to in sections 73 and 74 again before
making the new decision.
Reversing decision that provision of Part 3 is not controlling
provision
(2) A provision of Part 3 letting an action be taken if the Minister has
decided that a particular provision (the prohibiting provision) of
that Part is not a controlling provision for the action does not
prevent the Minister from acting under subsection (1) to revoke a
decision that the prohibiting provision is not a controlling
provision for an action and substitute a decision that the prohibiting
provision is a controlling provision for the action.
Decision not to be revoked after approval granted or refused or
action taken
(3) The Minister must not revoke the first decision after:
(a) the Minister has granted or refused an approval of the taking
of the action; or
(b) the action is taken.
General effect of change of decision
(4) When the first decision is revoked and a new decision is
substituted for it:
(a) any provisions of this Chapter that applied in relation to the
action because of the first decision cease to apply in relation
to the action; and
(b) any provisions of this Chapter that are relevant because of the
new decision apply in relation to the action.
Change of designation of proponent
(5) If the Minister believes a person (the first proponent) designated
under section 75 as proponent of an action is no longer an
appropriate person to be the designated proponent of the action, the
Minister may revoke the designation and designate another person
(the later proponent) as proponent of the action.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
162
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Deciding whether approval of actions is needed Part 7
Reconsideration of decisions Division 3
Section 78A
Consent to designation
(6) The Minister may designate the other person as proponent of the
action only if:
(a) he or she consents to it and the person proposing to take the
action agrees to it; or
(b) the other person is the person proposing to take the action.
Effect of change of designated proponent
(7) If the Minister revokes the designation of the first proponent and
designates the later proponent:
(a) the provisions of this Chapter that applied to the first
proponent cease to apply to the first proponent in relation to
the action but apply to the later proponent; and
(b) for the purposes of those provisions the later proponent is
taken to have done anything the first proponent did in
relation to the action; and
(c) for the purposes of those provisions anything done in relation
to the first proponent in relation to the action is taken to have
been done in relation to the later proponent.
78A Request for reconsideration of decision by person other than
State or Territory Minister
(1) A person (other than a Minister of a State or self-governing
Territory) may request the Minister to reconsider a decision made
under subsection 75(1) about an action on the basis of a matter
referred to in any of paragraphs 78(1)(a) to (ca).
Note: Section 79 deals with requests for reconsideration by a Minister of a
State or self-governing Territory.
(2) A request under subsection (1) must:
(a) be in writing; and
(b) set out the basis on which the person thinks the decision
should be reconsidered; and
(c) if the regulations specify other requirements for requests
under subsection (1)—comply with those requirements.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
163
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 7 Deciding whether approval of actions is needed
Division 3 Reconsideration of decisions
Section 78B
(3) If a request is made under subsection (1) in relation to a decision
that an action is a controlled action, or that particular provisions are
controlling provisions for an action, then:
(a) if the request is made by the designated proponent of the
action—Part 8 ceases to apply in relation to the action until
the Minister makes a decision in relation to the request; but
(b) if the request is made by another person—the application of
Part 8 in relation to the action is not affected by the making
of the request (subject to the outcome of the reconsideration).
(4) If:
(a) because of paragraph (3)(a), Part 8 has ceased to apply in
relation to an action; and
(b) the Minister confirms the decision that is the subject of the
request under subsection (1);
then:
(c) the application of Part 8 in relation to the action resumes (as
does any assessment process under that Part that had
previously commenced in relation to the action); and
(d) for the purposes of the resumed application of Part 8, a day is
not to be counted as a business day if it is:
(i) on or after the day the Minister received the request; and
(ii) on or before the day the Minister confirms the decision.
78B Minister must inform interested persons of request and invite
comments
(1) The Minister (the Environment Minister) must comply with this
section if he or she receives a request under section 78A to
reconsider a decision made under subsection 75(1) about an action.
Informing designated proponent of request and inviting comments
(2) If the request is made by a person other than the designated
proponent of the action, the Environment Minister must:
(a) inform the designated proponent of the request in accordance
with subsection (3); and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
164
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Deciding whether approval of actions is needed Part 7
Reconsideration of decisions Division 3
Section 78B
(b) invite the designated proponent to give the Environment
Minister, within 10 business days, comments on the request.
(3) For the purpose of paragraph (2)(a), the Environment Minister
must inform the designated proponent of the request by giving the
designated proponent such information relating to the request as
the Minister considers appropriate. The Minister need not (for
example) reveal the identity of the person who made the request.
Inviting other Commonwealth Ministers to provide information
(4) The Environment Minister must:
(a) inform any other Minister who the Environment Minister
believes has administrative responsibilities relating to the
action of the request; and
(b) invite each Minister informed to give the Environment
Minister, within 10 business days, information about whether
a matter referred to in any of paragraphs 78(1)(a) to (ca) is
applicable in relation to the action.
Inviting comments from appropriate State or Territory Minister
(5) If the request relates to an action proposed to be taken in a State or
self-governing Territory and the Environment Minister thinks the
action may have an impact on a matter protected by a provision of
Division 1 of Part 3 (about matters of national environmental
significance), the Environment Minister must:
(a) inform the appropriate Minister of the State or Territory of
the request; and
(b) invite that Minister to give the Environment Minister, within
10 business days:
(i) comments on whether a matter referred to in any of
paragraphs 78(1)(a) to (ca) is applicable in relation to
the action; and
(ii) any other information that the Minister of the State or
Territory considers relevant to the reconsideration.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
165
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 7 Deciding whether approval of actions is needed
Division 3 Reconsideration of decisions
Section 78C
Note: Subsection (5) also applies in relation to a request that relates to an
action that is to be taken in an area offshore from a State or the
Northern Territory. See section 157.
Inviting public comment
(6) The Environment Minister must publish on the internet:
(a) the request; and
(b) an invitation for anyone to give the Environment Minister,
within 10 business days (measured in Canberra), comments
in writing on whether a matter referred to in any of
paragraphs 78(1)(a) to (ca) is applicable in relation to the
action.
78C Minister must reconsider decision and give notice of outcome
Reconsideration of decision
(1) As soon as practicable after the end of the time within which
information or comments may be given under section 78B in
relation to a request under section 78A to reconsider a decision
about an action, the Minister must:
(a) reconsider the decision; and
(b) either:
(i) confirm the decision; or
(ii) revoke the decision in accordance with
subsection 78(1), and substitute a new decision for it.
Notice of outcome of reconsideration
(2) The Minister must give written notice of the outcome of the
reconsideration to:
(a) the person who requested the reconsideration; and
(b) the person proposing to take the action (if that person is not
the person referred to in paragraph (a)); and
(c) the designated proponent of the action (if the designated
proponent is not the person referred to in paragraph (a) or
(b)); and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
166
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Deciding whether approval of actions is needed Part 7
Reconsideration of decisions Division 3
Section 79
(d) if the reconsideration relates to an action referred to in
subsection 78B(5)—the appropriate Minister of the State or
Territory.
(3) After giving notice as described in subsection (2), the Minister
must publish notice of the outcome of the reconsideration. The
regulations may specify how the publication is to be made. Subject
to any such regulations, the publication must be made in a way the
Minister considers appropriate.
Reasons for outcome of reconsideration
(4) The Minister must give reasons for the outcome of the
reconsideration to a person who:
(a) has been given notice of the outcome of the reconsideration
under paragraph (2)(a), (b) or (c); and
(b) within 28 days after being given the notice, has requested the
Minister to provide reasons.
The Minister must do so as soon as practicable, and in any case
within 28 days after receiving the request.
79 Reconsideration of decision on request by a State or Territory
(1) This section applies if the Minister (the Environment Minister)
has made a decision under subsection 75(1) about whether a
provision of Division 1 of Part 3 is a controlling provision for an
action proposed to be taken in a State or a self-governing Territory.
Note 1: Division 1 of Part 3 deals with requirements for approvals for actions
involving matters of national environmental significance.
Note 2: This section also applies to actions to be taken in an area offshore
from a State or the Northern Territory. See section 157.
(2) Within 10 business days after the appropriate Minister of the State
or Territory is notified of the decision under
subparagraph 77(1)(a)(iii), that Minister may request the
Environment Minister to reconsider the Environment Minister’s
decisions made under subsection 75(1).
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
167
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 7 Deciding whether approval of actions is needed
Division 3 Reconsideration of decisions
Section 79
(3) Within 20 business days after receiving a request to reconsider a
decision, the Environment Minister must:
(a) reconsider the decision; and
(b) either confirm it or revoke it and substitute a new decision
for it; and
(c) give written notice of the outcome of the reconsideration and
reasons for the outcome to:
(i) the Minister who requested the reconsideration; and
(ii) the person proposing to take the action; and
(iii) the designated proponent of the action; and
(d) after giving notice as described in paragraph (c), publish
notice of the outcome and the reasons for it in accordance
with the regulations.
Note: Section 156 sets out rules about time limits.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
168
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8
Simplified outline of this Part Division 1
Section 80
Part 8—Assessing impacts of controlled actions
Division 1—Simplified outline of this Part
80 Simplified outline of this Part
The following is a simplified outline of this Part:
This Part provides for the assessment of impacts of controlled
actions, to provide information for decisions whether or not to
approve the taking of the actions. However, this Part does not
apply to actions that a bilateral agreement or Ministerial
declaration says are to be assessed in another way.
For actions that are to be assessed under this Part, the Minister
must choose one of the following methods of assessment:
(a) an accredited assessment process;
(aa) an assessment on referral information (see
Division 3A);
(b) an assessment on preliminary documentation (see
Division 4);
(c) a public environment report (see Division 5);
(d) an environmental impact statement (see
Division 6);
(e) a public inquiry (see Division 7).
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
169
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions
Division 2 Application of this Part
Section 81
Division 2—Application of this Part
81 Application
(1) This Part applies to the assessment of the relevant impacts of an
action that the Minister has decided under Division 2 of Part 7 is a
controlled action.
(2) This section has effect subject to sections 83 and 84.
(3) This section does not limit section 82.
82 What are the relevant impacts of an action?
If the Minister has decided the action is a controlled action
(1) If the Minister has decided under Division 2 of Part 7 that an action
is a controlled action, the relevant impacts of the action are the
impacts that the action:
(a) has or will have; or
(b) is likely to have;
on the matter protected by each provision of Part 3 that the
Minister has decided under that Division is a controlling provision
for the action.
If the Minister has not decided whether the action is controlled
(2) If an action is a controlled action or would be apart from
Division 1, 2, 3 or 3A of Part 4 (which provide that approval under
Part 9 is not needed for an action covered by a bilateral agreement
or declaration)—the relevant impacts of the action are impacts that
the action:
(a) has or will have; or
(b) is likely to have;
on the matter protected by each provision of Part 3 that is a
controlling provision for the action or would be apart from
whichever of those Divisions is relevant.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
170
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8
Application of this Part Division 2
Section 83
Relationship between subsections (1) and (2)
(3) Subsection (1) has effect despite subsection (2).
(4) For the purposes of subsections (1) and (2), if subsection 15B(3),
15C(5), 15C(6), 23(1), 24A(1), 24D(3), 24E(3), 26(1) or 27A(1) is,
or would be, a controlling provision for the action, then the impacts
of the action on the matter protected by that provision are only
those impacts that the part of the action that is taken in or on a
Commonwealth area, a Territory, a Commonwealth marine area or
Commonwealth land:
(a) has or will have; or
(b) is likely to have;
on the matter.
(5) For the purposes of subsections (1) and (2), if subsection 24B(1) or
24C(1) or (3) is or would be a controlling provision for the action,
then the impacts of the action on the matter protected by that
provision are only those impacts that the part of the action that is
taken in the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park:
(a) has or will have; or
(b) is likely to have;
on the matter.
83 This Part does not apply if action covered by bilateral agreement
(1) This Part does not apply in relation to an action if:
(a) the action is to be taken in a State or self-governing
Territory; and
(b) a bilateral agreement between the Commonwealth and the
State or Territory declares that actions in a class that includes
the action need not be assessed under this Part; and
(c) the provision of the bilateral agreement making the
declaration is in operation in relation to the action.
Note 1: Subsection (1) also applies to actions to be taken in an area offshore
from a State or the Northern Territory. See section 157.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
171
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions
Division 2 Application of this Part
Section 84
Note 2: Section 47 deals with bilateral agreements making declarations
described in paragraph (1)(b).
Note 2A: An action will be in a class of actions declared not to need assessment
under this Part only if the action has been assessed in a manner
specified in the bilateral agreement.
Note 3: Division 3 of Part 5 explains how the operation of a bilateral
agreement may be ended or suspended. Also, under section 49,
bilateral agreements do not operate in relation to actions in
Commonwealth areas or in the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park, or
actions taken by the Commonwealth or a Commonwealth agency,
unless they expressly provide that they do.
(2) If the action is to be taken in 2 or more States or self-governing
Territories, this section does not operate unless it operates in
relation to each of those States or Territories.
84 This Part does not apply if action covered by declaration
When this Part does not apply
(1) This Part does not apply in relation to an action if:
(a) the Minister has declared in writing that actions in a class
that includes the action need not be assessed under this Part;
and
(b) the declaration is in operation.
Note: An action will be in a class of actions declared not to need assessment
under this Part only if the action has been assessed in a manner
specified in the declaration.
Declaration
(2) The Minister may declare in writing that actions in a specified
class of actions assessed by the Commonwealth or a
Commonwealth agency in a specified manner do not require
assessment under this Part.
Prerequisites for making a declaration
(3) The Minister may make a declaration only if he or she is satisfied
that:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
172
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8
Application of this Part Division 2
Section 84
(a) assessment of an action in the specified manner will include
assessment of the impacts the action:
(i) has or will have; or
(ii) is likely to have;
on each matter protected by a provision of Part 3; and
(b) the specified manner of assessment meets the standards (if
any) prescribed by the regulations; and
(c) if the taking of an action assessed in the specified manner
must be approved under Part 9, he or she will receive a report
including, or accompanied by, enough information about the
relevant impacts of the action to let him or her make an
informed decision whether or not to approve under Part 9 (for
the purpose of each controlling provision) the taking of the
action.
Further requirements for making a declaration
(3A) Sections 34A, 34B, 34BA, 34C, 34D, 34E and 34F apply in
relation to the making of a declaration under this section in the
same way that they apply to the making of a declaration under
section 33.
Specified manner of assessment
(4) The manner of assessment that may be specified in a declaration
includes assessment by a Commonwealth agency under a law of
the Commonwealth. This does not limit subsection (2).
Publishing declaration
(5) The Minister must publish a declaration in accordance with the
regulations.
Revoking declaration
(6) The Minister may, by instrument in writing published in
accordance with the regulations, revoke a declaration.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
173
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions
Division 2 Application of this Part
Section 84
Minister must not give preference
(7) In making or revoking a declaration relating to an action taken:
(a) by a person for the purposes of trade between Australia and
another country or between 2 States; or
(b) by a constitutional corporation;
the Minister must not give preference (within the meaning of
section 99 of the Constitution) to one State or part of a State over
another State or part of a State.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
174
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8
Decision on assessment approach Division 3
Section 85
Division 3—Decision on assessment approach
Subdivision A—Simplified outline of this Division
85 Simplified outline of this Division
The following is a simplified outline of this Division:
The Minister must choose one of the following ways of assessing
the relevant impacts of an action the Minister has decided is a
controlled action:
(a) an accredited assessment process;
(aa) an assessment on referral information;
(b) an assessment on preliminary documentation;
(c) a public environment report;
(d) an environmental impact statement;
(e) a public inquiry.
Subdivision B—Deciding on approach for assessment
87 Minister must decide on approach for assessment
Minister must choose one assessment approach
(1) The Minister must decide which one of the following approaches
must be used for assessment of the relevant impacts of an action
that the Minister has decided is a controlled action:
(a) assessment by an accredited assessment process;
(aa) assessment on referral information under Division 3A;
(b) assessment on preliminary documentation under Division 4;
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
175
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions
Division 3 Decision on assessment approach
Section 87
(c) assessment by public environment report under Division 5;
(d) assessment by environmental impact statement under
Division 6;
(e) assessment by inquiry under Division 7.
Considerations in making choice
(3) In making the decision, the Minister must consider:
(a) information relating to the action given to the Minister in the
referral of the proposal to take the action; and
(b) any other information available to the Minister about the
relevant impacts of the action that the Minister considers
relevant (including information in a report on the impacts of
actions under a policy, plan or program under which the
action is to be taken that was given to the Minister under an
agreement under Part 10 (about strategic assessments)); and
(c) any relevant information received in response to an invitation
under subparagraph 74(2)(b)(ii); and
(d) the matters (if any) prescribed by the regulations; and
(e) the guidelines (if any) published under subsection (6).
Accredited assessment process
(4) The Minister may decide on an assessment by an accredited
assessment process only if the Minister is satisfied that:
(a) the process is to be carried out under a law of the
Commonwealth, a State or a self-governing Territory; and
(b) the process and the law meet the standards (if any) prescribed
by the regulations; and
(c) the process will ensure that the relevant impacts of the action
are adequately assessed; and
(d) he or she will receive a report of the outcome of the process
that will provide enough information on the relevant impacts
of the action to let him or her make an informed decision
whether or not to approve under Part 9 (for the purposes of
each controlling provision) the taking of the action.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
176
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8
Decision on assessment approach Division 3
Section 88
Assessment on referral information
(4A) The Minister may decide on an assessment on referral information
under Division 3A only if the Minister is satisfied (after
considering the matters in subsection (3)) that the action meets the
criteria prescribed in the regulations for the purposes of this
subsection.
Assessment on preliminary documentation
(5) The Minister may decide on an assessment on preliminary
documentation under Division 4 only if the Minister is satisfied
(after considering the matters in subsection (3)) that that approach
will allow the Minister to make an informed decision whether or
not to approve under Part 9 (for the purposes of each controlling
provision) the taking of the action.
Guidelines for choosing assessment approach
(6) The Minister may publish in the Gazette guidelines setting out
criteria for deciding which approach must be used for assessing the
relevant impacts of an action.
88 Timing of decision on assessment approach
Initial decision
(1) The Minister must decide on the approach to be used for
assessment of the relevant impacts of the action within 20 business
days after the Minister receives the referral of the proposal to take
the action.
Note: Section 156 sets out rules about time limits.
When initial decision must be made
(2) The Minister must make the decision under subsection (1) on the
same day as the Minister has decided, under subsection 75(1), that
the action is a controlled action, unless the Minister has requested
more information under subsection 76(3) or section 89 for the
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
177
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions
Division 3 Decision on assessment approach
Section 89
purposes of deciding on the approach to be used for assessment of
the relevant impacts of the action.
Time does not run while further information sought
(4) If the Minister has requested more information in relation to the
action under subsection 76(1), (2) or (3) or section 89, a day is not
to be counted as a business day for the purposes of subsection (1) if
it is:
(a) on or after the day the Minister requested the information;
and
(b) on or before the day on which the Minister receives the last
of the information requested.
Running of time may be suspended by agreement
(5) The Minister and the designated proponent of the action may agree
in writing that days within a period worked out in accordance with
the agreement are not to be counted as business days for the
purposes of subsection (1). If the agreement is made, those days
are not to be counted for the purposes of that subsection.
89 Minister may request more information for making decision
(1) If the Minister believes on reasonable grounds that the information
given to the Minister in relation to an action is not enough to allow
the Minister to make an informed decision on the approach to be
used for assessment of the relevant impacts of the action, the
Minister may request the designated proponent to provide specified
information relevant to making the decision.
(2) Without limiting subsection (1), if the action is to be taken in a
State or self-governing Territory, the Minister may request the
designated proponent of the action to provide information about:
(a) whether the relevant impacts of the action have been, or are
being, assessed by the State or Territory; and
(b) if so, the method of assessment that was, or is being, used
and what stage the assessment has reached.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
178
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8
Decision on assessment approach Division 3
Section 90
(3) The Minister may make a request in relation to an action under this
section even if the Minister has made a request under
subsection 76(3) in relation to the action.
90 Directing an inquiry after starting an assessment
Application
(1) This section applies if:
(a) the Minister has made a decision (the first decision) under
section 87 that the relevant impacts of an action must be
assessed by:
(i) assessment by public environment report under
Division 5; or
(ii) assessment by environmental impact statement under
Division 6; and
(b) the designated proponent publishes:
(i) a draft report under section 98 (about public
environment reports); or
(ii) a draft statement under section 103 (about
environmental impact statements).
Revoking and substituting decision
(2) The Minister may revoke the first decision and make another
decision (the new decision) under section 87 (in substitution for the
first decision) that the relevant impacts of the action must be
assessed by an inquiry under Division 7.
Effect of revocation and substitution
(3) When the first decision is revoked and the new decision is
substituted for it:
(a) whichever of Divisions 5 and 6 applied in relation to the
action because of the first decision ceases to apply in relation
to the action; and
(b) Division 7 applies in relation to the action.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
179
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions
Division 3 Decision on assessment approach
Section 91
91 Notice of decision on assessment approach
(1) Within 10 business days after making a decision on the approach to
be used for assessment of the relevant impacts of an action, the
Minister must:
(a) give written notice of the decision to:
(i) the person proposing to take the action; and
(ia) the designated proponent of the action (if the designated
proponent is not the person proposing to take the
action); and
(ii) if the action is to be taken in a State or self-governing
Territory and a controlling provision for the action is in
Division 1 of Part 3 (which deals with matters of
national environmental significance)—the appropriate
Minister of the State or Territory; and
(b) publish notice of the decision in accordance with the
regulations.
Note 1: Section 156 sets out rules about time limits.
Note 2: Subparagraph (1)(a)(ii) also applies to actions to be taken in an area
offshore from a State or the Northern Territory. See section 157.
(1A) In the written notice of the decision, the Minister must also advise
the person proposing to take the action that the person may elect
under section 132B to submit an action management plan for
approval.
Note: An action management plan is approved after a decision is made
approving the taking of the action.
(2) If the Minister decided that the relevant impacts of the action are to
be assessed by an accredited assessment process, the written notice
and the published notice must specify the process.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
180
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8
Assessment on referral information Division 3A
Section 92
Division 3A—Assessment on referral information
92 Application of this Division
This Division applies in relation to an action if the Minister has
decided under section 87 that the relevant impacts of the action
must be assessed by assessment on referral information under this
Division.
93 Recommendation report
(1) The Secretary must comply with this section within 30 business
days after the Minister makes the decision under section 87.
(2) The Secretary must prepare a draft recommendation report that
includes recommendations on:
(a) whether the taking of the action should be approved under
Part 9; and
(b) if approval is recommended, any conditions that should be
attached to the approval.
(3) The Secretary must publish on the internet:
(a) the draft recommendation report; and
(b) an invitation for anyone to give the Secretary, within 10
business days (measured in Canberra), comments in writing
relating to the draft recommendation report or the action.
(3A) The Secretary may refuse to publish on the internet, under
subsection (3), so much of the draft recommendation report as:
(a) is:
(i) an exempt document under subparagraph 33(a)(i) of the
Freedom of Information Act 1982 (documents affecting
national security, defence or international relations); or
(ii) a conditionally exempt document under section 47C of
that Act (deliberative processes) to which access would,
on balance, be contrary to the public interest for the
purposes of subsection 11A(5) of that Act; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
181
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions
Division 3A Assessment on referral information
Section 93
(b) the Secretary is satisfied is commercial-in-confidence.
(3B) The Secretary must not be satisfied that a part of the draft
recommendation report is commercial-in-confidence unless a
person demonstrates to the Secretary that:
(a) release of the information in that part would cause
competitive detriment to the person; and
(b) the information in that part is not in the public domain; and
(c) the information in that part is not required to be disclosed
under another law of the Commonwealth, a State or a
Territory; and
(d) the information in that part is not readily discoverable.
(4) After the end of the period for comment, the Secretary must
finalise the draft recommendation report, taking account of any
comments received within that period.
(5) As soon as practicable after finalising the draft recommendation
report, the Secretary must give the Minister:
(a) the finalised recommendation report; and
(b) either:
(i) a copy of any comments received within the period for
comment; or
(ii) if no comments were received within that period—a
written statement to that effect.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
182
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8
Assessment on preliminary documentation Division 4
Section 94
Division 4—Assessment on preliminary documentation
94 Application of this Division
This Division applies in relation to an action if the Minister has
decided under section 87 that the relevant impacts of the action
must be assessed by assessment on preliminary documentation
under this Division.
95 Direction to publish referral information and invitation to
comment—no further information required
(1) This section applies if the Minister was satisfied, at the time of
making the decision (the assessment approach decision) under
section 87, that the Minister had enough information in relation to
the action to allow the Minister to assess the relevant impacts of
the action.
(2) At the same time as the Minister gives notice of the assessment
approach decision to the designated proponent of the action under
paragraph 91(1)(a), the Minister must give the designated
proponent a written direction to publish, within the period specified
in the direction (not being less than 10 business days), in
accordance with the regulations:
(a) specified information included in the referral to the Minister
of the proposal to take the action; and
(b) specified information relating to the action that was given to
the Minister after the referral but before the Minister made
the assessment approach decision; and
(c) an invitation for anyone to give the designated proponent,
within the period specified in the direction, comments in
writing relating to the information or the action.
(3) The designated proponent must comply with the direction.
Note: If the designated proponent does not comply with the direction, the
Minister may take action under section 155.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
183
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions
Division 4 Assessment on preliminary documentation
Section 95A
(4) A direction given under subsection (2) is not a legislative
instrument.
95A Direction to publish referral information and invitation to
comment—further information required
(1) This section applies if the Minister was not satisfied, at the time of
making the decision (the assessment approach decision) under
section 87, that the Minister had enough information in relation to
the action to allow the Minister to assess the relevant impacts of
the action.
(2) Within 10 business days after the Minister gives notice of the
assessment approach decision to the designated proponent of the
action under paragraph 91(1)(a), the Minister must request the
designated proponent to give the Minister specified information
relevant to assessing the relevant impacts of the action, including
information about strategies for mitigating any adverse impacts.
(3) Within 10 business days after receiving the information requested
under subsection (2), the Minister must give the designated
proponent a written direction to publish, within the period specified
in the direction (not being less than 10 business days), in
accordance with the regulations:
(a) specified information included in the referral to the Minister
of the proposal to take the action; and
(b) specified information relating to the action that was given to
the Minister after the referral but before the Minister made
the assessment approach decision; and
(c) specified information relating to the action that was received
in response to the Minister’s request under subsection (2);
and
(d) an invitation for anyone to give the designated proponent,
within the period specified in the direction, comments in
writing relating to the information or the action.
(4) The designated proponent must comply with the direction.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
184
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8
Assessment on preliminary documentation Division 4
Section 95B
Note: If the designated proponent does not comply with the direction, the
Minister may take action under section 155.
(5) A direction given under subsection (3) is not a legislative
instrument.
95B Procedure after end of period for comment
Procedure if comments are received
(1) If comments are received by the designated proponent within the
period for comment, the designated proponent must, as soon as
practicable after the end of that period:
(a) prepare a document that:
(i) sets out the information given to the Minister previously
in relation to the action, with any changes or additions
needed to take account of the comments; and
(ii) contains a summary of the comments received and how
those comments have been addressed; and
(b) give the Minister:
(i) a copy of the document prepared under paragraph (a);
and
(ii) a copy of the comments received.
(1A) The designated proponent is taken not to have given the Minister
the documents referred to in paragraph (1)(b) if the required fee
has not been paid.
(2) Within 10 business days after the designated proponent has given
the Minister the documents referred to in paragraph (1)(b), the
designated proponent must publish, in accordance with the
regulations, a copy of the document prepared under
paragraph (1)(a).
Procedure if no comments are received
(3) If no comments are received by the designated proponent within
the period for comment, the designated proponent must, as soon as
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
185
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions
Division 4 Assessment on preliminary documentation
Section 95C
practicable after the end of that period, give the Minister a written
statement to that effect.
(3A) The designated proponent is taken not to have given the Minister
the statement referred to in subsection (3) if the required fee has
not been paid.
(4) Within 10 business days after the designated proponent has given
the Minister the statement referred to in subsection (3), the
designated proponent must publish, in accordance with the
regulations, a copy of the information referred to in paragraphs
95(2)(a) and (b) or 95A(3)(a), (b) and (c), as the case requires.
Definition
(5) In this section:
period for comment means the period within which comments may
be given under 95(2)(c) or 95A(3)(d), as the case requires.
95C Recommendation report
(1) The Secretary must prepare, and give to the Minister, a
recommendation report relating to the action. The report must
include recommendations on:
(a) whether the taking of the action should be approved under
Part 9; and
(b) if approval is recommended, any conditions that should be
attached to the approval.
(2) The recommendation report must be given to the Minister after the
Minister receives the documents under subsection 95B(1) or the
statement under subsection 95B(3), as the case requires, and before
the end of the period applicable under paragraph 130(1B)(c) in
relation to the action.
Note: This is the period within which the Minister must decide whether or
not to approve the taking of the action.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
186
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8
Public environment reports Division 5
Section 96
Division 5—Public environment reports
96 Application
This Division applies in relation to an action if the Minister has
decided under section 87 that the relevant impacts of the action
must be assessed by a public environment report under this
Division.
96A Minister must give designated proponent written guidelines for
preparation of draft public environment report
(1) The Minister must give the designated proponent of the action
written guidelines for the preparation of a draft public environment
report about the relevant impacts of the action. The guidelines so
given are referred to as the PER guidelines.
(2) The PER guidelines must be:
(a) one or more sets of standard guidelines prepared under
section 96B that the Minister decides are appropriate for the
preparation of the draft report in relation to the action; or
(b) if the Minister decides that standard guidelines are not
appropriate for the preparation of the draft report in relation
to the action—tailored guidelines prepared under section 97.
(3) In deciding whether one or more sets of standard guidelines are
appropriate for the preparation of the draft report in relation to the
action, the Minister must seek to ensure that the draft report, if
prepared in accordance with those guidelines, will:
(a) contain enough information about the action and its relevant
impacts to allow the Minister to make an informed decision
whether or not to approve under Part 9 (for the purposes of
each controlling provision) the taking of the action; and
(b) address the matters (if any) prescribed by the regulations.
Note: Similar considerations apply in relation to tailored guidelines: see
subsection 97(2).
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
187
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions
Division 5 Public environment reports
Section 96B
(4) The Minister must give the PER guidelines to the designated
proponent:
(a) within 20 business days after the assessment approach
decision was made under section 87; or
(b) if the Minister, under section 97, invites a person to comment
on a draft of tailored guidelines for the preparation of the
draft report within a specified period—within 20 business
days after:
(i) the end of that period; or
(ii) if there is more than one such period, the end of the later
or latest of those periods.
96B Standard guidelines
(1) The Minister may prepare one or more sets of standard guidelines,
in writing, for the preparation of draft public environment reports
about the relevant impacts of actions.
Note: See also subsection 96A(3).
(2) A set of standard guidelines must set out requirements for the
content and presentation of draft public environment reports about
the relevant impacts of actions.
(3) Without limiting subsections (1) and (2), a set of standard
guidelines may relate to:
(a) actions that are proposed to be taken by a specified industry
sector; or
(b) actions for which a specified provision of Part 3 is a
controlling provision.
(4) A set of standard guidelines made under this section is not a
legislative instrument.
97 Tailored guidelines
(1) The Minister must prepare tailored guidelines, in writing, for the
preparation of a draft public environment report about the relevant
impacts of an action if the Minister decides that standard guidelines
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
188
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8
Public environment reports Division 5
Section 97
are not appropriate for the preparation of the draft report in relation
to that action.
(1A) Tailored guidelines must set out requirements for the content and
presentation of the draft report in relation to the action.
(2) In preparing tailored guidelines, the Minister must seek to ensure
that the draft report will:
(a) contain enough information about the action and its relevant
impacts to allow the Minister to make an informed decision
whether or not to approve under Part 9 (for the purposes of
each controlling provision) the taking of the action; and
(b) address the matters (if any) prescribed by the regulations.
(3) Tailored guidelines may also provide for the draft report to include
information about other certain and likely impacts of the action if:
(a) the action is to be taken in a State or self-governing
Territory; and
(b) the appropriate Minister of the State or Territory has asked
the Minister administering this section to ensure that the draft
report includes information about those other impacts to help
the State or Territory, or an agency of the State or Territory,
make decisions about the action; and
(c) the action:
(i) is to be taken by any person for the purposes of trade or
commerce between Australia and another country,
between 2 States, between a State and a Territory or
between 2 Territories or by a constitutional corporation;
or
(ii) is an action whose regulation is appropriate and adapted
to give effect to Australia’s obligations under an
agreement with one or more other countries.
Note: Paragraph (3)(a) also applies to actions to be taken in an area offshore
from a State or the Northern Territory. See section 157.
(3A) Tailored guidelines may also provide for the draft report to include
information about other certain and likely impacts of the action if:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
189
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions
Division 5 Public environment reports
Section 98
(a) the referral of the proposal to take the action is, because of
section 37AB of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act
1975, taken to be an application for a permission for the
purposes of that Act; and
(b) the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority has asked the
Minister to ensure that the draft report includes information
about those other impacts for the purposes of deciding
whether to grant the permission.
(4) Division 2 does not limit:
(a) subsection (3) or (3A); or
(b) section 98 so far as it relates to tailored guidelines prepared
in reliance on that subsection.
(5) In preparing tailored guidelines, the Minister may:
(a) invite anyone to comment on a draft of tailored guidelines
within a period specified by the Minister; and
(b) take account of the comments received (if any).
(6) Tailored guidelines made under this section are not a legislative
instrument.
98 Designated proponent must invite comment on draft public
environment report
Designated proponent’s obligations
(1) The designated proponent of the action must:
(a) prepare a draft public environment report in accordance with
the PER guidelines about:
(i) the relevant impacts of the action; and
(ii) if the PER guidelines are tailored guidelines that require
the draft report to include information about other
impacts—those other impacts; and
(ab) give the draft report to the Minister; and
(b) obtain the Minister’s approval for publication of the draft
report; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
190
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8
Public environment reports Division 5
Section 99
(c) publish in accordance with the regulations:
(i) the draft report; and
(ii) an invitation for anyone to give the designated
proponent comments in writing relating to the draft
report or the action within the period specified in the
invitation.
Approval of publication of draft report
(2) The Minister may only approve the publication of the draft report
if he or she is satisfied that the draft report is in accordance with
the PER guidelines.
Period for comment
(3) The period specified in the invitation to comment must be the
period specified in writing given by the Minister to the designated
proponent. The Minister must not specify a period of less than 20
business days.
99 Finalising public environment report
(1) After the end of the period specified in the invitation to comment
under section 98, the designated proponent must finalise the draft
public environment report.
(2) The finalised report must:
(a) take account of any comments received within the period for
comment; and
(b) contain a summary of any such comments and how those
comments have been addressed.
(3) As soon as practicable after finalising the draft report, the
designated proponent must give the Minister:
(a) the finalised report; and
(b) either:
(i) a copy of any comments received within the period for
comment; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
191
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions
Division 5 Public environment reports
Section 100
(ii) if no comments were received within that period—a
written statement to that effect.
(3A) The designated proponent is taken not to have given the Minister
the documents required under subsection (3) if the required fee has
not been paid.
(4) Within 10 business days after the designated proponent has given
the Minister the documents required under subsection (3), the
designated proponent must publish the finalised report in
accordance with the regulations.
100 Recommendation report
(1) The Secretary must prepare, and give to the Minister, a
recommendation report relating to the action. The report must
include recommendations on:
(a) whether the taking of the action should be approved under
Part 9; and
(b) if approval is recommended, any conditions that should be
attached to the approval.
(2) The recommendation report must be given to the Minister after the
Minister receives the finalised public environment report under
section 99 and before the end of the period applicable under
paragraph 130(1B)(d) in relation to the action.
Note: This is the period within which the Minister must decide whether or
not to approve the taking of the action.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
192
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8
Environmental impact statements Division 6
Section 101
Division 6—Environmental impact statements
101 Application
This Division applies in relation to an action if the Minister has
decided under section 87 that the relevant impacts of the action
must be assessed by an environmental impact statement under this
Division.
101A Minister must give designated proponent written guidelines
for preparation of draft environmental impact statement
(1) The Minister must give the designated proponent of the action
written guidelines for the preparation of a draft environmental
impact statement about the relevant impacts of the action. The
guidelines so given are referred to as the EIS guidelines.
(2) The EIS guidelines must be:
(a) one or more sets of standard guidelines prepared under
section 101B that the Minister decides are appropriate for the
preparation of the draft statement in relation to the action; or
(b) if the Minister decides that standard guidelines are not
appropriate for the preparation of the draft statement in
relation to the action—tailored guidelines prepared under
section 102.
(3) In deciding whether one or more sets of standard guidelines are
appropriate for the preparation of the draft statement in relation to
the action, the Minister must seek to ensure that the draft
statement, if prepared in accordance with those guidelines, will:
(a) contain enough information about the action and its relevant
impacts to allow the Minister to make an informed decision
whether or not to approve under Part 9 (for the purposes of
each controlling provision) the taking of the action; and
(b) address the matters (if any) prescribed by the regulations.
Note: Similar considerations apply in relation to tailored guidelines: see
subsection 102(2).
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
193
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions
Division 6 Environmental impact statements
Section 101B
(4) The Minister must give the EIS guidelines to the designated
proponent:
(a) within 20 business days after the assessment approach
decision was made under section 87; or
(b) if the Minister, under section 102, invites a person to
comment on a draft of tailored guidelines for the preparation
of the draft statement within a specified period—within 20
business days after:
(i) the end of that period; or
(ii) if there is more than one such period, the end of the later
or latest of those periods.
101B Standard guidelines
(1) The Minister may prepare one or more sets of standard guidelines,
in writing, for the preparation of draft environmental impact
statements about the relevant impacts of actions.
Note: See also subsection 101A(3).
(2) A set of standard guidelines must set out requirements for the
content and presentation of draft environmental impact statements
about the relevant impacts of actions.
(3) Without limiting subsections (1) and (2), a set of standard
guidelines may relate to:
(a) actions that are proposed to be taken by a specified industry
sector; or
(b) actions for which a specified provision of Part 3 is a
controlling provision.
(4) A set of standard guidelines made under this section is not a
legislative instrument.
102 Tailored guidelines
(1) The Minister must prepare tailored guidelines, in writing, for the
preparation of a draft environmental impact statement about the
relevant impacts of an action if the Minister decides that standard
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
194
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8
Environmental impact statements Division 6
Section 102
guidelines are not appropriate for the preparation of the draft
statement in relation to that action.
(1A) Tailored guidelines must set out requirements for the content and
presentation of the draft statement in relation to the action.
(2) In preparing tailored guidelines, the Minister must seek to ensure
that the draft statement will:
(a) contain enough information about the action and its relevant
impacts to allow the Minister to make an informed decision
whether or not to approve under Part 9 (for the purposes of
each controlling provision) the taking of the action; and
(b) address any matters specified by the regulations.
(3) Tailored guidelines may also provide for the draft statement to
include information about other certain and likely impacts of an
action if:
(a) the action is to be taken in a State or self-governing
Territory; and
(b) the appropriate Minister of the State or Territory has asked
the Minister administering this section to ensure that the draft
statement includes information about those other impacts to
help the State or Territory, or an agency of the State or
Territory, make decisions about the action; and
(c) the action:
(i) is to be taken by any person for the purposes of trade or
commerce between Australia and another country,
between 2 States, between a State and a Territory or
between 2 Territories or by a constitutional corporation;
or
(ii) is an action whose regulation is appropriate and adapted
to give effect to Australia’s obligations under an
agreement with one or more other countries.
Note: Paragraph (3)(a) also applies to actions to be taken in an area offshore
from a State or the Northern Territory. See section 157.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
195
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions
Division 6 Environmental impact statements
Section 103
(3A) Tailored guidelines may also provide for the draft statement to
include information about other certain and likely impacts of an
action if:
(a) the referral of the proposal to take the action is, because of
section 37AB of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act
1975, taken to be an application for a permission for the
purposes of that Act; and
(b) the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority has asked the
Minister to ensure that the draft statement includes
information about those other impacts for the purposes of
deciding whether to grant the permission.
(4) Division 2 does not limit:
(a) subsection (3) or (3A); or
(b) section 103 so far as it relates to tailored guidelines prepared
in reliance on that subsection.
(5) In preparing tailored guidelines, the Minister may:
(a) invite anyone to comment on a draft of tailored guidelines
within a period specified by the Minister; and
(b) take account of the comments (if any) received.
(6) Tailored guidelines made under this section are not a legislative
instrument.
103 Designated proponent must invite comment on draft
environmental impact statement
Designated proponent’s obligations
(1) The designated proponent of the action must:
(a) prepare a draft environmental impact statement in accordance
with the EIS guidelines about:
(i) the relevant impacts of the action; and
(ii) if the EIS guidelines are tailored guidelines that require
the draft statement to include information about other
impacts—those other impacts; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
196
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8
Environmental impact statements Division 6
Section 104
(ab) give the draft statement to the Minister; and
(b) obtain the Minister’s approval for publication of the draft
statement; and
(c) publish in accordance with the regulations:
(i) the draft statement; and
(ii) an invitation for anyone to give the designated
proponent comments in writing relating to the draft
statement or the action within the period specified in the
invitation.
Approval of publication of draft statement
(2) The Minister may only approve the publication of the draft
statement if he or she is satisfied that the draft statement is in
accordance with the EIS guidelines.
Period for comment
(3) The period specified in the invitation to comment must be the
period specified in writing given by the Minister to the designated
proponent. The Minister must not specify a period of less than 20
business days.
104 Finalising environmental impact statement
(1) After the end of the period specified in the invitation to comment
under section 103, the designated proponent must finalise the draft
environmental impact statement.
(2) The finalised statement must:
(a) take account of any comments received within the period for
comment; and
(b) contain a summary of any such comments and how those
comments have been addressed.
(3) As soon as practicable after finalising the draft statement, the
designated proponent must give the Minister:
(a) the finalised statement; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
197
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions
Division 6 Environmental impact statements
Section 105
(b) either:
(i) a copy of any comments received within the period for
comment; or
(ii) if no comments were received within that period—a
written statement to that effect.
(3A) The designated proponent is taken not to have given the Minister
the documents required under subsection (3) if the required fee has
not been paid.
(4) Within 10 business days after the designated proponent has given
the Minister the documents required under subsection (3), the
designated proponent must publish the finalised statement in
accordance with the regulations.
105 Recommendation report
(1) The Secretary must prepare, and give to the Minister, a
recommendation report relating to the action. The report must
include recommendations on:
(a) whether the taking of the action should be approved under
Part 9; and
(b) if approval is recommended, any conditions that should be
attached to the approval.
(2) The recommendation report must be given to the Minister after the
Minister receives the finalised environmental impact statement
under section 104 and before the end of the period applicable under
paragraph 130(1B)(d) in relation to the action.
Note: This is the period within which the Minister must decide whether or
not to approve the taking of the action.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
198
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8
Inquiries Division 7
Section 106
Division 7—Inquiries
Subdivision A—Preliminary
106 Simplified outline
The following is a simplified outline of this Division:
This Division provides for the Minister to appoint commissions to
carry out inquiries in a flexible way into the impacts of actions.
Commissioners have powers to call witnesses, obtain documents
and inspect places for the purposes of their inquiries.
Commissioners must report to the Minister and publish their
reports.
Subdivision B—Establishment of inquiries
107 Appointing commissioners and setting terms of reference
(1) If the Minister decides that the relevant impacts of an action must
be assessed by inquiry under this Division, the Minister must:
(a) appoint in writing one or more persons (the commissioners)
as a commission to conduct the inquiry and report to the
Minister in relation to the action; and
(b) specify in writing (the terms of reference):
(i) the matters relating to the action that are to be the
subject of the inquiry and report; and
(ii) the period within which the commission must report to
the Minister.
Note 1: The Minister may revoke an appointment and amend terms of
reference. See subsection 33(3) of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901.
Note 2: Subdivision E contains more provisions about the basis on which a
commissioner holds office.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
199
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions
Division 7 Inquiries
Section 107
(2) If the Minister appoints 2 or more commissioners for an inquiry,
the Minister must appoint one of them to preside at the inquiry.
(3) In specifying in the terms of reference the matters relating to the
action that are to be the subject of the inquiry and report, the
Minister:
(a) must specify the relevant impacts of the action; and
(b) if subsection (4) or (4A) applies—may specify other certain
or likely impacts of the action.
(4) For the purposes of paragraph (3)(b), the Minister may specify
other certain or likely impacts of the action if:
(a) the action is to be taken in a State or self-governing
Territory; and
(b) the appropriate Minister of the State or Territory has asked
the Minister administering this section to ensure that the
inquiry reports on those other impacts to help the State or
Territory, or an agency of the State or Territory, make
decisions about the action; and
(c) the action:
(i) is to be taken by any person for the purposes of trade or
commerce between Australia and another country,
between 2 States, between a State and a Territory or
between 2 Territories or by a constitutional corporation;
or
(ii) is an action whose regulation is appropriate and adapted
to give effect to Australia’s obligations under an
agreement with one or more other countries.
Note: Paragraph (4)(a) also applies to actions to be taken in an area offshore
from a State or the Northern Territory. See section 157.
(4A) For the purposes of paragraph (3)(b), the Minister may specify
other certain or likely impacts of the action if:
(a) the referral of the proposal to take the action is, because of
section 37AB of the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act
1975, taken to be an application for a permission for the
purposes of that Act; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
200
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8
Inquiries Division 7
Section 108
(b) the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority has asked the
Minister to ensure that the report includes information about
those other impacts for the purposes of deciding whether to
grant the permission.
(5) The Minister may also specify in the terms of reference the manner
in which the commission is to carry out the inquiry.
108 Publicising inquiry
(1) As soon as practicable, the commission must publish in accordance
with the regulations and in any other way it thinks fit:
(a) the terms of reference; and
(b) the information relating to the action given to the Minister
under this Chapter before the Minister made the decision
under Division 3 to use an inquiry to assess the relevant
impacts of the action.
(2) The commission need not publish the information described in
paragraph (1)(b) if, before the Minister appointed the commission,
the designated proponent of the action published:
(a) a draft report under section 98 (which deals with draft public
environment reports); or
(b) a draft statement under section 103 (which deals with draft
environmental impact statements).
However, in this case the commission must publish as described in
subsection (1) notice of the fact that the draft report or draft
statement has already been published.
Subdivision C—Conduct of inquiries
109 Procedure of inquiries
(1) A commission must comply with the terms of reference in
conducting its inquiry.
(2) Subject to this Division, a commission:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
201
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions
Division 7 Inquiries
Section 110
(a) may determine the procedure to be followed in its inquiry;
and
(b) is not subject to any directions by an employee of the
Commonwealth or by a Commonwealth agency; and
(c) is not bound by the rules of evidence.
110 Inquiry to be public
(1) A hearing held as part of an inquiry must be conducted in public,
except so far as the commission directs otherwise.
(2) The commission must make publicly available (in any way the
commission thinks fit) the content of any submission or evidence
given to the commission in writing, except so far as the
commission directs otherwise.
(3) If the commission believes that it is desirable in the public interest,
the commission may:
(a) give directions that all or part of the inquiry be held in
private, specifying the persons who may be present; and
(b) give directions prohibiting or restricting the publication of all
or specified passages of submissions or evidence given to the
commission orally or in writing.
111 Calling witnesses
Summoning witnesses
(1) A commissioner may, by writing signed by the commissioner,
summon a person to appear before the commission at a time and
place specified in the summons to give evidence and produce any
documents mentioned in the summons.
Failure of witness to attend
(2) A person served with a summons to appear as a witness at an
inquiry by a commission must not:
(a) fail to attend as required by the summons; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
202
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8
Inquiries Division 7
Section 112
(b) fail to appear and report from day to day unless excused or
released from further attendance by or on behalf of the
commission.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the excuse or
release from further attendance mentioned in paragraph (2)(b). See
subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Offence
(3) A person who contravenes subsection (2) commits an offence
punishable on conviction by imprisonment for not more than 6
months, a fine of not more than 30 penalty units, or both.
Allowances for witnesses
(4) A person summoned by a commission to appear as a witness at an
inquiry is entitled to be paid by the Commonwealth such
allowances for travelling and other expenses as are prescribed by
the regulations.
112 Dealing with witnesses
Power to administer oath or affirmation
(1) A commissioner may administer an oath or affirmation to a person
appearing as a witness before the commission.
Note: This means that proceedings before the commission are judicial
proceedings for the purposes of Part III of the Crimes Act 1914, which
creates various offences relating to judicial proceedings.
Refusal to be sworn or to answer questions
(2) A person appearing as a witness at an inquiry by a commission
must not:
(a) refuse or fail to be sworn or to make an affirmation; or
(b) refuse or fail to answer a question that the person is required
to answer by the commissioner (or the commissioner
presiding at the inquiry if there is more than one
commissioner for the inquiry); or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
203
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions
Division 7 Inquiries
Section 112
(c) refuse or fail to produce a document that the person was
required to produce by a summons served on the person.
Offence
(3) A person who contravenes subsection (2) commits an offence
punishable on conviction by imprisonment for not more than 6
months, a fine of not more than 30 penalty units, or both.
Note: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body
corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a
person under this subsection.
No privilege against self-incrimination
(4) An individual is not excused from answering a question or
producing a document on the ground that answering the question or
producing the document would tend to incriminate the individual
or to expose the individual to a penalty.
Answers and documents cannot be used in criminal proceedings
(5) However, none of the following is admissible in evidence in
criminal proceedings against the individual (except proceedings
under section 491):
(a) the answer to the question;
(b) the production of the document;
(c) any information, document or thing obtained as a direct or
indirect consequence of answering the question or producing
the document.
Sworn witnesses may also give written evidence on oath
(6) A commission may permit a person who is appearing as a witness
before the commission and has been sworn or has made an
affirmation to give evidence by tendering a written statement and
verifying it by oath or affirmation.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
204
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8
Inquiries Division 7
Section 113
113 Dealing with documents given to commission
Inspecting and copying documents produced or given at inquiry
(1) A commissioner, or a person assisting a commission and
authorised by a commissioner to do so, may:
(a) inspect a document produced or given to the commission;
and
(b) make a copy of, or take an extract from, the document.
Keeping documents produced or given at inquiry
(2) A commission may keep for a reasonable period a document
produced or given to the commission.
114 Inspections of land, buildings and places
(1) If a commissioner, or a person authorised by a commissioner,
enters any land, building or place by consent as described in
section 115 or under a warrant issued under section 116, the
commissioner or person may:
(a) inspect the land, building or place; and
(b) inspect any material on the land, or on or in the building or
place.
(2) However, the commissioner or authorised person may not make the
inspection if:
(a) the person occupying or in charge of the land, building or
place asks the commissioner or authorised person to produce
his or her identity card or other written evidence of his or her
identity; and
(b) the commissioner or person does not produce it.
(3) A person (the offender) commits an offence punishable on
conviction by imprisonment for not more than 6 months if:
(a) the offender obstructs or hinders another person; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
205
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions
Division 7 Inquiries
Section 115
(b) the offender knows the other person is a commissioner, or a
person authorised by a commissioner, acting under
subsection (1) or a warrant issued under section 116.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
Note 2: Subsection 4B(2) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court that convicts an
individual of an offence impose a fine instead of, or as well as,
imprisonment. The maximum fine (in penalty units) the court can
impose is 5 times the maximum term of imprisonment (in months).
115 Entering premises by consent
(1) A commissioner, or a person authorised by a commissioner, may
enter land, a building or a place at any reasonable time for any
reasonable purpose of an inquiry, if the person (the occupant)
occupying or in charge of the land, building or place consents.
(2) Before obtaining the consent, the commissioner or authorised
person must inform the occupant that the occupant may refuse to
give consent.
(3) The commissioner or authorised person may not enter the land,
building or place if:
(a) the occupant asks the commissioner or authorised person to
produce his or her identity card or other written evidence of
his or her identity; and
(b) the commissioner or authorised person does not produce it.
(4) An entry by a commissioner or authorised person with the
occupant’s consent is not lawful if the occupant’s consent was not
voluntary.
116 Entering premises under warrant
(1) A commissioner may apply to a magistrate for a warrant
authorising the commissioner or a person authorised by the
commissioner to enter any land, building or place if the
commissioner has reason to believe that it is necessary or desirable
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
206
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8
Inquiries Division 7
Section 117
for the purposes of an inquiry for the commissioner or person to
enter the land, building or place for the purposes of the inquiry.
Note: Section 117 allows applications for warrants to be made by telephone.
(2) If the magistrate is satisfied by information on oath or affirmation
that the issue of the warrant is reasonably required for the purposes
of the inquiry, he or she may grant a warrant authorising the person
named in the warrant to enter the land, building or place for the
purposes specified in the warrant.
(3) The magistrate must specify in the warrant the date after which the
warrant ceases to have effect.
(4) The person named in a warrant may not enter the land, building or
place if:
(a) the person occupying or in charge of the land, building or
place asks the person named in the warrant to produce his or
her identity card or other written evidence of his or her
identity; and
(b) the person named in the warrant does not produce it.
117 Warrants by telephone or other electronic means
Application
(1) A commissioner may apply to a magistrate for a warrant by
telephone, telex, fax or other electronic means:
(a) in an urgent case; or
(b) if the delay that would occur if an application were made in
person would frustrate the effective execution of the warrant.
Voice communication
(2) The magistrate may require communication by voice to the extent
that is practicable in the circumstances.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
207
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions
Division 7 Inquiries
Section 117
Information
(3) An application under this section must include all information
required to be provided in an ordinary application for a warrant,
but the application may, if necessary, be made before the
information is sworn or affirmed.
Issue of warrant
(4) The magistrate may complete and sign the same form of warrant
that would be issued under section 116 if, after considering the
information and having received and considered any further
information he or she required, the magistrate is satisfied that:
(a) a warrant in the terms of the application should be issued
urgently; or
(b) the delay that would occur if an application were made in
person would frustrate the effective execution of the warrant.
Notification
(5) If the magistrate decides to issue the warrant, the magistrate must
inform the applicant, by telephone, telex, fax or other electronic
means, of the terms of the warrant and the day on which and the
time at which it was signed.
Form of warrant
(6) The applicant must then complete a form of warrant in terms
substantially corresponding to those given by the magistrate,
stating on the form the name of the magistrate and the day on
which and the time at which the warrant was signed.
Completed form of warrant to be given to magistrate
(7) The applicant must, not later than the day after the day of expiry of
the warrant or the day after the day on which the warrant was
executed, whichever is the earlier, give or transmit to the
magistrate:
(a) the form of warrant completed by the applicant; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
208
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8
Inquiries Division 7
Section 118
(b) if the information referred to in subsection (3) was not sworn
or affirmed—that information duly sworn or affirmed.
Attachment
(8) The magistrate must attach to the documents provided under
subsection (7) the form of warrant completed by the magistrate.
Presumption
(9) If:
(a) it is material, in any proceedings, for a court to be satisfied
that the exercise of a power under a warrant issued under this
section was duly authorised; and
(b) the form of warrant signed by the magistrate is not produced
in evidence;
the court is to assume, unless the contrary is proved, that the
exercise of the power was not duly authorised.
118 Identity cards
(1) The Minister may cause to be issued to a commissioner or a person
authorised by a commissioner an identity card:
(a) in a form approved by the Minister; and
(b) containing a recent photograph of the person to whom it is
issued.
(2) As soon as practicable after the commission to which the
commissioner was appointed has reported to the Minister on its
inquiry, the commissioner or authorised person must return his or
her identity card to the Minister.
(3) A person must not contravene subsection (2).
Penalty: 1 penalty unit.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
209
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions
Division 7 Inquiries
Section 119
119 Contempt
(1) A person commits an offence punishable on conviction by a fine of
not more than 30 penalty units if:
(a) the person insults, disturbs or uses insulting language
towards another person; and
(b) the person knows the other person is a commissioner
exercising the powers or performing the functions or duties
of a commissioner.
(2) A person commits an offence punishable on conviction by a fine of
not more than 30 penalty units if:
(a) the person creates a disturbance, or takes part in creating or
continuing a disturbance, in or near a place; and
(b) the person knows the place is a place where a commission is
holding an inquiry.
(3) A person must not:
(a) interrupt an inquiry by a commission; or
(b) do any other act or thing that would, if a commission were a
court of record, constitute a contempt of that court.
Penalty: 30 penalty units.
120 Protection of commissioners and witnesses
Protection of commissioners
(1) In performing his or her duties as a commissioner, a commissioner
has the same protection and immunity as a Justice of the High
Court.
Rights and obligations of witnesses
(2) A person appearing before a commission as a witness at an inquiry:
(a) has the same protection as a witness in proceedings in the
High Court; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
210
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8
Inquiries Division 7
Section 120
(b) is subject to the same liabilities in any civil or criminal
proceedings as such a witness (in addition to the penalties
provided by this Division).
Interfering with witness is an offence
(3) A person must not:
(a) use violence to or inflict injury on; or
(b) cause or procure violence, damage, loss or disadvantage to;
or
(c) cause or procure the punishment of;
another person (the witness) because the witness will appear or did
appear as a witness at an inquiry or because of any submission or
evidence the witness gave to a commission.
Interference with a witness’ employment
(4) An employer must not dismiss an employee, or prejudice an
employee in his or her employment, because the employee
appeared as a witness or gave any submission or evidence at an
inquiry by a commission.
Interference with employee who proposes to give evidence
(5) An employer must not dismiss or threaten to dismiss an employee
or prejudice, or threaten to prejudice, an employee in his or her
employment, because the employee proposes to appear as a witness
or to give a submission or evidence at an inquiry by a commission.
Offences
(6) A person who contravenes subsection (3), (4) or (5) commits an
offence punishable on conviction by imprisonment for not more
than 6 months, a fine of not more than 30 penalty units, or both.
Note: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body
corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a
person under this subsection.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
211
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions
Division 7 Inquiries
Section 121
Burden of proof in proceedings relating to witness
(7) In proceedings arising out of subsection (4), the employer has the
burden of proving that the employee was not dismissed or
prejudiced because the employee appeared as a witness or gave a
submission or evidence at an inquiry by a commission, if it is
established that:
(a) the employee was dismissed from, or prejudiced in, his or her
employment; and
(b) before the employee was dismissed or prejudiced, the
employee appeared as a witness, or gave any submission or
evidence, at an inquiry by a commission.
Burden of proof in proceedings relating to employee proposing to
give evidence
(8) In any proceedings arising out of subsection (5), the employer has
the burden of proving that the employee was not dismissed,
prejudiced in his or her employment or threatened with dismissal
or prejudice because the employee proposed to appear as a witness
or give evidence at an inquiry by a commission, if it is established
that:
(a) the employee was dismissed, prejudiced or threatened; and
(b) the employee made the proposal before the employee was
dismissed, prejudiced or threatened.
Relationship of subsections (3), (4) and (5)
(9) Subsections (4) and (5) do not limit subsection (3).
Subdivision D—Inquiry reports
121 Timing of report
The commission must report to the Minister on the inquiry within
the period specified by the Minister in the terms of reference.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
212
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8
Inquiries Division 7
Section 122
122 Publication of report
(1) After reporting to the Minister, the commission must publish the
report in accordance with the regulations.
(2) However, the commission must not publish the report so far as it
sets out any submission or evidence whose publication the
commission prohibited or restricted by a direction under
paragraph 110(3)(b).
Subdivision E—Commissioners’ terms and conditions
123 Basis of appointment
(1) A commissioner is to be appointed on a full-time basis or a
part-time basis.
(2) A commissioner appointed on a full-time basis must not engage in
paid employment outside the duties of the commissioner’s office
without the Minister’s approval.
(3) A commissioner appointed on a part-time basis must not engage in
any paid employment that, in the Minister’s opinion, conflicts or
may conflict with the proper performance of the commissioner’s
duties.
124 Remuneration
(1) A commissioner who is not appointed or engaged under the Public
Service Act 1999 is to be paid the remuneration that is determined
by the Remuneration Tribunal. If no determination of that
remuneration is in operation, the commissioner is to be paid the
remuneration that is prescribed.
(2) A commissioner is to be paid the allowances that are prescribed.
(3) This section has effect subject to the Remuneration Tribunal Act
1973.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
213
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions
Division 7 Inquiries
Section 125
125 Leave of absence
(1) A commissioner appointed on a full-time basis has the recreation
leave entitlements that are determined by the Remuneration
Tribunal.
(2) The Minister may grant a commissioner appointed on a full-time
basis leave of absence, other than recreation leave, on the terms
and conditions as to remuneration or otherwise that the Minister
determines.
(3) The commissioner (the presiding commissioner) appointed to
preside at an inquiry may grant leave of absence to any other
commissioner for the inquiry on the terms and conditions that the
presiding commissioner determines, if the other commissioner has
been appointed on a part-time basis.
126 Resignation
A commissioner may resign his or her appointment by giving the
Minister a written resignation.
127 Termination of appointment
(1) The Minister may terminate a commissioner’s appointment for
misbehaviour or physical or mental incapacity.
(2) The Minister must terminate the appointment of a commissioner if:
(a) the commissioner:
(i) becomes bankrupt; or
(ii) applies to take the benefit of any law for the relief of
bankrupt or insolvent debtors; or
(iii) compounds with his or her creditors; or
(iv) makes an assignment of his or her remuneration for the
benefit of his or her creditors; or
(b) the commissioner fails, without reasonable excuse, to comply
with section 128 (about disclosure of interests); or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
214
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Assessing impacts of controlled actions Part 8
Inquiries Division 7
Section 128
(c) the Minister becomes aware that the commissioner has a
pecuniary or other interest in the subject-matter of the inquiry
and the Minister considers that the commissioner should not
continue to participate in the conduct of the inquiry.
(3) The Minister must terminate the appointment of a commissioner on
a full-time basis if:
(a) the commissioner is absent, except on leave of absence, for
14 consecutive days or for 28 days in any 12 months; or
(b) the commissioner engages, except with the Minister’s
approval, in paid employment outside the duties of his or her
office.
(4) The Minister must terminate the appointment of a commissioner on
a part-time basis if:
(a) the commissioner is absent, except on leave of absence, from
3 consecutive meetings of his or her commission (if it
consists of 2 or more commissioners); or
(b) the commissioner engages in paid employment that, in the
Minister’s opinion, conflicts or could conflict with the proper
performance of the duties of his or her office.
128 Disclosure of interests
(1) A commissioner must give written notice to the Minister of all
direct and indirect pecuniary interests that he or she has or acquires
in a business or in a body corporate carrying on a business.
(2) If a commissioner has or acquires an interest, pecuniary or
otherwise, that could conflict with the proper performance of his or
her duties, he or she must:
(a) inform the Minister of the interest; and
(b) ensure that the interest is disclosed in the report of his or her
inquiry.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
215
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 8 Assessing impacts of controlled actions
Division 7 Inquiries
Section 129
129 Other terms and conditions
A commissioner holds office on the terms and conditions (if any)
in relation to matters not covered by this Act that are determined
by the Minister.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
216
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Approval of actions Part 9
Decisions on approval and conditions Division 1
Section 130
Part 9—Approval of actions
Division 1—Decisions on approval and conditions
Subdivision A—General
130 Timing of decision on approval
Basic rule
(1) The Minister must decide whether or not to approve, for the
purposes of each controlling provision for a controlled action, the
taking of the action.
(1A) The Minister must make the decision within the relevant period
specified in subsection (1B) that relates to the controlled action, or
such longer period as the Minister specifies in writing.
(1B) The relevant period, in relation to a controlled action, is as
follows:
(a) if the action is the subject of an assessment report—the
period of 30 business days beginning on the first business
day after the Minister receives the assessment report;
(b) if Division 3A of Part 8 (assessment on referral information)
applies to the action—the period of 20 business days
beginning on the first business day after the Minister receives
the finalised recommendation report under subsection 93(5);
(c) if Division 4 of Part 8 (assessment on preliminary
documentation) applies to the action—the period of 40
business days beginning on the first business day after the
Minister receives the documents under subsection 95B(1) or
the statement under subsection 95B(3), as the case requires;
(d) if Division 5 (public environment reports) or Division 6
(environmental impact statements) of Part 8 applies to the
action—the period of 40 business days beginning on the first
business day after the Minister receives the finalised public
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
217
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 9 Approval of actions
Division 1 Decisions on approval and conditions
Section 130
environment report or the finalised environmental impact
statement, as the case requires;
(e) if a commission has conducted an inquiry relating to the
action—the period of 40 business days beginning on the first
business day after the Minister receives the report of the
commission.
What is an assessment report?
(2) An assessment report is a report given to the Minister as described
in:
(a) subsection 47(4) (about assessments under a bilateral
agreement); or
(b) subsection 84(3) (about assessments in a manner specified in
a declaration); or
(c) subsection 87(4) (about assessments by accredited
assessment processes).
Notice of extension of time
(4) If the Minister specifies a longer period for the purposes of
subsection (1A), he or she must:
(a) give a copy of the specification to the person proposing to
take the action; and
(b) publish the specification in accordance with the regulations.
Time does not run while awaiting advice from Independent Expert
Scientific Committee
(4A) If, under section 131AB, the Minister is required to obtain advice
from the Independent Expert Scientific Committee on Coal Seam
Gas and Large Coal Mining Development before making a
decision whether or not to approve the taking of an action, a day is
not to be counted as a business day for the purposes of
subsection (1B) if it is:
(a) on or after the day the Minister requested the advice; and
(b) on or before the day on which the Minister obtains the
advice.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
218
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Approval of actions Part 9
Decisions on approval and conditions Division 1
Section 131
Time does not run while further information is sought
(5) If, under section 132, the Minister has requested more information
for the purposes of making a decision whether or not to approve
the taking of an action, a day is not to be counted as a business day
for the purposes of subsection (1B) if it is:
(a) on or after the day the Minister requested the information;
and
(b) on or before the day on which the Minister receives the last
of the information requested.
131 Inviting comments from other Ministers before decision
(1) Before the Minister (the Environment Minister) decides whether
or not to approve, for the purposes of a controlling provision, the
taking of an action, and what conditions (if any) to attach to an
approval, he or she must:
(a) inform any other Minister whom the Environment Minister
believes has administrative responsibilities relating to the
action of the decision the Environment Minister proposes to
make; and
(b) invite the other Minister to give the Environment Minister
comments on the proposed decision within 10 business days.
(2) A Minister invited to comment may make comments that:
(a) relate to economic and social matters relating to the action;
and
(b) may be considered by the Environment Minister consistently
with the principles of ecologically sustainable development.
This does not limit the comments such a Minister may give.
131AA Inviting comments before decision from person proposing to
take action and designated proponent
(1) Before the Minister decides whether or not to approve, for the
purposes of a controlling provision, the taking of an action, and
what conditions (if any) to attach to an approval, he or she must:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
219
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 9 Approval of actions
Division 1 Decisions on approval and conditions
Section 131AA
(a) inform the person proposing to take the action, and the
designated proponent of the action (if the designated
proponent is not the person proposing to take the action), of:
(i) the decision the Minister proposes to make; and
(ii) if the Minister proposes to approve the taking of the
action—any conditions the Minister proposes to attach
to the approval; and
(b) invite each person informed under paragraph (a) to give the
Minister, within 10 business days (measured in Canberra),
comments in writing on the proposed decision and any
conditions.
(2) If the Minister proposes not to approve, for the purposes of a
controlling provision, the taking of the action, the Minister must
provide to each person informed under paragraph (1)(a), with the
invitation given under paragraph (1)(b):
(a) a copy of whichever of the following documents applies to
the action:
(i) an assessment report;
(ii) a finalised recommendation report given to the Minister
under subsection 93(5);
(iii) a recommendation report given to the Minister under
section 95C, 100 or 105; and
(b) any information relating to economic and social matters that
the Minister has considered; and
(c) any information relating to the history of a person in relation
to environmental matters that the Minister has considered
under subsection 136(4); and
(d) a copy of any document, or part of a document, containing
information of a kind referred to in paragraph 136(2)(e) that
the Minister has considered.
(3) The Minister is not required to provide under subsection (2):
(a) information that is in the public domain; or
(b) a copy of so much of a document as is in the public domain;
or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
220
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Approval of actions Part 9
Decisions on approval and conditions Division 1
Section 131AA
(c) in the case of information referred to in paragraph (2)(b) or
(c)—any conclusions or recommendations relating to that
information included in documents or other material prepared
by the Secretary for the Minister.
(4) The Minister must not provide under subsection (2):
(a) a copy of so much of a document as:
(i) is an exempt document under subparagraph 33(a)(i) of
the Freedom of Information Act 1982 (documents
affecting national security, defence or international
relations); or
(ia) is a conditionally exempt document under section 47C
of that Act (deliberative processes) to which access
would, on balance, be contrary to the public interest for
the purposes of subsection 11A(5) of that Act; or
(ii) the Minister is satisfied contains information that is
commercial-in-confidence; or
(b) information that:
(i) is of such a nature that its inclusion in a document
would cause that document to be an exempt document
of the kind referred to in subparagraph (a)(i); or
(ii) the Minister is satisfied is commercial-in-confidence.
(5) The Minister must not be satisfied that information (including
information in a document) is commercial-in-confidence unless a
person demonstrates to the Minister that:
(a) release of the information would cause competitive detriment
to the person; and
(b) the information is not in the public domain; and
(c) the information is not required to be disclosed under another
law of the Commonwealth, a State or a Territory; and
(d) the information is not readily discoverable.
(6) In deciding whether or not to approve, for the purposes of a
controlling provision, the taking of the action, the Minister must
take into account any relevant comments given to the Minister in
response to an invitation given under paragraph (1)(b).
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
221
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 9 Approval of actions
Division 1 Decisions on approval and conditions
Section 131AB
(7) This section is taken to be an exhaustive statement of the
requirements of the natural justice hearing rule in relation to:
(a) the Minister’s decision under section 133 whether or not to
approve, for the purposes of a controlling provision, the
taking of the action; and
(b) if the decision is to approve, for the purposes of a controlling
provision, the taking of the action, and the Minister decides,
under section 134, to attach conditions to the approval—the
Minister’s decision under section 134 to attach those
conditions to the approval.
131AB Minister must obtain advice from Independent Expert
Scientific Committee on Coal Seam Gas and Large Coal
Mining Development
(1) This section applies if:
(a) the taking of an action, for the purposes of a controlling
provision, involves:
(i) coal seam gas development; or
(ii) large coal mining development; and
(b) the Minister believes that the taking of the action:
(i) is likely to have a significant impact on water resources,
including any impacts of associated salt production
and/or salinity; and
(ii) may have an adverse impact on a matter protected by a
provision of Part 3.
(2) Before the Minister decides whether or not to approve, for the
purposes of the controlling provision, the taking of the action, the
Minister must obtain the advice of the Independent Expert
Scientific Committee on Coal Seam Gas and Large Coal Mining
Development.
131A Inviting public comment before decision
Before the Minister decides whether or not to approve, for the
purposes of a controlling provision, the taking of an action, and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
222
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Approval of actions Part 9
Decisions on approval and conditions Division 1
Section 132
what conditions (if any) to attach to an approval, he or she may
publish on the internet:
(a) the proposed decision and, if the proposed decision is to
approve the taking of the action, any conditions that the
Minister proposes to attach to the approval; and
(b) an invitation for anyone to give the Minister, within 10
business days (measured in Canberra), comments in writing
on the proposed decision and any conditions.
132 Requesting further information for approval decision
If the Minister believes on reasonable grounds that he or she does
not have enough information to make an informed decision
whether or not to approve for the purposes of a controlling
provision the taking of an action, the Minister may request any of
the following to provide specified information relevant to making
the decision:
(a) the person proposing to take the action;
(b) the designated proponent of the action;
(c) if a commission has conducted an inquiry under Division 7 of
Part 8 relating to the action—the commission;
(d) if:
(i) the action is to be taken in a State or self-governing
Territory; and
(ii) a controlling provision for the action is in Division 1 of
Part 3 (about matters of national environmental
significance); and
(iii) the relevant impacts of the action have been assessed
under a law of the State or Territory;
the appropriate Minister of that State or Territory;
(e) any other person the Minister considers appropriate.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
223
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 9 Approval of actions
Division 1 Decisions on approval and conditions
Section 132A
132A Requesting notice from appropriate State or Territory
Minister about certain actions
(1) This section applies to an action that is to be taken in a State or
self-governing Territory only if the action:
(a) is to be taken by a person for the purposes of trade or
commerce:
(i) between Australia and another country; or
(ii) between 2 States; or
(iii) between a State and a Territory; or
(iv) between 2 Territories; or
(b) is to be taken by a constitutional corporation; or
(c) is an action whose regulation is appropriate and adapted to
give effect to Australia’s obligations under an agreement
with one or more other countries.
Note: This section also applies in relation to actions to be taken in an area
offshore from a State or the Northern Territory. See section 157.
(2) However, this section does not apply to an action if:
(a) the action:
(i) is a nuclear action; or
(ii) is to be taken entirely in a Commonwealth marine area;
or
(iii) is to be taken entirely on Commonwealth land; or
(iv) is to be taken by the Commonwealth or a
Commonwealth agency; and
(b) the relevant impacts of the action have been assessed under
Part 8.
(3) Before the Minister (the Environment Minister) decides whether
or not to approve for the purposes of a controlling provision the
taking of the action, and what conditions (if any) to attach to an
approval, the Environment Minister may request the appropriate
Minister of the State or Territory to give the Environment Minister
a notice stating the method that has been used to assess the certain
and likely impacts of the action on things other than matters
protected by the controlling provisions for the action.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
224
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Approval of actions Part 9
Decisions on approval and conditions Division 1
Section 132B
132B Election to have an action management plan approved after
approval of the taking of an action granted
(1) A person proposing to take an action may, at any time before an
approval of the taking of the action is granted under section 133,
elect to submit an action management plan for approval.
(2) An election must:
(a) be in writing; and
(b) be given to the Minister before the Minister grants an
approval under section 133.
(3) If, after making an election, the person (the first person) notifies
the Minister under section 156F that another person (the second
person) proposes to take the action instead, the second person may
revoke the election made by the first person under this section.
(4) An election cannot be revoked once the Minister has granted an
approval under section 133.
133 Grant of approval
Approval
(1) After receiving the assessment documentation relating to a
controlled action, or the report of a commission that has conducted
an inquiry relating to a controlled action, the Minister may approve
for the purposes of a controlling provision the taking of the action
by a person.
(1A) If the referral of the proposal to take the action included alternative
proposals relating to any of the matters referred to in
subsection 72(3), the Minister may approve, for the purposes of
subsection (1), one or more of the alternative proposals in relation
to the taking of the action.
Content of approval
(2) An approval must:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
225
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 9 Approval of actions
Division 1 Decisions on approval and conditions
Section 133
(a) be in writing; and
(b) specify the action (including any alternative proposals
approved under subsection (1A)) that may be taken; and
(c) name the person to whom the approval is granted; and
(d) specify each provision of Part 3 for which the approval has
effect; and
(e) specify the period for which the approval has effect; and
(f) set out the conditions attached to the approval.
Note: The period for which the approval has effect may be extended. See
Division 5.
Persons who may take action covered by approval
(2A) An approval granted under this section is an approval of the taking
of the action specified in the approval by any of the following
persons:
(a) the holder of the approval;
(b) a person who is authorised, permitted or requested by the
holder of the approval, or by another person with the consent
or agreement of the holder of the approval, to take the action.
Notice of approval
(3) The Minister must:
(a) give a copy of the approval to the person named in the
approval under paragraph 133(2)(c); and
(b) provide a copy of the approval to a person who asks for it
(either free or for a reasonable charge determined by the
Minister).
Limit on publication of approval
(4) However, the Minister must not provide under subsection (3) a
copy of so much of the approval as:
(a) is:
(i) an exempt document under section 47 of the Freedom of
Information Act 1982 (trade secrets etc.); or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
226
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Approval of actions Part 9
Decisions on approval and conditions Division 1
Section 133
(ii) a conditionally exempt document under section 47G of
that Act (business documents) to which access would,
on balance, be contrary to the public interest for the
purposes of subsection 11A(5) of that Act; or
(b) the Minister believes it is in the national interest not to
provide.
The Minister may consider the defence or security of the
Commonwealth when determining what is in the national interest.
This does not limit the matters the Minister may consider.
Notice of refusal of approval
(7) If the Minister refuses to approve for the purposes of a controlling
provision the taking of an action by the person who proposed to
take the action, the Minister must give the person notice of the
refusal.
Note: Under section 13 of the Administrative Decisions (Judicial Review)
Act 1977, the person may request reasons for the refusal, and the
Minister must give them.
Definition
(8) In this section:
assessment documentation, in relation to a controlled action,
means:
(a) if the action is the subject of an assessment report—that
report; or
(b) if Division 3A of Part 8 (assessment on referral information)
applies to the action:
(i) the referral of the proposal to take the action; and
(ii) the finalised recommendation report relating to the
action given to the Minister under subsection 93(5); or
(c) if Division 4 of Part 8 (assessment on preliminary
documentation) applies to the action:
(i) the documents given to the Minister under
subsection 95B(1), or the statement given to the
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
227
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 9 Approval of actions
Division 1 Decisions on approval and conditions
Section 134
Minister under subsection 95B(3), as the case requires,
relating to the action; and
(ii) the recommendation report relating to the action given
to the Minister under section 95C; or
(d) if Division 5 of Part 8 (public environment reports) applies to
the action:
(i) the finalised public environment report relating to the
action given to the Minister under section 99; and
(ii) the recommendation report relating to the action given
to the Minister under section 100; or
(e) if Division 6 of Part 8 (environmental impact statements)
applies to the action:
(i) the finalised environmental impact statement relating to
the action given to the Minister under section 104; and
(ii) the recommendation report relating to the action given
to the Minister under section 105.
134 Conditions of approval
Condition to inform persons taking action of conditions attached to
approval
(1A) An approval of the taking of an action by a person (the first
person) is subject to the condition that, if the first person
authorises, permits or requests another person to undertake any part
of the action, the first person must take all reasonable steps to
ensure:
(a) that the other person is informed of any condition attached to
the approval that restricts or regulates the way in which that
part of the action may be taken; and
(b) that the other person complies with any such condition.
For the purposes of this Chapter, the condition imposed by this
subsection is attached to the approval.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
228
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Approval of actions Part 9
Decisions on approval and conditions Division 1
Section 134
Generally
(1) The Minister may attach a condition to the approval of the action if
he or she is satisfied that the condition is necessary or convenient
for:
(a) protecting a matter protected by a provision of Part 3 for
which the approval has effect (whether or not the protection
is protection from the action); or
(b) repairing or mitigating damage to a matter protected by a
provision of Part 3 for which the approval has effect (whether
or not the damage has been, will be or is likely to be caused
by the action).
Conditions to protect matters from the approved action
(2) The Minister may attach a condition to the approval of the action if
he or she is satisfied that the condition is necessary or convenient
for:
(a) protecting from the action any matter protected by a
provision of Part 3 for which the approval has effect; or
(b) repairing or mitigating damage that may or will be, or has
been, caused by the action to any matter protected by a
provision of Part 3 for which the approval has effect.
This subsection does not limit subsection (1).
Examples of kinds of conditions that may be attached
(3) The conditions that may be attached to an approval include:
(aa) conditions requiring specified activities to be undertaken for:
(i) protecting a matter protected by a provision of Part 3 for
which the approval has effect (whether or not the
protection is protection from the action); or
(ii) repairing or mitigating damage to a matter protected by
a provision of Part 3 for which the approval has effect
(whether or not the damage may or will be, or has been,
caused by the action); and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
229
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 9 Approval of actions
Division 1 Decisions on approval and conditions
Section 134
(ab) conditions requiring a specified financial contribution to be
made to a person for the purpose of supporting activities of a
kind mentioned in paragraph (aa); and
(a) conditions relating to any security to be given by the holder
of the approval by bond, guarantee or cash deposit:
(i) to comply with this Act and the regulations; and
(ii) not to contravene a condition attached to the approval;
and
(iii) to meet any liability of a person whose taking of the
action is approved to the Commonwealth for measures
taken by the Commonwealth under section 499 (which
lets the Commonwealth repair and mitigate damage
caused by a contravention of this Act) in relation to the
action; and
(b) conditions requiring the holder of the approval to insure
against any specified liability of the holder to the
Commonwealth for measures taken by the Commonwealth
under section 499 in relation to the approved action; and
(c) conditions requiring a person taking the action to comply
with conditions specified in an instrument (including any
kind of authorisation) made or granted under a law of a State
or self-governing Territory or another law of the
Commonwealth; and
(d) conditions requiring an environmental audit of the action to
be carried out periodically by a person who can be regarded
as being independent from any person whose taking of the
action is approved; and
(e) if an election has been made, or is taken to have been made,
under section 132B in respect of the approval—conditions
requiring:
(i) an action management plan to be submitted to the
Minister for approval, accompanied by the fee (if any)
prescribed by the regulations; and
(ii) implementation of the plan so approved; and
(f) conditions requiring specified environmental monitoring or
testing to be carried out; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
230
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Approval of actions Part 9
Decisions on approval and conditions Division 1
Section 134
(g) conditions requiring compliance with a specified industry
standard or code of practice; and
(h) conditions relating to any alternative proposals in relation to
the taking of the action covered by the approval (as permitted
by subsection 133(1A)).
This subsection does not limit the kinds of conditions that may be
attached to an approval.
Note: Paragraph (e)—an election is taken to have been made if an approval
is varied to add a condition requiring an action management plan, see
subsection 143(1A).
Certain conditions require consent of holder of approval
(3A) The following kinds of condition cannot be attached to the
approval of an action unless the holder of the approval has
consented to the attachment of the condition:
(a) a condition referred to in paragraph (3)(aa), if the activities
specified in the condition are not reasonably related to the
action;
(b) a condition referred to in paragraph (3)(ab).
(3B) If the holder of the approval has given consent, for the purposes of
subsection (3A), to the attachment of a condition:
(a) the holder cannot withdraw that consent after the condition
has been attached to the approval; and
(b) any person to whom the approval is later transferred under
section 145B is taken to have consented to the attachment of
the condition, and cannot withdraw that consent.
Conditions attached under paragraph (3)(c)
(3C) A condition attached to an approval under paragraph (3)(c) may
require a person taking the action to comply with conditions
specified in an instrument of a kind referred to in that paragraph:
(a) as in force at a particular time; or
(b) as is in force or existing from time to time;
even if the instrument does not yet exist at the time the approval
takes effect.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
231
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 9 Approval of actions
Division 1 Decisions on approval and conditions
Section 134
Conditions attached under paragraph (3)(e)
(3D) When making a decision whether to approve an action
management plan, if the Minister believes on reasonable grounds
that the Minister does not have enough information to make a
decision, the Minister may request the holder of the approval to
provide specified information relevant to making the decision.
Considerations in deciding on condition
(4) In deciding whether to attach a condition to an approval, the
Minister must consider:
(a) any relevant conditions that have been imposed, or the
Minister considers are likely to be imposed, under a law of a
State or self-governing Territory or another law of the
Commonwealth on the taking of the action; and
(aa) information provided by the person proposing to take the
action or by the designated proponent of the action; and
(b) the desirability of ensuring as far as practicable that the
condition is a cost-effective means for the Commonwealth
and a person taking the action to achieve the object of the
condition.
Effect of conditions requiring compliance with conditions specified
in another instrument
(4A) If:
(a) a condition (the principal condition) attached to an approval
under paragraph (3)(c) requires a person taking the action to
comply with conditions (the other conditions) specified in an
instrument of a kind referred to in that paragraph; and
(b) the other conditions are in excess of the power conferred by
subsection (1);
the principal condition is taken to require the person to comply
with the other conditions only to the extent that they are not in
excess of that power.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
232
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Approval of actions Part 9
Decisions on approval and conditions Division 1
Section 134A
Validity of decision
(5) A failure to consider information as required by paragraph (4)(aa)
does not invalidate a decision about attaching a condition to the
approval.
134A Inviting public comment before approving action management
plan
(1) Before approving an action management plan, the Minister may
publish:
(a) the plan; and
(b) an invitation for anyone to give the Minister, within 11
business days, written comments on the plan.
(2) The regulations may provide for requirements relating to the way
the Minister must publish the plan and invitation to comment.
135 Certain approvals and conditions must not give preference
(1) This section deals with the approval:
(a) for the purposes of section 21 or 22A of a nuclear action:
(i) by a person for the purposes of trade or commerce
between Australia and another country or between 2
States; or
(ii) by a constitutional corporation; or
(b) for the purposes of section 25 of an action that is prescribed
for the purposes of subsection 25(1) and is taken:
(i) by a person for the purposes of trade or commerce
between Australia and another country or between 2
States; or
(ii) by a constitutional corporation.
(2) The Minister must not grant the approval, or attach a condition to
the approval, that has the effect of giving preference (within the
meaning of section 99 of the Constitution) to one State or part of a
State over another State or part of a State.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
233
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 9 Approval of actions
Division 1 Decisions on approval and conditions
Section 135A
135A Publication of recommendation reports
(1) This section applies in relation to the following reports:
(a) a finalised recommendation report given to the Minister
under subsection 93(5);
(b) a recommendation report given to the Minister under
section 95C, 100 or 105.
(2) Subject to subsections (3) and (4), the Secretary must provide a
copy of a report to which this section applies to a person who asks
for it (either at no charge or at a reasonable charge determined by
the Secretary).
(3) The Secretary is not required to provide a copy of the report under
subsection (2) to anyone until after the Minister has decided, for
the purposes of each controlling provision, whether or not to
approve the taking of the action concerned.
(4) The Secretary may refuse to provide, under subsection (2), a copy
of so much of the report as:
(a) is:
(i) an exempt document under subparagraph 33(a)(i) of the
Freedom of Information Act 1982 (documents affecting
national security, defence or international relations); or
(ii) a conditionally exempt document under section 47C of
that Act (deliberative processes) to which access would,
on balance, be contrary to the public interest for the
purposes of subsection 11A(5) of that Act; or
(b) the Secretary is satisfied is commercial-in-confidence.
(5) The Secretary must not be satisfied that a part of the report is
commercial-in-confidence unless a person demonstrates to the
Secretary that:
(a) release of the information in that part would cause
competitive detriment to the person; and
(b) the information in that part is not in the public domain; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
234
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Approval of actions Part 9
Decisions on approval and conditions Division 1
Section 136
(c) the information in that part is not required to be disclosed
under another law of the Commonwealth, a State or a
Territory; and
(d) the information in that part is not readily discoverable.
Subdivision B—Considerations for approvals and conditions
136 General considerations
Mandatory considerations
(1) In deciding whether or not to approve the taking of an action, and
what conditions to attach to an approval, the Minister must
consider the following, so far as they are not inconsistent with any
other requirement of this Subdivision:
(a) matters relevant to any matter protected by a provision of
Part 3 that the Minister has decided is a controlling provision
for the action;
(b) economic and social matters.
Factors to be taken into account
(2) In considering those matters, the Minister must take into account:
(a) the principles of ecologically sustainable development; and
(b) the assessment report (if any) relating to the action; and
(ba) if Division 3A of Part 8 (assessment on referral information)
applies to the action—the finalised recommendation report
relating to the action given to the Minister under
subsection 93(5); and
(bc) if Division 4 of Part 8 (assessment on preliminary
documentation) applies to the action:
(i) the documents given to the Minister under
subsection 95B(1), or the statement given to the
Minister under subsection 95B(3), as the case requires,
relating to the action; and
(ii) the recommendation report relating to the action given
to the Minister under section 95C; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
235
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 9 Approval of actions
Division 1 Decisions on approval and conditions
Section 136
(c) if Division 5 (public environment reports) of Part 8 applies to
the action:
(i) the finalised public environment report relating to the
action given to the Minister under section 99; and
(ii) the recommendation report relating to the action given
to the Minister under section 100; and
(ca) if Division 6 (environmental impact statements) of Part 8
applies to the action:
(i) the finalised environmental impact statement relating to
the action given to the Minister under section 104; and
(ii) the recommendation report relating to the action given
to the Minister under section 105; and
(d) if an inquiry was conducted under Division 7 of Part 8 in
relation to the action—the report of the commissioners; and
(e) any other information the Minister has on the relevant
impacts of the action (including information in a report on
the impacts of actions taken under a policy, plan or program
under which the action is to be taken that was given to the
Minister under an agreement under Part 10 (about strategic
assessments)); and
(f) any relevant comments given to the Minister in accordance
with an invitation under section 131 or 131A; and
(fa) any relevant advice obtained by the Minister from the
Independent Expert Scientific Committee on Coal Seam Gas
and Large Coal Mining Development in accordance with
section 131AB; and
(g) if a notice relating to the action was given to the Minister
under subsection 132A(3)—the information in the notice.
Note: The Minister must also take into account any relevant comments given
to the Minister in response to an invitation under
paragraph 131AA(1)(b). See subsection 131AA(6).
Person’s environmental history
(4) In deciding whether or not to approve the taking of an action by a
person, and what conditions to attach to an approval, the Minister
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
236
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Approval of actions Part 9
Decisions on approval and conditions Division 1
Section 137
may consider whether the person is a suitable person to be granted
an approval, having regard to:
(a) the person’s history in relation to environmental matters; and
(b) if the person is a body corporate—the history of its executive
officers in relation to environmental matters; and
(c) if the person is a body corporate that is a subsidiary of
another body or company (the parent body)—the history in
relation to environmental matters of the parent body and its
executive officers.
Minister not to consider other matters
(5) In deciding whether or not to approve the taking of an action, and
what conditions to attach to an approval, the Minister must not
consider any matters that the Minister is not required or permitted
by this Division to consider.
137 Requirements for decisions about World Heritage
In deciding whether or not to approve, for the purposes of
section 12 or 15A, the taking of an action and what conditions to
attach to such an approval, the Minister must not act inconsistently
with:
(a) Australia’s obligations under the World Heritage
Convention; or
(b) the Australian World Heritage management principles; or
(c) a plan that has been prepared for the management of a
declared World Heritage property under section 316 or as
described in section 321.
137A Requirements for decisions about National Heritage places
In deciding whether or not to approve for the purposes of
section 15B or 15C the taking of an action, and what conditions to
attach to such an approval, the Minister must not act inconsistently
with:
(a) the National Heritage management principles; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
237
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 9 Approval of actions
Division 1 Decisions on approval and conditions
Section 138
(b) an agreement to which the Commonwealth is party in
relation to a National Heritage place; or
(c) a plan that has been prepared for the management of a
National Heritage place under section 324S or as described in
section 324X.
138 Requirements for decisions about Ramsar wetlands
In deciding whether or not to approve for the purposes of
section 16 or 17B the taking of an action, and what conditions to
attach to such an approval, the Minister must not act inconsistently
with Australia’s obligations under the Ramsar Convention.
139 Requirements for decisions about threatened species and
endangered communities
(1) In deciding whether or not to approve for the purposes of a
subsection of section 18 or section 18A the taking of an action, and
what conditions to attach to such an approval, the Minister must
not act inconsistently with:
(a) Australia’s obligations under:
(i) the Biodiversity Convention; or
(ii) the Apia Convention; or
(iii) CITES; or
(b) a recovery plan or threat abatement plan.
(2) If:
(a) the Minister is considering whether to approve, for the
purposes of a subsection of section 18 or section 18A, the
taking of an action; and
(b) the action has or will have, or is likely to have, a significant
impact on a particular listed threatened species or a particular
listed threatened ecological community;
the Minister must, in deciding whether to so approve the taking of
the action, have regard to any approved conservation advice for the
species or community.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
238
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Approval of actions Part 9
Decisions on approval and conditions Division 1
Section 140
140 Requirements for decisions about migratory species
In deciding whether or not to approve for the purposes of
section 20 or 20A the taking of an action relating to a listed
migratory species, and what conditions to attach to such an
approval, the Minister must not act inconsistently with Australia’s
obligations under whichever of the following conventions and
agreements because of which the species is listed:
(a) the Bonn Convention;
(b) CAMBA;
(c) JAMBA;
(d) an international agreement approved under
subsection 209(4).
140A No approval for certain nuclear installations
The Minister must not approve an action consisting of or involving
the construction or operation of any of the following nuclear
installations:
(a) a nuclear fuel fabrication plant;
(b) a nuclear power plant;
(c) an enrichment plant;
(d) a reprocessing facility.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
239
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 9 Approval of actions
Division 2 Requirement to comply with conditions
Section 142
Division 2—Requirement to comply with conditions
142 Compliance with conditions on approval
(1) A person whose taking of an action has been approved under this
Part must not contravene any condition attached to the approval.
Civil penalty:
(a) for an individual—1,000 penalty units, or such lower amount
as is prescribed by the regulations;
(b) for a body corporate—10,000 penalty units, or such lower
amount as is prescribed by the regulations.
(1A) Subsection (1) does not apply to a person who is not the holder of
the approval if:
(a) the person was not informed of the condition; and
(b) the person could not reasonably have been expected to be
aware of the condition.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (1A). See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) A contravention of a condition attached to an approval under this
Part does not invalidate the approval.
142A Offence of breaching conditions on approval
(1) A person whose taking of an action has been approved under this
Part commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action or omits to take an action; and
(b) the action or omission contravenes a condition attached to the
approval and the person is reckless as to that fact; and
(c) the action or omission results or will result in a significant
impact on a matter protected by a provision of Part 3.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraph (1)(c).
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
240
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Approval of actions Part 9
Requirement to comply with conditions Division 2
Section 142B
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) A person whose taking of an action has been approved under this
Part commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action or omits to take an action; and
(b) the action or omission contravenes a condition attached to the
approval and the person is reckless as to that fact; and
(c) the action or omission is likely to have a significant impact
on a matter protected by a provision of Part 3 and the person
is reckless as to that fact.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(4) An offence against subsection (1) or (3) is punishable on
conviction by imprisonment for a term not more than 2 years, a
fine not more than 120 penalty units, or both.
Note 1: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body
corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a
person under this subsection.
Note 2: An executive officer of a body corporate convicted of an offence
against this section may also commit an offence against section 495.
Note 3: If a person takes an action on land that contravenes this section, a
landholder may commit an offence against section 496C.
142B Strict liability offence for breach of approval condition
(1) A person whose taking of an action has been approved under this
Part commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action or omits to take an action; and
(b) the action or omission contravenes a condition attached to the
approval.
Penalty: 60 penalty units.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
Note 2: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body
corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a
person under this subsection.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
241
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 9 Approval of actions
Division 2 Requirement to comply with conditions
Section 142B
Note 3: An executive officer of a body corporate convicted of an offence
against this section may also commit an offence against section 495.
Note 4: If a person takes an action on land that contravenes this section, a
landholder may commit an offence against section 496C.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a person who is not the holder of
the approval if:
(a) the person was not informed of the condition; and
(b) the person could not reasonably have been expected to be
aware of the condition.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matter in
subsection (2). See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(3) Subsection (1) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
242
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Approval of actions Part 9
Variation of conditions and suspension and revocation of approvals Division 3
Section 143
Division 3—Variation of conditions and suspension and
revocation of approvals
143 Variation of conditions attached to approval
(1) The Minister may, by written instrument, revoke, vary or add to
any conditions (other than the condition referred to in
subsection 134(1A)) attached to an approval under this Part of an
action if:
(a) any condition attached to the approval has been contravened;
or
(b) both of the following conditions are satisfied:
(i) the action has had a significant impact that was not
identified in assessing the action on any matter
protected by a provision of Part 3 for which the
approval has effect, or the Minister believes the action
will have such an impact;
(ii) the Minister believes it is necessary to revoke, vary or
add a condition to protect the matter from the impact; or
(ba) all of the following conditions are satisfied:
(i) the action has had a significant impact on a matter
protected by a provision of Part 3 for which the
approval has effect, or the Minister believes the action
will have such an impact;
(ii) the Minister is satisfied that the impact is substantially
greater than the impact that was identified in assessing
the action;
(iii) the Minister believes it is necessary to revoke, vary or
add a condition to protect the matter from the impact; or
(c) the holder of the approval agrees to the proposed revocation,
variation or addition, or the Minister has extended the period
for which the approval has effect under section 145D, and the
Minister is satisfied that any conditions attached to the
approval after the proposed revocation, variation or addition
are necessary or convenient for:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
243
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 9 Approval of actions
Division 3 Variation of conditions and suspension and revocation of approvals
Section 143
(i) protecting a matter protected by any provision of Part 3
for which the approval has effect; or
(ii) repairing or mitigating damage to a matter protected by
a provision of Part 3 for which the approval has effect
(whether or not the damage has been, will be or is likely
to be caused by the action).
(1A) If, under paragraph (1)(c), the holder of an approval agrees to
conditions mentioned in paragraph 134(3)(e) (about an action
management plan) being added and attached to the approval, the
holder is taken to have made an election under section 132B before
the approval was granted.
(1B) The holder of an approval may request the Minister, in writing, to
vary a condition attached to an approval of an action.
(2) The Minister may, by written instrument, revoke any condition
(other than the condition referred to in subsection 134(1A))
attached to an approval under this Part of an action if the Minister
is satisfied that the condition is not needed to protect any matter
protected by a provision of Part 3 for which the approval has
effect.
(3) In deciding whether or not to revoke, vary or add to any conditions
attached to the approval of the taking of an action by a person, the
Minister may have regard to:
(a) the person’s history in relation to environmental matters; and
(b) if the person is a body corporate—the history of its executive
officers in relation to environmental matters; and
(c) if the person is a body corporate that is a subsidiary of
another body or company (the parent body)—the history in
relation to environmental matters of the parent body and its
executive officers.
(4) The revocation, variation or addition takes effect on the day
specified in the instrument. The Minister must not specify a day
earlier than the day the instrument is made.
(5) As soon as possible after making the instrument, the Minister must:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
244
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Approval of actions Part 9
Variation of conditions and suspension and revocation of approvals Division 3
Section 143A
(a) give a copy of it to the holder of the approval; and
(b) publish the instrument in accordance with the regulations.
Note: If the holder is not satisfied with changed conditions attached to the
approval of the holder’s action, he or she can ask the Minister to
reverse the change by making another change to the conditions under
this section.
(6) However, the Minister must not publish so much of the instrument
as:
(a) is:
(i) an exempt document under section 47 of the Freedom of
Information Act 1982 (trade secrets etc.); or
(ii) a conditionally exempt document under section 47G of
that Act (business documents) to which access would,
on balance, be contrary to the public interest for the
purposes of subsection 11A(5) of that Act; or
(b) the Minister believes it is in the national interest not to
publish.
The Minister may consider the defence or security of the
Commonwealth when determining what is in the national interest.
This does not limit the matters the Minister may consider.
143A Variation of action management plan
Written application required
(1) If an action management plan is a condition of an approval of an
action, the holder of the approval may, at any time, apply to the
Minister for a variation of the action management plan.
(2) An application for a variation must be:
(a) in writing; and
(b) accompanied by:
(i) any information or documents required by the
regulations; and
(ii) the application fee (if any) prescribed by the
regulations.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
245
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 9 Approval of actions
Division 3 Variation of conditions and suspension and revocation of approvals
Section 144
Minister may approve a variation of action management plan
(3) The Minister may approve a variation to an action management
plan if requested to do so.
(4) When making a decision whether to vary an action management
plan, if the Minister believes on reasonable grounds that the
application does not include enough information, the Minister may
request the applicant to provide specified information relevant to
making the decision.
(5) If the holder of an approval applies for a variation of an action
management plan, the Minister must notify the person, in writing,
of the Minister’s decision.
144 Suspension of approval
(1) The Minister may, by written instrument, suspend the effect of an
approval under this Part for the purposes of a specified provision of
Part 3 for a specified period (which must not start before the day
on which the instrument is made) if the Minister believes on
reasonable grounds that:
(a) a significant impact on the matter protected by the provision
has occurred because of the contravention of a condition
attached to the approval; or
(b) the conditions specified in subsection (2) are satisfied.
(2) The conditions are that:
(a) the action has had, or the Minister believes that the action
will have, a significant impact that was not identified in
assessing the action on a matter protected by a provision of
Part 3 for which the approval has effect; and
(b) the approval would not have been granted if information that
the Minister has about that impact had been available when
the decision to approve the action was made.
(2A) The Minister may, by written instrument, suspend the effect of an
approval under this Part for the purposes of a specified provision of
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
246
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Approval of actions Part 9
Variation of conditions and suspension and revocation of approvals Division 3
Section 144
Part 3 for a specified period (which must not start before the day
on which the instrument is made) if:
(a) either:
(i) the Minister believes on reasonable grounds that there
has been a contravention of a condition attached to the
approval; or
(ii) if a condition attached to the approval is to the effect
that the approval is subject to a thing being done within
a particular time—the Minister believes on reasonable
grounds that the thing has not been done within that
time; and
(b) the Minister is satisfied that:
(i) the approval would not have been granted without that
condition being attached; or
(ii) because of the failure to comply with the requirement,
the suspension is reasonably necessary to protect a
matter protected by a provision of Part 3 for which the
approval has effect.
(3) In deciding whether or not to suspend an approval of the taking of
an action by a person, the Minister may have regard to:
(a) the person’s history in relation to environmental matters; and
(b) if the person is a body corporate—the history of its executive
officers in relation to environmental matters; and
(c) if the person is a body corporate that is a subsidiary of
another body or company (the parent body)—the history in
relation to environmental matters of the parent body and its
executive officers.
(4) During the specified period, the specified provision of Part 3
applies as if the Minister had not given the approval.
(5) As soon as possible after making the instrument, the Minister must:
(a) give a copy of it to the holder of the approval; and
(b) publish the instrument in accordance with the regulations.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
247
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 9 Approval of actions
Division 3 Variation of conditions and suspension and revocation of approvals
Section 145
145 Revocation of approval
(1) The Minister may, by written instrument, revoke an approval under
this Part for the purposes of a specified provision of Part 3 if:
(a) a significant impact on the matter protected by the provision
has occurred because of the contravention of a condition
attached to the approval; or
(b) the conditions specified in subsection (2) are satisfied.
(2) The conditions are that:
(a) the action has had, or the Minister believes that the action
will have, a significant impact that was not identified in
assessing the action on a matter protected by a provision of
Part 3 for which the approval has effect; and
(b) the approval would not have been granted if information that
the Minister has about that impact had been available when
the decision to approve the action was made.
(2A) The Minister may, by written instrument, revoke an approval under
this Part of an action for the purposes of a specified provision of
Part 3 if he or she believes that:
(a) the impacts that the action has had, will have or is likely to
have were not accurately identified in information available
to the Minister when the approval was given; and
(b) the information did not accurately identify those impacts
because of negligence or a deliberate act or omission by the
person proposing to take the action or the designated
proponent of the action.
(2B) The Minister may, by written instrument, revoke an approval under
this Part for the purposes of a specified provision of Part 3 if:
(a) either:
(i) the Minister believes on reasonable grounds that there
has been a contravention of a condition attached to the
approval; or
(ii) if a condition attached to the approval is to the effect
that the approval is subject to a thing being done within
a particular time—the Minister believes on reasonable
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
248
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Approval of actions Part 9
Variation of conditions and suspension and revocation of approvals Division 3
Section 145A
grounds that the thing has not been done within that
time; and
(b) the Minister is satisfied that:
(i) the approval would not have been granted without that
condition being attached; or
(ii) because of the failure to comply with the requirement,
the revocation is reasonably necessary to protect a
matter protected by a provision of Part 3 for which the
approval has effect.
(3) In deciding whether or not to revoke an approval of the taking of
an action by a person, the Minister may have regard to:
(a) the person’s history in relation to environmental matters; and
(b) if the person is a body corporate—the history of its executive
officers in relation to environmental matters; and
(c) if the person is a body corporate that is a subsidiary of
another body or company (the parent body)—the history in
relation to environmental matters of the parent body and its
executive officers.
(4) The revocation takes effect on the day specified in the instrument.
The Minister must not specify a day earlier than the day the
instrument is made.
(5) As soon as possible after making the instrument, the Minister must:
(a) give a copy of it to the person who was the holder of the
approval; and
(b) publish the instrument in accordance with the regulations.
145A Reinstating suspended or revoked approval
Application
(1) This section applies if the Minister has, by written instrument:
(a) suspended an approval under this Part of the taking of an
action by a person; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
249
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 9 Approval of actions
Division 3 Variation of conditions and suspension and revocation of approvals
Section 145A
(b) revoked an approval under this Part of the taking of an action
by a person.
Requesting reinstatement of approval
(2) Within 2 months after receiving a copy of the instrument under this
Division, the person who was the holder of the approval may
request the Minister to reinstate the approval.
Deciding whether to reinstate approval
(3) Within 20 business days of receiving the request, the Minister must
decide whether or not to reinstate the approval.
Considerations for decision
(4) Subdivision B of Division 1 applies to the decision whether or not
to reinstate the approval in the same way as it applies to a decision
whether or not to approve the taking of an action.
Extra time for decision
(5) A day is not to be counted for the purposes of subsection (3) if:
(a) the Minister and the person who was the holder of the
approval agree in writing that it should not be counted; or
(b) the Minister has requested the person to provide information
under subsection (6) and the day is on or before the day on
which the Minister receives the last of the information
requested.
Requesting information for decision
(6) If the Minister believes on reasonable grounds that he or she does
not have enough information to make an informed decision
whether or not to reinstate the approval, the Minister may request
the person who was the holder of the approval to provide specified
information relevant to making the decision.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
250
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Approval of actions Part 9
Variation of conditions and suspension and revocation of approvals Division 3
Section 145A
Reversal of decision to suspend or revoke approval
(7) If the Minister decides to reinstate the approval, it and any
conditions attached to it immediately before the suspension or
revocation have effect on and after the day of the decision (subject
to any future suspension or revocation under this Division).
Notice of decision about reversal
(8) The Minister must:
(a) give the person who was the holder of the approval written
notice of the Minister’s decision; and
(b) publish notice of the decision in accordance with the
regulations.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
251
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 9 Approval of actions
Division 4 Transfer of approvals
Section 145B
Division 4—Transfer of approvals
145B Transfer with Minister’s consent
Transfer by written agreement
(1) A person (the transferor) who is the holder of an approval under
this Part for the purposes of a provision of Part 3 may transfer the
approval to another person (the transferee) by written agreement,
subject to the Minister’s consent.
Transfer ineffective until Minister consents
(2) The transfer does not have effect for the purposes of this Act until
the Minister consents in writing to the transfer. To avoid doubt, the
Minister’s consent to a transfer cannot take effect before the
Minister gives the consent.
Effect of consent
(3) If the Minister consents to the transfer:
(a) this Act (except Division 3) operates in relation to the
transferor as if the Minister had revoked the approval when
the Minister’s consent took effect; and
(b) this Act operates in relation to the transferee as if, when the
Minister’s consent to the transfer took effect, he or she:
(i) had approved under this Part for the purposes of the
provision of Part 3 the taking of the action by the
transferee; and
(ii) had attached to the approval the conditions that were
attached to the approval of the taking of the action by
the transferor.
Considerations in deciding whether to consent
(4) In deciding whether or not to consent to the transfer, the Minister
may consider:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
252
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Approval of actions Part 9
Transfer of approvals Division 4
Section 145B
(a) whether the transferee would be a suitable person to be
granted the approval, having regard to:
(i) the transferee’s history in relation to environmental
matters; and
(ii) if the transferee is a body corporate—the history of its
executive officers in relation to environmental matters;
and
(iii) if the transferee is a body corporate that is a subsidiary
of another body or company (the parent body)—the
history in relation to environmental matters of the parent
body and its executive officers; and
(b) whether the transferee can comply with the conditions
attached to the approval.
Giving copies of consents to transferor and transferee
(5) The Minister must give the transferor and the transferee a copy of
the consent each.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
253
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 9 Approval of actions
Division 5 Extension of period of effect of approval
Section 145C
Division 5—Extension of period of effect of approval
145C Application to Minister to extend period of effect of approval
(1) Subject to subsection (2), the holder of an approval under this
Part may apply, in writing, to the Minister to extend the period (the
approval period) for which the approval has effect.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply if:
(a) the approval has been suspended or revoked under this
Part and has not been reinstated; or
(b) the approval has otherwise ceased to have effect.
(3) An application under subsection (1) must include the information
(if any) prescribed by the regulations.
145D Minister must decide whether or not to extend approval
period
(1) Within 20 business days after receiving an application under
subsection 145C(1), the Minister must decide, in writing, whether
or not to extend the approval period.
Note: The Minister may request further information for the purpose of
making a decision under this subsection. See section 145E.
(2) The Minister may decide to extend the approval period only if the
Minister is satisfied that the extension will not result in a
substantial increase in, or substantial change in the nature of, the
adverse impacts (if any) the action:
(a) has or will have; or
(b) is likely to have;
on the matter protected by each provision of Part 3 for which the
approval has effect.
(3) In considering the matter referred to in subsection (2), the Minister
must consider the following, so far as they are not inconsistent with
any other requirement of this Division:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
254
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Approval of actions Part 9
Extension of period of effect of approval Division 5
Section 145E
(a) matters relevant to any matter protected by a provision of
Part 3 for which the approval has effect;
(b) economic and social matters.
(4) As soon as possible after deciding whether or not to extend the
approval period, the Minister must:
(a) give a copy of the decision to the holder of the approval; and
(b) if the decision is to extend the approval period—publish the
decision in accordance with the regulations.
145E Minister may request further information for making decision
(1) If the Minister believes on reasonable grounds that he or she does
not have enough information to decide whether or not to extend the
approval period, the Minister may request the holder of the
approval to provide specified information relevant to making the
decision.
(2) If the Minister has requested more information under
subsection (1), a day is not to be counted as a business day for the
purposes of subsection 145D(1) if it is:
(a) on or after the day the Minister requested the information;
and
(b) on or before the day on which the Minister receives the last
of the information requested.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
255
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 10 Strategic assessments
Division 1 Strategic assessments generally
Section 146
Part 10—Strategic assessments
Division 1—Strategic assessments generally
Subdivision A—Assessment of actions to be taken in
accordance with policy, plan or program
146 Minister may agree on strategic assessment
(1) The Minister may agree in writing with a person responsible for
the adoption or implementation of a policy, plan or program that an
assessment be made of the impacts of actions under the policy,
plan or program on a matter protected by a provision of Part 3.
(1A) The agreement may also provide for the assessment of other certain
and likely impacts of actions under the policy, plan or program if:
(a) the actions are to be taken in a State or self-governing
Territory; and
(b) the appropriate Minister of the State or Territory has asked
the Minister administering this section to ensure that the
assessment deal with those other impacts to help the State or
Territory, or an agency of the State or Territory, make
decisions about the actions; and
(c) the actions:
(i) are to be taken by any person for the purposes of trade
or commerce between Australia and another country,
between 2 States, between a State and a Territory or
between 2 Territories or by a constitutional corporation;
or
(ii) are actions whose regulation is appropriate and adapted
to give effect to Australia’s obligation under an
agreement with one or more other countries.
Note: Paragraph (1A)(a) also applies to actions to be taken in an area
offshore from a State or the Northern Territory. See section 157.
(1B) The agreement must provide for:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
256
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Strategic assessments Part 10
Strategic assessments generally Division 1
Section 146
(a) the preparation of terms of reference for a report on the
impacts to which the agreement relates; or
(b) all of the following:
(i) the preparation of draft terms of reference for a report
on the impacts to which the agreement relates;
(ii) the publication of the draft terms of reference for public
comment for a period of at least 28 days that is specified
by the Minister;
(iii) the finalisation of the terms of reference, to the
Minister’s satisfaction, taking into account the
comments (if any) received on the draft terms of
reference.
(2) The agreement must provide for:
(a) the preparation of a draft of a report on the impacts to which
the agreement relates; and
(b) the publication of the draft report for public comment for a
period of at least 28 days that is specified by the Minister;
and
(c) the finalisation of the report, taking into account the
comments (if any) received after publication of the draft
report; and
(d) the provision of the report to the Minister; and
(e) the making of recommendations by the Minister to the person
about the policy, plan or program (including
recommendations for modification of the policy, plan or
program); and
(f) the endorsement of the policy, plan or program by the
Minister if he or she is satisfied that:
(i) the report adequately addresses the impacts to which the
agreement relates; and
(ii) either the recommended modifications of the policy,
plan or program (if any) have been made or any
modifications having the same effect have been made;
and
(g) any other matter prescribed by the regulations.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
257
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 10 Strategic assessments
Division 1 Strategic assessments generally
Section 146A
Note 1: If the impacts of actions under a policy, plan or program are assessed
under an agreement under this Part, the Minister may decide on a less
onerous approach for an assessment relating to an individual action
under the policy, plan or program. See section 87.
Note 2: If the Minister endorses a policy, plan or program embodied in a
management arrangement or an authorisation process, the Minister
may declare under section 33, or make a bilateral agreement declaring,
that actions approved in accordance with the management
arrangement or authorisation process do not need approval for the
purposes of a specified provision of Part 3.
(3) If the agreement relates to actions to be taken in a State or
self-governing Territory, the Minister must tell the appropriate
Minister of the State or Territory:
(a) that the agreement has been made; and
(b) what those actions are (in general terms).
Subdivision B—Approval of taking of actions in accordance
with endorsed policy, plan or program
146A Definition
In this Subdivision and Subdivision C:
endorsed policy, plan or program means a policy, plan or program
that has been endorsed by the Minister in accordance with an
agreement as mentioned in paragraph 146(2)(f).
146B Minister may approve taking of actions in accordance with
endorsed policy, plan or program
(1) Subject to Subdivision C, the Minister may approve the taking of
an action or a class of actions in accordance with an endorsed
policy, plan or program.
Note: Subdivision C sets out matters that the Minister must take into account
in deciding whether or not to approve the taking of an action or a class
of actions in accordance with an endorsed policy, plan or program.
(2) An approval of the taking of an action or a class of actions in
accordance with an endorsed policy, plan or program must:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
258
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Strategic assessments Part 10
Strategic assessments generally Division 1
Section 146B
(a) be in writing; and
(b) specify the action or class of actions that may be taken in
accordance with the endorsed policy, plan or program; and
(c) specify each provision of Part 3 for which the approval has
effect; and
(d) specify the period for which the approval has effect; and
(e) set out the conditions attached to the approval.
(2A) An approval of the taking of an action or a class of actions in
accordance with an endorsed policy, plan or program may specify
the person or persons who may take the action or an action in the
class of actions.
(3) The Minister must:
(a) give a copy of the approval to the person responsible for the
adoption or implementation of the endorsed policy, plan or
program; and
(b) provide a copy of the approval to a person who asks for it
(either at no charge or for a reasonable charge determined by
the Minister).
(4) However, the Minister must not provide under subsection (3) a
copy of so much of the approval as:
(a) is:
(i) an exempt document under section 47 of the Freedom of
Information Act 1982 (trade secrets); or
(ii) a conditionally exempt document under section 47G of
that Act (business documents) to which access would,
on balance, be contrary to the public interest for the
purposes of subsection 11A(5) of that Act; or
(b) the Minister believes it is in the national interest not to
provide.
The Minister may consider the defence or security of the
Commonwealth when determining what is in the national interest.
This does not limit the matters the Minister may consider.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
259
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 10 Strategic assessments
Division 1 Strategic assessments generally
Section 146C
(5) An approval given under subsection (1) is not a legislative
instrument.
146C Inviting comments from other Ministers before deciding
whether or not to approve taking of actions in accordance
with endorsed policy, plan or program
(1) Before the Minister (the Environment Minister) decides whether
or not to approve the taking of an action or a class of actions in
accordance with an endorsed policy, plan or program, he or she
must:
(a) inform any other Minister whom the Environment Minister
believes has administrative responsibilities relating to the
action or class of actions of the decision the Environment
Minister proposes to make; and
(b) invite each Minister informed to give the Environment
Minister, within 10 business days, comments on the proposed
decision.
(2) A Minister who is invited to comment may make comments:
(a) that relate to economic and social matters relating to the
action or class of actions to which the proposed decision
relates; and
(b) that may be considered by the Environment Minister
consistently with the principles of ecologically sustainable
development.
This does not limit the comments such a Minister may give.
146D Effect of approval of taking of actions in accordance with
endorsed policy, plan or program
(1) If an approval under section 146B is in force, the following
provisions have effect:
(a) the Minister is taken to have decided under Division 2 of
Part 7 that:
(i) each action specified in the approval under
paragraph 146B(2)(b), or each action in a class of
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
260
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Strategic assessments Part 10
Strategic assessments generally Division 1
Section 146D
actions specified in the approval under that paragraph, is
a controlled action; and
(ii) each provision of Part 3 specified in the approval under
paragraph 146B(2)(c) is a controlling provision for each
such controlled action;
(b) the Minister is taken to have approved under Part 9, for the
purposes of each controlling provision for each controlled
action, the taking of the action by any of the following:
(i) the person or persons (if any) specified in the approval
under subsection 146B(2A) as the person or persons
who may take the action;
(ii) any other person who may take the action in accordance
with the endorsed policy, plan or program.
(2) Parts 7 and 8 and paragraph 170A(c) do not apply in relation to an
action if an approval of the taking of the action, or an approval of
the taking of a class of actions that includes the action, in
accordance with an endorsed policy, plan or program is in force
under section 146B.
(3) Subject to subsection (4), section 134 and Divisions 2, 3 and 4 of
Part 9 apply in relation to an approval of the taking of an action
that is taken to have been given under Part 9 because of
paragraph (1)(b).
Note: Section 134 deals with conditions of approvals, Division 2 of Part 9
deals with compliance with conditions, Division 3 of Part 9 deals with
variation of conditions and suspension and revocation of approvals
and Division 4 of Part 9 deals with transfer of approvals.
(4) Subsection 145A(4) applies in relation to a decision whether or not
to reinstate an approval of the taking of an action that is taken to
have been given under Part 9 because of paragraph (1)(b), as if:
(a) the reference to Subdivision B of Division 1 of Part 9 were a
reference to Subdivision C of this Division; and
(b) the reference to a decision whether or not to approve the
taking of an action were a reference to a decision whether or
not to approve, under this Subdivision, the taking of an action
in accordance with an endorsed policy, plan or program.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
261
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 10 Strategic assessments
Division 1 Strategic assessments generally
Section 146E
Subdivision C—Considerations for approving taking of actions
in accordance with endorsed policy, plan or program
146E Minister must comply with this Subdivision
The Minister must comply with this Subdivision in deciding:
(a) whether or not to approve, under section 146B, the taking of
an action or a class of actions in accordance with an endorsed
policy, plan or program; and
(b) in the case of a decision to approve the taking of such an
action or class of actions, what conditions (if any) to attach to
the approval.
Note: For the meaning of endorsed policy, plan or program, see
section 146A.
146F General considerations
(1) The Minister must consider the following, so far as they are not
inconsistent with any other requirements of this Subdivision:
(a) matters relevant to any matter protected by a provision of
Part 3 that the Minister considers is relevant to the approval;
(b) economic and social matters.
(2) In considering those matters, the Minister must take into account
the principles of ecologically sustainable development.
146G Approvals relating to declared World Heritage properties
If the approval relates to a declared World Heritage property, the
Minister must not act inconsistently with:
(a) Australia’s obligations under the World Heritage
Convention; or
(b) the Australian World Heritage management principles; or
(c) a plan that has been prepared for the management of the
declared World Heritage property under section 316 or as
described in section 321.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
262
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Strategic assessments Part 10
Strategic assessments generally Division 1
Section 146H
146H Approvals relating to National Heritage places
If the approval relates to a National Heritage place, the Minister
must not act inconsistently with:
(a) the National Heritage management principles; or
(b) an agreement to which the Commonwealth is party in
relation to the National Heritage place; or
(c) a plan that has been prepared for the management of the
National Heritage place under section 324S or as described in
section 324X.
146J Approvals relating to declared Ramsar wetlands
If the approval relates to a declared Ramsar wetland, the Minister
must not act inconsistently with Australia’s obligations under the
Ramsar Convention.
146K Approvals relating to listed threatened species and ecological
communities
(1) This section applies if the approval relates to a listed threatened
species or a listed threatened ecological community.
(2) The Minister must not act inconsistently with:
(a) Australia’s obligations under:
(i) the Biodiversity Convention; or
(ii) the Apia Convention; or
(iii) CITES; or
(b) a recovery plan for the species or community or a threat
abatement plan.
(3) The Minister must have regard to any approved conservation
advice for the species or community.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
263
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 10 Strategic assessments
Division 1 Strategic assessments generally
Section 146L
146L Approvals relating to listed migratory species
If the approval relates to a listed migratory species, the Minister
must not act inconsistently with whichever of the following
conventions or agreements because of which the species is listed:
(a) the Bonn Convention;
(b) CAMBA;
(c) JAMBA;
(d) an international agreement approved under
subsection 209(4).
146M No approvals relating to nuclear actions
The Minister must not approve the taking of an action or a class of
actions in accordance with an endorsed policy, plan or program if
the action, or an action in the class of actions, consists of, or
involves the construction or operation of, any of the following
nuclear installations:
(a) a nuclear fuel fabrication plant;
(b) a nuclear power plant;
(c) an enrichment plant;
(d) a reprocessing facility.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
264
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Strategic assessments Part 10
Assessment of Commonwealth-managed fisheries Division 2
Section 147
Division 2—Assessment of Commonwealth-managed
fisheries
147 Simplified outline of this Division
The following is a simplified outline of this Division:
The Australian Fisheries Management Authority must make
agreements under Division 1 for the assessment of actions in
fisheries managed under the Fisheries Management Act 1991. An
agreement must be made whenever it is proposed to make a
management plan or a determination not to have a plan. An
agreement must be made within 5 years of the commencement of
this Act for all fisheries that did not have plans at that
commencement.
The Minister administering the Torres Strait Fisheries Act 1984
must make agreements under Division 1 for the assessment of
actions permitted by policies or plans for managing fishing in
Torres Strait. All policies or plans must be covered by an
agreement within 5 years after the commencement of this Act.
A further agreement for assessment must be made if the impact of
the actions is significantly greater than assessed under an earlier
agreement.
If the Minister endorses a policy or plan assessed under an
agreement under Division 1, the Minister must make a declaration
that actions under the policy or plan do not need approval under
Part 9 for the purposes of section 23 or 24A (which protect the
marine environment).
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
265
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 10 Strategic assessments
Division 2 Assessment of Commonwealth-managed fisheries
Section 148
148 Assessment before management plan is determined
Plans under the Fisheries Management Act 1991
(1) Before the Australian Fisheries Management Authority determines
a plan of management for a fishery under section 17 of the
Fisheries Management Act 1991, the Authority must:
(a) make an agreement with the Minister under section 146 for
assessment of the impacts of actions under the plan on each
matter protected by a provision of Part 3; and
(b) consider any recommendations made by the Minister under
the agreement.
Plans under the Torres Strait Fisheries Act 1984
(2) Before the Minister administering the Torres Strait Fisheries Act
1984 determines a plan of management for a fishery under
section 15A of that Act, he or she must:
(a) make an agreement under section 146 with the Minister (the
Environment Minister) administering this section for
assessment of the impacts of actions under the plan on each
matter protected by a provision of Part 3; and
(b) consider any recommendations made by the Environment
Minister under the agreement.
149 Assessment before determination that no plan required
Before the Australian Fisheries Management Authority determines
under subsection 17(1A) of the Fisheries Management Act 1991
that a plan of management is not warranted for a fishery, the
Authority must:
(a) make an agreement with the Minister under section 146 for
assessment of the impacts of actions on each matter protected
by a provision of Part 3, being actions permitted under the
Authority’s policy for managing the fishery; and
(b) consider any recommendations made by the Minister under
the agreement.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
266
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Strategic assessments Part 10
Assessment of Commonwealth-managed fisheries Division 2
Section 150
150 Assessment of all fisheries without plans must be started within
5 years
Fisheries managed under the Fisheries Management Act 1991
(1) This section applies to fisheries (as defined in the Fisheries
Management Act 1991):
(a) that are managed under that Act (whether as a result of
arrangements under section 71 or 72 of that Act or not); and
(b) for which there were not plans of management in force under
that Act when this Act commenced.
Two-thirds of fisheries to be covered by agreements in 3 years
(2) Before the day that is the third anniversary of this Act
commencing, the Australian Fisheries Management Authority must
make agreements with the Minister under section 146 for
assessment of the impacts of actions on each matter protected by a
provision of Part 3, being actions that are permitted under the
Authority’s policies for managing at least 2/3 of the fisheries.
All fisheries to be covered by agreements in 5 years
(3) Before the day that is the fifth anniversary of this Act commencing,
the Australian Fisheries Management Authority must make
agreements with the Minister under section 146 for assessment of
the impacts of actions on each matter protected by a provision of
Part 3, being actions that are permitted under the Authority’s
policies for managing the fisheries.
Agreement not needed if fishery already subject to agreement
(4) However, subsection (3) does not require another agreement to be
made in relation to a fishery if an agreement relating to the fishery
has been made, before the day mentioned in that subsection, by the
Authority and the Minister under section 146 because of
subsection 148(1) or section 149.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
267
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 10 Strategic assessments
Division 2 Assessment of Commonwealth-managed fisheries
Section 151
151 Assessment of all Torres Strait fisheries to be started within 5
years
Fisheries managed under the Torres Strait Fisheries Act 1984
(1) This section applies to actions that:
(a) are involved in fishing (as defined in the Torres Strait
Fisheries Act 1984) in an area of Australian jurisdiction (as
defined in that Act); and
(b) were not covered by a plan of management in force under
section 15A of that Act when this Act commenced.
Policies for all actions to be covered by agreements in 5 years
(2) Before the day that is the fifth anniversary of this Act commencing,
the Minister administering the Torres Strait Fisheries Act 1984
must make agreements under section 146 with the Minister
administering this section for assessment of the impacts of the
actions on each matter protected by a provision of Part 3, being
actions that are permitted by policies under that Act.
Agreement not needed if fishery already subject to agreement
(3) However, subsection (2) does not require another agreement to be
made in relation to actions if an agreement covering them has been
made under section 146, before the day mentioned in that
subsection, by the Ministers mentioned in that subsection because
of subsection 148(2).
152 Further assessment if impacts greater than previously assessed
Application
(1) This section applies if the Minister (the Environment Minister)
and the Minister administering the Fisheries Management Act 1991
agree that the impacts that actions:
(a) included in a fishery managed under that Act; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
268
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Strategic assessments Part 10
Assessment of Commonwealth-managed fisheries Division 2
Section 153
(b) permitted under a policy or plan for managing fishing (as
defined in the Torres Strait Fisheries Act 1984) in an area of
Australian jurisdiction (as defined in that Act);
have, will have or are likely to have on a matter protected by a
provision of Part 3 are significantly greater than the impacts
identified in the most recent report provided to the Environment
Minister under an agreement made under section 146 relating to
the fishery, policy or plan.
Further assessment for management arrangements under the
Fisheries Management Act 1991
(2) The Australian Fisheries Management Authority must make
another agreement with the Minister under section 146 in relation
to the Authority’s policy for managing the fishery.
Further assessment for policy or plan for Torres Strait fishing
(3) The Minister administering the Torres Strait Fisheries Act 1984
must make another agreement under section 146 in relation to the
policy or plan for managing fishing (as defined in the Torres Strait
Fisheries Act 1984) in an area of Australian jurisdiction (as defined
in that Act).
153 Minister must make declaration if he or she endorses plan or
policy
(1) This section applies if:
(a) the Minister makes an agreement under section 146 as
required by this Division and endorses under the agreement:
(i) a plan of management under the Fisheries Management
Act 1991 for a fishery; or
(ii) policies of the Australian Fisheries Management
Authority for managing a fishery for which there is not
a plan of management under the Fisheries Management
Act 1991; or
(iii) a plan of management under the Torres Strait Fisheries
Act 1984 for a fishery; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
269
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 10 Strategic assessments
Division 2 Assessment of Commonwealth-managed fisheries
Section 154
(iv) policies for managing fishing under the Torres Strait
Fisheries Act 1984; and
(b) the Minister accredits, under subsection 33(3) of this Act, as
an accredited arrangement a management plan or regime
consisting of the endorsed plan or policies.
(2) The Minister must make a declaration under section 33 that actions
approved in accordance with the accredited arrangement do not
require an approval under Part 9 for the purposes of
subsection 23(1), (2) or (3) or subsection 24A(1), (2), (3), (4), (5)
or (6).
Note: The declaration and accreditation will allow actions that would
otherwise be prohibited by sections 23 and 24A to be taken without
approval if they are taken in accordance with the accredited
arrangement. See section 32.
154 This Division does not limit Division 1
This Division does not limit Division 1.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
270
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Part 11
Rules about timing Division 1
Section 155
Part 11—Miscellaneous rules about assessments
and approvals
Division 1—Rules about timing
155 This Chapter ceases to apply to lapsed proposals
(1) If:
(a) a person who proposes to take a controlled action or is the
designated proponent of an action is required or requested
under this Chapter to do something; and
(b) the person does not do the thing within a period that the
Minister believes is a reasonable period;
the Minister may give the person a written notice inviting the
person to satisfy the Minister within a specified reasonable period
that assessment of the action should continue or that the Minister
should make a decision about approving the action.
Note: Sections 28A and 29 of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 explain how
documents may be served and when they are taken to be served.
(2) If, by the end of the specified period, the person fails to satisfy the
Minister that assessment of the action should continue or that the
Minister should make a decision about approving the action, the
Minister may declare in writing that this Chapter no longer applies
to the action.
(3) This Chapter (apart from this section) ceases to apply in relation to
the action on the date specified in the declaration. The Minister
must not specify a date earlier than the date of making of the
declaration.
(4) The Minister must:
(a) give a copy of the declaration to the person and to the
Secretary; and
(b) publish the declaration in accordance with the regulations.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
271
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 11 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals
Division 1 Rules about timing
Section 156
156 General rules about time limits
(1) If this Chapter specifies a time limit in business days in relation to
a controlled action (or an action that the Minister believes may be
or is a controlled action), the limit is to be worked out by reference
to what is a business day in the place where the action is to be
taken.
(2) A day is not to be counted as a business day for the purposes of
subsection (1) if it is not a business day in all the places in which
the action is to be taken.
(3) Failure to comply with a time limit set in this Chapter does not
affect the validity of:
(a) a decision under this Chapter; or
(b) an assessment or approval under this Chapter.
Note: The Minister must make a statement to Parliament about some failures
to comply with time limits. See section 518.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
272
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Part 11
Variation of proposals to take actions Division 1A
Section 156A
Division 1A—Variation of proposals to take actions
156A Request to vary proposal to take an action
(1) If:
(a) a proposal (the original proposal) by a person to take an
action has been referred to the Minister under Division 1 of
Part 7; and
(b) after the referral is made, the person wishes to change the
original proposal;
the person may, subject to subsection (2), request the Minister to
accept a variation (a varied proposal) of the original proposal.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply if:
(a) the Minister has made a decision under section 74A to not
accept the referral of the original proposal; or
(b) the Minister has made a decision under section 75 that the
proposed action is not a controlled action; or
(c) a particular manner for taking the proposed action is
identified under subsection 77A(1) in the notice given under
section 77 in relation to the action; or
(d) the Minister has made a decision under section 133
approving or refusing to approve the taking of the proposed
action; or
(e) the referral of the original proposal has been withdrawn
under section 170C.
(3) A request under subsection (1) must:
(a) be made in a way prescribed by the regulations; and
(b) include the information prescribed by the regulations.
(4) If a request is made under subsection (1), any provisions of this
Chapter that would, apart from this subsection, have applied in
relation to the original proposal cease to apply to that proposal.
Note: Provisions that have ceased to apply in relation to the original
proposal under subsection (4) will start to apply to that proposal, or to
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
273
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 11 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals
Division 1A Variation of proposals to take actions
Section 156B
the varied proposal, after the Minister has decided whether or not to
accept the varied proposal. See section 156D.
156B Minister must decide whether or not to accept a varied
proposal
(1) Within 20 business days after receiving a request under
subsection 156A(1) to accept a varied proposal to take an action,
the Minister must decide whether or not to accept the varied
proposal.
Note: The Minister may request further information for the purpose of
making a decision under this subsection. See section 156C.
(2) The Minister must not decide to accept the varied proposal unless
the Minister is satisfied that the character of the varied proposal is
substantially the same as the character of the original proposal.
This subsection does not limit the matters the Minister may
consider in deciding whether or not to accept the varied proposal.
(3) In considering, for the purposes of subsection (2), whether or not
the character of the varied proposal is substantially the same as the
character of the original proposal, the Minister must have regard to
the change (if any) in:
(a) the nature of the activities proposed to be carried out in
taking the action; and
(b) the nature and extent of the impacts (if any) the action:
(i) has or will have; or
(ii) is likely to have;
on the matter protected by each provision of Part 3.
156C Minister may request further information in relation to a
varied proposal
(1) If the Minister believes on reasonable grounds that a request under
subsection 156A(1) to accept a varied proposal to take an action
does not include enough information for the Minister to decide
whether or not to accept the varied proposal, the Minister may
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
274
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Part 11
Variation of proposals to take actions Division 1A
Section 156D
request the person proposing to take the action to provide specified
information relevant to making the decision.
(2) If the Minister has requested more information under
subsection (1), a day is not to be counted as a business day for the
purposes of subsection 156B(1) if it is:
(a) on or after the day the Minister requested the information;
and
(b) on or before the day on which the Minister receives the last
of the information requested.
156D Effect of Minister’s decision to accept or not accept a varied
proposal
(1) If the Minister decides to accept a varied proposal to take an
action:
(a) any provisions of this Chapter that, because of
subsection 156A(4), have ceased to apply in relation to the
original proposal start to apply in relation to the varied
proposal; and
(b) for the purpose of the application of those provisions,
anything done in relation to the original proposal is taken to
have been done in relation to the varied proposal.
(2) If the Minister decides not to accept a varied proposal to take an
action, any provisions of this Chapter that, because of
subsection 156A(4), have ceased to apply in relation to the original
proposal start to apply in relation to that proposal.
(3) For the purpose of the application of the provisions of this
Chapter in relation to the varied proposal under subsection (1), or
in relation to the original proposal under subsection (2), a day is
not to be counted as a business day if it is:
(a) on or after the day the Minister received the request under
subsection 156A(1) to accept the varied proposal; and
(b) on or before the day the Minister made the decision under
subsection 156B(1).
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
275
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 11 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals
Division 1A Variation of proposals to take actions
Section 156E
156E Notice of decision
(1) Within 10 business days after deciding under subsection 156B(1)
whether or not to accept a varied proposal to take an action, the
Minister must give written notice of the decision to:
(a) the person proposing to take the action; and
(b) the designated proponent of the action (if the designated
proponent of the action is not the person proposing to take
the action).
(2) If:
(a) the request to accept the varied proposal related to an action
that is to be taken in a State or self-governing Territory; and
(b) a controlling provision for the action is in Division 1 of
Part 3 (which deals with matters of national environmental
significance); and
(c) the Minister decided to accept the varied proposal;
the Minister must also, within the period referred to in
subsection (1), give written notice of the decision to the
appropriate Minister of the State or Territory.
(3) If the Minister decided to accept the varied proposal, the Minister
must, within the period referred to in subsection (1), publish the
request to accept the varied proposal and notice of the decision in
accordance with the regulations.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
276
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Part 11
Change of person proposing to take action Division 1B
Section 156F
Division 1B—Change of person proposing to take action
156F Change of person proposing to take action
Notice of change of person proposing to take action
(1) At any time:
(a) after a proposal by a person to take an action has been
referred to the Minister under Division 1 of Part 7; and
(b) before the Minister has approved, or refused to approve, the
taking of the action under section 133;
the person (the first person) proposing to take the action and
another person (the second person) may notify the Minister, in
writing, that:
(c) the first person no longer proposes to take the action; and
(d) the second person proposes to take the action instead.
Note: A person who is the holder of an approval under Part 9 may transfer
the approval to another person under section 145B.
When notice cannot be given
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply if:
(a) the Minister has made a decision under section 74A to not
accept the referral of the proposal to take the action; or
(b) the Minister has made a decision under section 75 that the
action is not a controlled action; or
(c) a particular manner for taking the action is identified under
subsection 77A(1) in the notice given under section 77 in
relation to the action.
Requirements for notice
(3) A notice must:
(a) include the information (if any) prescribed by the regulations;
and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
277
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 11 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals
Division 1B Change of person proposing to take action
Section 156F
(b) be accompanied by the fee (if any) prescribed by the
regulations.
Effect of notice
(4) If a notice is given to the Minister under subsection (1):
(a) any provisions of this Chapter that, apart from this paragraph,
would have applied to the first person in relation to the action
cease to apply to that person and start to apply to the second
person; and
(b) for the purposes of the application of those provisions:
(i) the second person is taken to be named in the referral of
the proposal to take the action as the person proposing
to take the action; and
(ii) the second person is taken to have done anything the
first person did in relation to the action; and
(iii) anything done in relation to the first person in relation to
the action is taken to have been done in relation to the
second person.
Publication of notice
(5) Within 10 business days after receiving a notice under
subsection (1), the Minister must publish a copy of the notice in
accordance with the regulations.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
278
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Part 11
Actions in area offshore from a State or the Northern Territory Division 2
Section 157
Division 2—Actions in area offshore from a State or the
Northern Territory
157 Actions treated as though they were in a State or the Northern
Territory
(1) A provision of this Chapter that is expressed to apply in relation to
actions taken or to be taken in a State also applies in the same way
to actions taken or to be taken on, under or over the seabed vested
in the State by section 4 of the Coastal Waters (State Title) Act
1980.
(2) So far as a provision of this Chapter that is expressed to apply in
relation to actions taken or to be taken in a self-governing Territory
relates to the Northern Territory, the provision also applies in the
same way to actions taken or to be taken on, under or over the
seabed vested in the Northern Territory by section 4 of the Coastal
Waters (Northern Territory Title) Act 1980.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
279
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 11 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals
Division 3 Exemptions
Section 158
Division 3—Exemptions
158 Exemptions from Part 3 and this Chapter
(1) A person proposing to take a controlled action, or the designated
proponent of an action, may apply in writing to the Minister for an
exemption from a specified provision of Part 3 or of this Chapter.
(2) The Minister must decide within 20 business days of receiving the
application whether or not to grant the exemption.
(3) The Minister may, by written notice, exempt a specified person
from the application of a specified provision of Part 3 or of this
Chapter in relation to a specified action.
(4) The Minister may do so only if he or she is satisfied that it is in the
national interest that the provision not apply in relation to the
person or the action.
(5) In determining the national interest, the Minister may consider
Australia’s defence or security or a national emergency. This does
not limit the matters the Minister may consider.
(6) A provision specified in the notice does not apply in relation to the
specified person or action on or after the day specified in the
notice. The Minister must not specify a day earlier than the day the
notice is made.
(7) Within 10 business days after making the notice, the Minister
must:
(a) publish a copy of the notice and his or her reasons for
granting the exemption in accordance with the regulations;
and
(b) give a copy of the notice to the person specified in the notice.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
280
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Part 11
Approval process decisions not affected by listing events that happen after section 75
decision made Division 3A
Section 158A
Division 3A—Approval process decisions not affected by
listing events that happen after section 75
decision made
158A Approval process decisions not affected by listing events that
happen after section 75 decision made
(1) In this section:
approval process decision means any of the following decisions:
(a) a decision under section 75 whether an action is a controlled
action;
(b) a decision under section 75 whether a provision of Part 3 is a
controlling provision for an action;
(c) a decision under section 78 in relation to a decision referred
to in paragraph (a) or (b) of this definition;
(d) a decision under section 87 on the approach for the
assessment of the impacts of an action;
(e) a decision under section 133 whether to approve an action;
(f) a decision under section 134 to attach conditions to an
approval of an action;
(g) a decision under section 143 to revoke, vary or add to
conditions attached to an approval of an action;
(h) any other decision made under a provision of this
Chapter that is specified in the regulations.
listing event means any of the following events:
(a) a property becoming a declared World Heritage property;
(b) a change in the world heritage values of a declared World
Heritage property;
(c) a place becoming a National Heritage place;
(d) a change in the National Heritage values included in the
National Heritage List for a National Heritage place;
(e) a place becoming a Commonwealth Heritage place;
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
281
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 11 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals
Division 3A Approval process decisions not affected by listing events that happen after
section 75 decision made
Section 158A
(f) a change in the Commonwealth Heritage values included in
the Commonwealth Heritage List for a Commonwealth
Heritage place;
(g) a wetland becoming a declared Ramsar wetland;
(h) a change in the boundaries of any of the following:
(i) a World Heritage property;
(ii) a National Heritage place;
(iii) a Commonwealth Heritage place;
(iv) a declared Ramsar wetland;
(v) the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park;
(i) a species becoming a listed threatened species;
(j) an ecological community becoming a listed threatened
ecological community;
(k) a listed threatened species or a listed threatened ecological
community becoming listed in another category representing
a higher degree of endangerment;
(l) a species becoming a listed migratory species;
(m) any other event of a kind specified in the regulations.
(2) This section applies if:
(a) the Minister has, before or after the commencement of this
section, decided under section 75 (the primary decision)
whether an action (the relevant action) is a controlled action
(whether the decision is that the action is a controlled action,
or that the action is not a controlled action); and
(b) at a time that is after the commencement of this section and
after the primary decision was made, a listing event occurs.
(3) The validity of the primary decision, or any other approval process
decision made in relation to the relevant action before the listing
event occurred, is not affected by the listing event, nor can it be
revoked, varied, suspended, challenged, reviewed, set aside or
called in question because of, or for reasons relating to, the listing
event.
(4) After the listing event occurs, the listing event is to be disregarded:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
282
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Part 11
Approval process decisions not affected by listing events that happen after section 75
decision made Division 3A
Section 158A
(a) in making any further approval process decision in relation to
the relevant action; and
(b) in doing anything under this Chapter, in relation to the
relevant action, because of the making of an approval process
decision in relation to the relevant action (whether that
approval process decision is or was made before or after the
listing event occurred).
(5) This section has effect despite any other provision of this Act and
despite any other law.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
283
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 11 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals
Division 4 Application of Chapter to actions that are not controlled actions
Section 159
Division 4—Application of Chapter to actions that are not
controlled actions
Subdivision A—Minister’s advice on authorising actions
159 Simplified outline of this Subdivision
The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:
A Commonwealth agency or employee must consider advice from
the Minister before authorising one of the following actions with a
significant impact on the environment:
(a) providing foreign aid;
(b) managing aircraft operations in airspace;
(c) adopting or implementing a major development
plan for an airport;
(d) an action prescribed by the regulations.
The agency or employee must inform the Minister of the proposal
to authorise the action.
The environmental impacts of the action must be assessed in
accordance with a declaration made by the Minister accrediting a
Commonwealth assessment process, or by one of the following
methods chosen by the Minister:
(a) a specially accredited process;
(aa) an assessment on referral information under
Division 3A;
(b) an assessment on preliminary documentation under
Division 4 of Part 8;
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
284
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Part 11
Application of Chapter to actions that are not controlled actions Division 4
Section 160
(c) a public environment report under Division 5 of
Part 8;
(d) an environmental impact statement under
Division 6 of Part 8;
(e) an inquiry under Division 7 of Part 8.
The Minister must give the agency or employee advice on
protecting the environment from the action, within 30 days of
receiving the report of the assessment.
160 Requirement to take account of Minister’s advice
Requirement
(1) Before a Commonwealth agency or employee of the
Commonwealth gives an authorisation (however described) of an
action described in subsection (2), the agency or employee must
obtain and consider advice from the Minister in accordance with
this Subdivision.
Note: The giving of an authorisation for an action may be constituted by the
renewal of an authorisation of the action or the variation of an
authorisation for a different action.
Minister may decide advice is not required
(1A) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to an authorisation of an
action if:
(a) the agency or employee has referred a proposal to give the
authorisation to the Minister under subsection 161(1); and
(b) the Minister has decided under subsection 161A(1) that this
Subdivision does not apply in relation to the referral or the
action.
Relevant actions
(2) Subsection (1) applies in relation to:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
285
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 11 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals
Division 4 Application of Chapter to actions that are not controlled actions
Section 160
(a) the entry by the Commonwealth, under Australia’s foreign
aid program, into a contract, agreement or arrangement for
the implementation of a project that has, will have or is likely
to have a significant impact on the environment anywhere in
the world; and
(b) the adoption or implementation of a plan for aviation
airspace management involving aircraft operations that have,
will have or are likely to have a significant impact on the
environment; and
(c) the adoption or implementation of a major development plan
(as defined in the Airports Act 1996); and
(d) any other action prescribed by the regulations for the
purposes of this paragraph.
(2A) Regulations may prescribe an action for the purposes of
paragraph (2)(d):
(a) partly by reference to the action’s having, or being likely to
have, a significant impact on the environment; or
(b) partly by reference to a specified person believing that the
action has, will have or is likely to have a significant impact
on the environment; or
(c) wholly or partly by reference to legislation under which the
authorisation of the action is to be granted.
This does not limit the ways in which regulations may prescribe an
action.
This section does not apply to actions like those already assessed
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply in relation to a particular
authorisation (the later authorisation) if the agency or employee
has complied with, or is complying with, this Subdivision in
relation to another authorisation or proposed authorisation and is
satisfied of one or both of the matters in subsection (4).
Which actions are like actions?
(4) For the purposes of subsection (3), the agency or employee must be
satisfied that:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
286
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Part 11
Application of Chapter to actions that are not controlled actions Division 4
Section 161
(a) the Minister’s advice relating to the other authorisation deals
or will deal with all the impacts that the action to which the
later authorisation relates has, will have or is likely to have
on the environment; or
(b) the impacts that the action to which the later authorisation
relates has, will have or is likely to have on the environment:
(i) are an extension of the corresponding impacts of the
action to which the other authorisation relates; and
(ii) are not significantly different in nature from those
corresponding impacts; and
(iii) do not significantly add to those corresponding impacts.
State law excluded in relation to aviation
(5) A law of a State or Territory does not apply in relation to the
assessment of the certain or likely environmental impacts of an
action described in paragraph (2)(b) if subsection (1) applies in
relation to authorisation of the action, or would apply apart from
subsection (3).
161 Seeking the Minister’s advice
Requirement for referral
(1) If a Commonwealth agency or employee of the Commonwealth
proposing to give an authorisation (however described) of an
action thinks the agency or employee is required by section 160
(disregarding subsection 160(1A)) to obtain and consider the
Minister’s advice before giving the authorisation, the agency or
employee must:
(a) refer the proposal to the Minister; and
(b) nominate a person to act as designated proponent of the
action.
Minister may request referral
(2) The Minister may request a Commonwealth agency or employee of
the Commonwealth to:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
287
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 11 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals
Division 4 Application of Chapter to actions that are not controlled actions
Section 161A
(a) refer to the Minister a proposal to give an authorisation
(however described) of an action; and
(b) nominate a person to act as designated proponent of the
action;
if the Minister thinks the agency or employee is required by
section 160 (disregarding subsection 160(1A)) to obtain and
consider the Minister’s advice before giving the authorisation.
Complying with Minister’s request
(3) The Commonwealth agency or employee must comply with the
Minister’s request.
Content of referral
(4) A referral must include the information prescribed by the
regulations.
161A Minister may decide that advice is not required
(1) If:
(a) the Minister receives a referral under subsection 161(1) of a
proposal by a Commonwealth agency or employee of the
Commonwealth to give an authorisation of an action; and
(b) the Minister is satisfied, on the basis of the information in the
referral, that the action does not have, will not have or is not
likely to have a significant impact on the environment;
the Minister may decide, in writing, that this Subdivision does not
apply in relation to the referral or the action.
(2) If the Minister decides that this Subdivision does not apply in
relation to the referral or the action, this Act (other than
Divisions 2 and 3 of Part 7) applies as if the Minister had decided
under Division 2 of Part 7 that the action is not a controlled action.
(3) If the Minister decides that this Subdivision does not apply in
relation to the referral or the action, the Minister must:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
288
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Part 11
Application of Chapter to actions that are not controlled actions Division 4
Section 161B
(a) give written notice of the decision to the agency or employee
who referred the proposal to give an authorisation of the
action; and
(b) publish notice of the decision in accordance with the
regulations.
161B Certain provisions of other Acts not to apply if Minister
decides that advice is not required
(1) This section applies in relation to a provision of another Act that is
expressed to apply if:
(a) the advice of the Minister is sought under this Subdivision in
relation to a proposal to give an authorisation (however
described) of an action; or
(b) a proposal to give an authorisation (however described) of an
action is referred to the Minister under this Subdivision.
(2) The provision does not apply in relation to an action if:
(a) a proposal to give an authorisation (however described) of
the action has been referred to the Minister under
section 161; and
(b) the Minister has decided under section 161A that this
Subdivision does not apply in relation to the referral or the
action.
Note: See, for example, subsections 94(6A) and 95(3A) of the Airports Act
1996 and subsections 16(5) and 29(5) of the Hazardous Waste
(Regulation of Exports and Imports) Act 1989.
162 Assessment of the action
Part 8 (except sections 82, 83 and 84) and the other provisions of
this Act (so far as they relate to that Part) apply in relation to the
action proposed to be authorised as if:
(a) the referral of the proposal to give the authorisation were a
referral of a proposal to take the action; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
289
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 11 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals
Division 4 Application of Chapter to actions that are not controlled actions
Section 163
(b) the Minister had decided under Division 2 of Part 7 that the
action was a controlled action when the proposal to give the
authorisation was referred to the Minister; and
(c) the person nominated to act as the designated proponent had
been designated as the proponent of the action by the
Minister under section 75; and
(d) a reference in Part 8 or those provisions to the relevant
impacts of the action were a reference to the impact that the
action has, will have or is likely to have on the environment;
and
(e) a reference in Part 8 or those provisions to making an
informed decision on approving under Part 9 (for the
purposes of each controlling provision) the taking of the
action were a reference to giving informed advice about the
proposal to give an authorisation of the action.
163 Providing advice
(1) The Minister must give advice on the following matters to the
Commonwealth agency or employee of the Commonwealth who
referred the proposal to give an authorisation of the action:
(a) whether the agency or employee should give the
authorisation;
(b) what conditions (if any) should be attached to the
authorisation (if possible) to protect the environment;
(c) any other matter relating to protection of the environment
from the action.
(2) The Minister must give the advice within 30 business days of
receiving:
(a) a report mentioned in subsection 84(3) relating to the action;
or
(aa) a finalised recommendation report under Division 3A of
Part 8 (as applied by section 162) relating to the action; or
(ab) the documents given to the Minister under subsection 95B(1)
(as applied by section 162), or the statement given to the
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
290
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Part 11
Application of Chapter to actions that are not controlled actions Division 4
Section 164
Minister under subsection 95B(3) (as applied by
section 162), as the case requires, relating to the action; or
(ac) a finalised public environment report under Division 5 of
Part 8 (as applied by section 162) relating to the action; or
(ad) a finalised environmental impact statement under Division 6
of Part 8 (as applied by section 162) relating to the action; or
(b) a report of an inquiry under Division 7 of Part 8 (as applied
by section 162) relating to the action.
164 Reporting on response to advice
As soon as practicable after considering the Minister’s advice, the
Commonwealth agency or employee of the Commonwealth must
give the Minister a report stating:
(a) what action has been taken in relation to the Minister’s
advice; and
(b) if the agency or employee did not give effect to some or all
of the Minister’s advice—why the agency or employee did
not do so.
Subdivision C—Assessment under agreement with State or
Territory
166 This Subdivision applies if Ministers agree it should
(1) This Subdivision applies if the Minister and a Minister of a State or
self-governing Territory agree that it should apply in relation to an
action that:
(a) is to be taken in the State or Territory by a constitutional
corporation; or
(b) if the agreement is with a Minister of a Territory—is to be
taken in the Territory; or
(c) is to be taken in the State or Territory by a person for the
purposes of trade or commerce:
(i) between Australia and another country; or
(ii) between 2 States; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
291
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 11 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals
Division 4 Application of Chapter to actions that are not controlled actions
Section 167
(iii) between a State and a Territory; or
(iv) between 2 Territories; or
(d) is to be taken in the State or Territory and is an action whose
assessment under this Subdivision is an appropriate means of
giving effect to Australia’s obligations under an agreement
with one or more other countries.
(2) This section applies to the adoption or implementation of a policy,
plan or program in the same way as it applies to any other action.
(3) Despite subsection (1), this Subdivision does not apply in relation
to an action to be taken in 2 or more States or self-governing
Territories unless there is an agreement between the Minister and a
Minister of each of those States and Territories that this
Subdivision should apply in relation to the action.
167 Making an agreement
Power to make agreement
(1) The Minister may make a written agreement with a Minister of a
State or self-governing Territory to apply this Subdivision in
relation to an action to be taken in the State or Territory.
Prerequisites for making agreement
(2) The Minister may agree only if he or she is satisfied that the action
is not a controlled action.
Minister must not make an agreement that gives preference
(3) The Minister must not enter into an agreement that has the effect of
giving preference (within the meaning of section 99 of the
Constitution) to one State or part of a State over another State or
part of a State, in relation to the taking of the action:
(a) by a constitutional corporation; or
(b) by a person for the purposes of trade or commerce between
Australia and another country or between 2 States.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
292
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Part 11
Application of Chapter to actions that are not controlled actions Division 4
Section 168
168 Content of an agreement
Generally
(1) An agreement to apply this Subdivision in relation to an action
must:
(a) specify that one of the following is to apply in relation to the
action:
(i) Division 3A of Part 8;
(ii) Division 4 of Part 8;
(iii) Division 5 of Part 8;
(iv) Division 6 of Part 8;
(v) Division 7 of Part 8;
(vi) Subdivision A of Division 1 of Part 10; and
(b) if it specifies that Division 3A, 4, 5 or 6 of Part 8 is to apply
in relation to the action—specify the person who is taken to
be the designated proponent of the action for the purposes of
that Division.
Agreement applying Division 5 of Part 8
(3) An agreement that specifies that Division 5 of Part 8 (about public
environment reports) is to apply in relation to an action may deal
with how the Minister will exercise his or her power:
(a) under section 97 to prepare tailored guidelines for the
preparation of a draft report; or
(b) under section 98 to approve publication of a draft report or
specify a period for comment.
Agreement applying Division 6 of Part 8
(4) An agreement that specifies that Division 6 of Part 8 (about
environmental impact statements) is to apply in relation to an
action may deal with how the Minister will exercise his or her
power:
(a) under section 102 to prepare tailored guidelines for the
preparation of a draft statement; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
293
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 11 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals
Division 4 Application of Chapter to actions that are not controlled actions
Section 169
(b) under section 103 to approve publication of a draft statement
or specify a period for comment.
Agreement applying Division 7 of Part 8
(5) An agreement that specifies that Division 7 of Part 8 (about
inquiries) is to apply in relation to an action may deal with how the
Minister will exercise his or her power under section 107:
(a) to appoint one or more persons as commissioners, and to
appoint a person to preside; or
(b) to specify the matters relating to the action that are to be the
subject of the inquiry and report; or
(c) to specify the time within which the commission must report
to the Minister; or
(d) to specify the manner in which the commission is to carry out
the inquiry.
Agreement applying Part 10
(6) An agreement that specifies that Subdivision A of Division 1 of
Part 10 is to apply may:
(a) be in the same document as an agreement mentioned in that
Subdivision; or
(b) specify the manner in which an agreement the Minister
makes under that Subdivision is to provide for matters that
that Subdivision requires that agreement to provide for.
169 Application of a Division of Part 8
Provisions that apply
(1) If the agreement states that a particular Division of Part 8 is to
apply in relation to the assessment of an action, the following
provisions of this Act (the applied provisions) apply in relation to
the action as set out in subsection (2):
(a) that Division;
(b) the other provisions of this Act (except Part 9), so far as they
relate to that Division.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
294
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Part 11
Application of Chapter to actions that are not controlled actions Division 4
Section 170
Modification of applied provisions
(2) The applied provisions apply in relation to the action as if:
(a) the Minister had decided under Division 2 of Part 7 that the
action was a controlled action; and
(b) the Minister had decided that the relevant impacts of the
action must be assessed under the Division specified in the
agreement applying the Division; and
(c) the person specified in the agreement as the person who is
taken to be the designated proponent of the action for the
purposes of that Division had been designated as the
proponent of the action by the Minister under section 75; and
(d) a reference in the applied provisions to the relevant impacts
of the action were a reference to the impact that the action
has, will have or is likely to have on the environment; and
(e) a reference in the applied provisions to making an informed
decision on approving under Part 9 (for the purposes of each
controlling provision) the taking of the action were a
reference to making an informed report and
recommendations relating to the action.
Modification of Division 4 of Part 8
(3) Also, if the agreement states that Division 4 of Part 8 is to apply in
relation to the action, that Division applies in relation to the action
as if paragraphs 95(2)(a) and (b) and 95A(3)(a), (b) and (c) merely
referred to specified information relating to the action.
Minister must give copy of report to State or Territory Minister
(4) The Minister must give a copy of the report he or she receives from
the Secretary or commission of inquiry under the applied
provisions in relation to the action to each Minister of a State or
Territory who is party to the agreement.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
295
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 11 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals
Division 4 Application of Chapter to actions that are not controlled actions
Section 170
170 Application of Subdivision A of Division 1 of Part 10
If an agreement to apply this Subdivision states that Subdivision A
of Division 1 of Part 10 is to apply:
(a) that Subdivision applies as if:
(i) the reference in subsection 146(1) to relevant impacts of
actions were a reference to the impacts the actions have,
will have or are likely to have on the environment; and
(ii) paragraph 146(2)(f) were omitted; and
(b) the Minister must give a copy of the report provided to the
Minister under the agreement made under section 146, and of
any recommendations made by the Minister under the
agreement, to each Minister of a State or Territory who is
party to the agreement to apply this Subdivision.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
296
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Part 11
Publication of information relating to assessments Division 5
Section 170A
Division 5—Publication of information relating to
assessments
170A Publication of information relating to assessments
The Secretary must publish on the internet every week notice of
the following:
(a) the publication in the immediately preceding week by the
Minister under section 45 of a notice of the Minister’s
intention to develop a draft bilateral agreement;
(b) each referral (if any) of an action received by the Minister
under Division 1 of Part 7 in the immediately preceding
week;
(c) each decision (if any) in the immediately preceding week
under Division 2 of Part 7 that an action is a controlled
action;
(d) each decision (if any) in the immediately preceding week
under Division 3 of Part 8 about which approach is to be used
for assessment of the relevant impacts of an action;
(da) each draft recommendation report and invitation (if any)
published in the immediately preceding week under
Division 3A of Part 8 (about assessment on referral
information);
(e) the information and invitations (if any) published in the
immediately preceding week under Division 4 of Part 8
(about assessment on preliminary documentation);
(f) each set of guidelines (if any) prepared in the immediately
preceding week by the Minister under Division 5 or 6 of
Part 8 for a report or statement;
(g) each public invitation (if any) issued in the immediately
preceding week by the Minister to comment on a draft of
guidelines under Division 5 or 6 of Part 8 for a report or
statement;
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
297
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 11 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals
Division 5 Publication of information relating to assessments
Section 170B
(h) each draft or finalised report or statement published in the
immediately preceding week under Division 5 or 6 of Part 8
by a designated proponent;
(i) each finalised recommendation report given to the Minister
under Division 3A of Part 8 in the immediately preceding
week;
(ia) each recommendation report given to the Minister in the
immediately preceding week under section 95C, 100 or 105;
(j) any other matter prescribed by the regulations.
170B Information critical to protecting matters of national
environmental significance not to be disclosed
(1) The Minister may, by notice in writing to a person, direct the
person not to disclose specified information when publishing a
document or material as required or permitted by a specified
provision of this Chapter, if the Minister considers that the
information is critical to the protection of a matter protected by a
provision of Division 1 of Part 3 (about matters of national
environmental significance).
(2) A provision of this Chapter that is specified in a direction under
subsection (1) has effect as if it did not require or permit the
publication of the information specified in the direction.
(3) A person who is given a direction under subsection (1) must not
contravene the direction.
Civil penalty: 100 penalty units.
170BA Designated proponent may request Minister to permit
commercial-in-confidence information not to be disclosed
(1) This section applies in relation to the assessment documentation
that must be published by the designated proponent of an action to
which Division 4, 5 or 6 of Part 8 applies.
(2) The designated proponent may request the Minister, in writing, to
permit the designated proponent not to publish so much of the
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
298
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Part 11
Publication of information relating to assessments Division 5
Section 170BA
assessment documentation relating to the action as the designated
proponent considers is commercial-in-confidence.
(3) A request under subsection (2) must include the information
prescribed by the regulations.
(4) If the Minister is satisfied that a part of the assessment
documentation relating to the action is commercial-in-confidence,
the Minister may, by written notice to the designated proponent,
permit the designated proponent not to publish that part of the
assessment documentation.
(5) The Minister must not be satisfied that a part of the assessment
documentation relating to the action is commercial-in-confidence
unless a person demonstrates to the Minister that:
(a) release of the information in that part would cause
competitive detriment to the person; and
(b) the information in that part is not in the public domain; and
(c) the information in that part is not required to be disclosed
under another law of the Commonwealth, a State or a
Territory; and
(d) the information in that part is not readily discoverable.
(6) If the Minister permits the designated proponent not to publish a
part of the assessment documentation that the Minister considers is
commercial-in-confidence, the provision of Division 4, 5 or 6 of
Part 8 that requires the designated proponent to publish the
assessment documentation has effect as if it did not require the
publication of that part of the assessment documentation.
(7) In this section:
assessment documentation, in relation to an action to which
Division 4, 5 or 6 of Part 8 applies, means:
(a) if Division 4 of Part 8 (assessment on preliminary
documentation) applies to the action:
(i) the information referred to in paragraphs 95(2)(a) and
(b) or 95A(3)(a), (b) and (c), as the case requires; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
299
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 11 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals
Division 5 Publication of information relating to assessments
Section 170BA
(ii) the document prepared under paragraph 95B(1)(a) or
the information referred to in subsection 95B(4), as the
case requires; or
(b) if Division 5 of Part 8 (public environment reports) applies to
the action:
(i) the draft public environment report relating to the action
given to the Minister under paragraph 98(1)(ab); and
(ii) the finalised public environment report relating to the
action given to the Minister under section 99; or
(c) if Division 6 of Part 8 (environmental impact statements)
applies to the action:
(i) the draft environmental impact statement relating to the
action given to the Minister under paragraph 103(1)(ab);
and
(ii) the finalised environmental impact statement relating to
the action given to the Minister under section 104.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
300
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environmental assessments and approvals Chapter 4
Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals Part 11
Withdrawal of referrals Division 6
Section 170C
Division 6—Withdrawal of referrals
170C Withdrawal of referral of proposal to take an action
(1) Subject to subsection (2), a person who:
(a) has referred a proposal to take an action to the Minister under
section 68; or
(b) is named as the person proposing to take an action in a
proposal that is referred to the Minister under section 69 or
71;
may withdraw the referral, by written notice to the Minister.
(2) The referral cannot be withdrawn after the Minister has decided,
under Part 9, whether or not to approve the taking of the action.
(3) If the Minister receives a notice withdrawing the referral, the
Minister must publish notice of the withdrawal of the referral in
accordance with the regulations.
(4) If the referral is withdrawn, the provisions of this Chapter that
would, apart from this subsection, have applied to the action cease
to apply to the action.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
301
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 4 Environmental assessments and approvals
Part 11 Miscellaneous rules about assessments and approvals
Division 7 Miscellaneous
Section 170CA
Division 7—Miscellaneous
170CA Fees
(1) The Minister may, in writing, determine the amounts of fees that
may be charged if the approach for assessing the relevant impacts
of an action that the Minister has decided is a controlled action is:
(a) assessment by inquiry under Division 7 of Part 8; or
(b) assessment by strategic assessment under Division 1 of
Part 10.
(2) Before making a determination, the Minister must consult:
(a) the person proposing to take the action; or
(b) if the person proposing to take the action is not the
designated proponent—the designated proponent; or
(c) if the approach is assessment by strategic assessment—the
person responsible for the adoption or implementation of the
relevant policy, plan or program;
about the amounts of fees to be charged.
(3) The Minister may, in the determination made under subsection (1),
determine the way in which a fee is to be worked out.
(4) A determination made under subsection (1) is not a legislative
instrument.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
302
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Interpretation Part 11A
Section 170D
Chapter 5—Conservation of biodiversity and
heritage
Part 11A—Interpretation
170D References to business days are references to Canberra
business days
A reference in this Chapter to a business day is a reference to a day
that is a business day in Canberra.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
303
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 12 Identifying and monitoring biodiversity and making bioregional plans
Division 1 Identifying and monitoring biodiversity
Section 171
Part 12—Identifying and monitoring biodiversity
and making bioregional plans
Division 1—Identifying and monitoring biodiversity
171 Identifying and monitoring biodiversity
(1) The Minister may, on behalf of the Commonwealth, co-operate
with, and give financial or other assistance to, any person for the
purpose of identifying and monitoring components of biodiversity.
(2) Without limiting subsection (1), the co-operation and assistance
may include co-operation and assistance in relation to all or any of
the following:
(a) identifying and monitoring components of biodiversity that
are important for its conservation and ecologically
sustainable use;
(b) identifying components of biodiversity that are inadequately
understood;
(c) collecting and analysing information about the conservation
status of components of biodiversity;
(d) collecting and analysing information about processes or
activities that are likely to have a significant impact on the
conservation and ecologically sustainable use of biodiversity;
(e) assessing strategies and techniques for the conservation and
ecologically sustainable use of biodiversity;
(f) systematically determining biodiversity conservation needs
and priorities.
(3) In this Act:
components of biodiversity includes species, habitats, ecological
communities, genes, ecosystems and ecological processes.
(4) For the purposes of this section, the components of biological
diversity that are important for its conservation and ecologically
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
304
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Identifying and monitoring biodiversity and making bioregional plans Part 12
Identifying and monitoring biodiversity Division 1
Section 172
sustainable use are to be identified having regard to the matters set
out in Annex I to the Biodiversity Convention.
(5) The giving of assistance may be made subject to such conditions as
the Minister thinks fit.
172 Inventories of listed threatened species etc. on Commonwealth
land
(1) The Minister may prepare an inventory covering an area of
Commonwealth land that identifies, and states the abundance of,
the listed threatened species, listed threatened ecological
communities, listed migratory species and listed marine species on
the area of land if:
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the area of land is of importance
for the conservation of biodiversity; and
(b) the area of land is not covered by a plan that:
(i) has an object (whether express or implied) of either
protecting the environment or promoting the
conservation of biodiversity; and
(ii) is in force under a law of the Commonwealth.
(2) A Commonwealth agency must provide all reasonable assistance in
connection with the preparation of an inventory if:
(a) the inventory is to cover an area of Commonwealth land; and
(b) the agency has an interest in the area of land.
(3) For the purposes of paragraph (2)(b), a Commonwealth agency has
an interest in an area of Commonwealth land if the agency:
(a) has a legal or equitable interest in the area; or
(b) occupies the area; or
(c) has administrative responsibilities relating to the area or to
actions taken in the area.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
305
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 12 Identifying and monitoring biodiversity and making bioregional plans
Division 1 Identifying and monitoring biodiversity
Section 173
173 Surveys of cetaceans, listed threatened species etc. in
Commonwealth marine areas
(1) The Minister may prepare a survey covering a Commonwealth
marine area that identifies, and states the extent of the range of,
cetaceans, listed threatened species, listed threatened ecological
communities, listed migratory species and listed marine species in
the area if:
(a) the Minister is satisfied that the area is of importance for the
conservation of biodiversity; and
(b) the area is not covered by a plan that:
(i) has an object (whether express or implied) of either
protecting the environment or promoting the
conservation of biodiversity; and
(ii) is in force under a law of the Commonwealth.
(2) A Commonwealth agency must provide all reasonable assistance in
connection with the preparation of a survey if:
(a) the survey is to cover a Commonwealth marine area; and
(b) the agency has an interest in the area.
(3) For the purposes of paragraph (2)(b), a Commonwealth agency has
an interest in a Commonwealth marine area if the agency:
(a) has a legal or equitable interest in the area; or
(b) occupies the area; or
(c) has administrative responsibilities relating to the area or to
actions taken in the area.
174 Inventories and surveys to be updated
The Minister must take reasonable steps to ensure that the
inventories and surveys prepared under this Division are
maintained in an up-to-date form.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
306
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Identifying and monitoring biodiversity and making bioregional plans Part 12
Bioregional plans Division 2
Section 176
Division 2—Bioregional plans
176 Bioregional plans
(1) The Minister may prepare a bioregional plan for a bioregion that is
within a Commonwealth area. In preparing the plan, the Minister
must carry out public consultation on a draft of the plan in
accordance with the regulations.
(2) The Minister may, on behalf of the Commonwealth, co-operate
with a State or a self-governing Territory, an agency of a State or
of a self-governing Territory, or any other person in the preparation
of a bioregional plan for a bioregion that is not wholly within a
Commonwealth area.
(3) The co-operation may include giving financial or other assistance.
(4) A bioregional plan may include provisions about all or any of the
following:
(a) the components of biodiversity, their distribution and
conservation status;
(b) important economic and social values;
(ba) heritage values of places;
(c) objectives relating to biodiversity and other values;
(d) priorities, strategies and actions to achieve the objectives;
(e) mechanisms for community involvement in implementing the
plan;
(f) measures for monitoring and reviewing the plan.
(4A) A bioregional plan prepared under subsection (1) or (2) is not a
legislative instrument.
(5) Subject to this Act, the Minister must have regard to a bioregional
plan in making any decision under this Act to which the plan is
relevant.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
307
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 12 Identifying and monitoring biodiversity and making bioregional plans
Division 2 Bioregional plans
Section 177
177 Obligations under this Act unaffected by lack of bioregional
plans
Obligations imposed by this Act are not affected, in their
application in relation to Commonwealth areas, by a lack of
bioregional plans for those areas.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
308
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
Section 178
Part 13—Species and communities
Division 1—Listed threatened species and ecological
communities
Subdivision A—Listing
178 Listing of threatened species
(1) The Minister must, by legislative instrument, establish a list of
threatened species divided into the following categories:
(a) extinct;
(b) extinct in the wild;
(c) critically endangered;
(d) endangered;
(e) vulnerable;
(f) conservation dependent.
(2) The list, as first established, must contain only the species
contained in Schedule 1 to the Endangered Species Protection Act
1992, as in force immediately before the commencement of this
Act.
(3) The Minister must include:
(a) in the extinct category of the list, as first established, only the
species mentioned in subsection (2) that were listed as
presumed extinct; and
(b) in the endangered category of the list, as first established,
only the native species mentioned in subsection (2) that were
listed as endangered; and
(c) in the vulnerable category of the list, as first established, only
the species mentioned in subsection (2) that were listed as
vulnerable.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
309
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 179
(4) If the Minister is satisfied that a species included in the list, as first
established, in:
(a) the extinct category; or
(b) the endangered category; or
(c) the vulnerable category;
is not eligible to be included in that or any other category, or is
eligible to be, or under subsection 186(3), (4) or (5) can be,
included in another category, the Minister must, within 6 months
after the commencement of this Act, amend the list accordingly in
accordance with this Subdivision.
179 Categories of threatened species
(1) A native species is eligible to be included in the extinct category at
a particular time if, at that time, there is no reasonable doubt that
the last member of the species has died.
(2) A native species is eligible to be included in the extinct in the wild
category at a particular time if, at that time:
(a) it is known only to survive in cultivation, in captivity or as a
naturalised population well outside its past range; or
(b) it has not been recorded in its known and/or expected habitat,
at appropriate seasons, anywhere in its past range, despite
exhaustive surveys over a time frame appropriate to its life
cycle and form.
(3) A native species is eligible to be included in the critically
endangered category at a particular time if, at that time, it is facing
an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild in the immediate
future, as determined in accordance with the prescribed criteria.
(4) A native species is eligible to be included in the endangered
category at a particular time if, at that time:
(a) it is not critically endangered; and
(b) it is facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild in the
near future, as determined in accordance with the prescribed
criteria.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
310
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
Section 180
(5) A native species is eligible to be included in the vulnerable
category at a particular time if, at that time:
(a) it is not critically endangered or endangered; and
(b) it is facing a high risk of extinction in the wild in the
medium-term future, as determined in accordance with the
prescribed criteria.
(6) A native species is eligible to be included in the conservation
dependent category at a particular time if, at that time:
(a) the species is the focus of a specific conservation program
the cessation of which would result in the species becoming
vulnerable, endangered or critically endangered; or
(b) the following subparagraphs are satisfied:
(i) the species is a species of fish;
(ii) the species is the focus of a plan of management that
provides for management actions necessary to stop the
decline of, and support the recovery of, the species so
that its chances of long term survival in nature are
maximised;
(iii) the plan of management is in force under a law of the
Commonwealth or of a State or Territory;
(iv) cessation of the plan of management would adversely
affect the conservation status of the species.
(7) In subsection (6):
fish includes all species of bony fish, sharks, rays, crustaceans,
molluscs and other marine organisms, but does not include marine
mammals or marine reptiles.
180 Native species of marine fish
(1) A native species of marine fish is eligible to be included in a
category mentioned in a paragraph of subsection 178(1) at a
particular time if, at that time, the species meets the prescribed
criteria for that category.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
311
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 181
(2) A subsection of section 179 referring to a category (the relevant
category) does not apply to a native species of marine fish if
regulations are in force for the purposes of subsection (1) of this
section prescribing criteria for the relevant category.
181 Listing of threatened ecological communities
(1) The Minister must, by legislative instrument, establish a list of
threatened ecological communities divided into the following
categories:
(a) critically endangered;
(b) endangered;
(c) vulnerable.
(2) Subject to subsection (3), the Minister must not include an
ecological community in a particular category of the list, as first
established, unless satisfied that the ecological community is
eligible to be included in that category when the list is first
published.
(3) The list, as first established, must contain only the ecological
communities listed in Schedule 2 to the Endangered Species
Protection Act 1992 immediately before the commencement of this
Act, and they must be listed in the endangered category.
(4) If the Minister is satisfied that an ecological community included
in the endangered category of the list, as first established under
subsection (3), is not eligible to be included in that or any other
category, or is eligible to be included in another category, the
Minister must, within 6 months after the commencement of this
Act, amend the list accordingly in accordance with this
Subdivision.
(5) To avoid doubt, the instrument first establishing the list under
subsection (1) is not taken to have been a legislative instrument.
Note: When the list was first established, it was required to be established by
instrument published in the Gazette.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
312
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
Section 182
182 Critically endangered, endangered and vulnerable communities
(1) An ecological community is eligible to be included in the critically
endangered category at a particular time if, at that time, it is facing
an extremely high risk of extinction in the wild in the immediate
future, as determined in accordance with the prescribed criteria.
(2) An ecological community is eligible to be included in the
endangered category at a particular time if, at that time:
(a) it is not critically endangered; and
(b) it is facing a very high risk of extinction in the wild in the
near future, as determined in accordance with the prescribed
criteria.
(3) An ecological community is eligible to be included in the
vulnerable category at a particular time if, at that time:
(a) it is not critically endangered nor endangered; and
(b) it is facing a high risk of extinction in the wild in the
medium-term future, as determined in accordance with the
prescribed criteria.
183 Listing of key threatening processes
(1) The Minister must, by legislative instrument, establish a list of
threatening processes that are key threatening processes.
(2) The list, as first established, must contain only the key threatening
processes contained in Schedule 3 to the Endangered Species
Protection Act 1992, as in force immediately before the
commencement of this Act.
184 Minister may amend lists
Subject to this Subdivision, the Minister may, by legislative
instrument, amend a list referred to in section 178, 181 or 183 by:
(a) including items in the list in accordance with
Subdivision AA; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
313
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 186
(aa) including items in the list in accordance with
subsection 186(3), (4) or (5); or
(b) deleting items from the list; or
(c) in the case of the list referred to in section 178 or 181—
transferring items from one category in the list to another
category in the list in accordance with Subdivision AA; or
(d) correcting an inaccuracy or updating the name of a listed
threatened species or listed threatened ecological community.
Note: Part 4 of Chapter 3 (sunsetting) of the Legislation Act 2003 does not
apply to the instrument. See regulations made for the purposes of
paragraph 54(2)(b) of that Act.
186 Amending list of threatened native species
Including native species in a category
(1) Subject to subsections (3), (4) and (5), the Minister must not
include (whether as a result of a transfer or otherwise) a native
species in a particular category unless satisfied that the native
species is eligible to be included in that category.
(2) In deciding whether to include a native species in a particular
category (whether as a result of a transfer or otherwise), the only
matters the Minister may consider are matters relating to:
(a) whether the native species is eligible to be included in that
category; or
(b) the effect that including the native species in that category
could have on the survival of the native species.
Deleting native species from a category
(2A) The Minister must not delete (whether as a result of a transfer or
otherwise) a native species from a particular category unless
satisfied that:
(a) the native species is no longer eligible to be included in that
category; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
314
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
Section 186
(b) the inclusion of the native species in that category is not
contributing, or will not contribute, to the survival of the
native species.
(2B) In deciding whether to delete a native species from a particular
category (whether as a result of a transfer or otherwise), the only
matters the Minister may consider are matters relating to:
(a) whether the native species is eligible to be included in that
category; or
(b) the effect that the inclusion of the native species in that
category is having, or could have, on the survival of the
native species.
Including similar species to an eligible species
(3) The Minister may include a native species in the critically
endangered category if satisfied that:
(a) it so closely resembles in appearance, at any stage of its
biological development, a species that is eligible to be
included in that category (see subsection 179(3)) that it is
difficult to differentiate between the 2 species; and
(b) this difficulty poses an additional threat to the last-mentioned
species; and
(c) it would substantially promote the objects of this Act if the
first-mentioned species were regarded as critically
endangered.
(4) The Minister may include a native species in the endangered
category if satisfied that:
(a) it so closely resembles in appearance, at any stage of its
biological development, a species that is eligible to be
included in that category (see subsection 179(4)) that it is
difficult to differentiate between the 2 species; and
(b) this difficulty poses an additional threat to the last-mentioned
species; and
(c) it would substantially promote the objects of this Act if the
first-mentioned species were regarded as endangered.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
315
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 187
(5) The Minister may include a native species in the vulnerable
category if satisfied that:
(a) it so closely resembles in appearance, at any stage of its
biological development, a species that is eligible to be
included in that category (see subsection 179(5)) that it is
difficult to differentiate between the 2 species; and
(b) this difficulty poses an additional threat to the last-mentioned
species; and
(c) it would substantially promote the objects of this Act if the
first-mentioned species were regarded as vulnerable.
187 Amending list of ecological communities
Including ecological communities in a category
(1) The Minister must not include (whether as a result of a transfer or
otherwise) an ecological community in a particular category unless
satisfied that the ecological community is eligible to be included in
that category.
(2) In deciding whether to include an ecological community in a
particular category (whether as a result of a transfer or otherwise),
the only matters the Minister may consider are matters relating to:
(a) whether the ecological community is eligible to be included
in that category; or
(b) the effect that including the ecological community in that
category could have on the survival of the ecological
community.
Deleting ecological communities from a category
(3) The Minister must not delete (whether as a result of a transfer or
otherwise) an ecological community from a particular category
unless satisfied that:
(a) the ecological community is no longer eligible to be included
in that category; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
316
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
Section 188
(b) the inclusion of the ecological community in that category is
not contributing, or will not contribute, to the survival of the
ecological community.
(4) In deciding whether to delete an ecological community from a
particular category (whether as a result of a transfer or otherwise),
the only matters the Minister may consider are matters relating to:
(a) whether the ecological community is eligible to be included
in that category; or
(b) the effect that the inclusion of the ecological community in
that category is having, or could have, on the survival of the
ecological community.
188 Amending list of key threatening processes
(1) The Minister must not add a threatening process to the list unless
satisfied that it is eligible to be treated as a key threatening process.
(2) The Minister must not delete a threatening process from the list
unless satisfied that it is no longer eligible to be treated as a key
threatening process.
(3) A process is a threatening process if it threatens, or may threaten,
the survival, abundance or evolutionary development of a native
species or ecological community.
(4) A threatening process is eligible to be treated as a key threatening
process if:
(a) it could cause a native species or an ecological community to
become eligible for listing in any category, other than
conservation dependent; or
(b) it could cause a listed threatened species or a listed
threatened ecological community to become eligible to be
listed in another category representing a higher degree of
endangerment; or
(c) it adversely affects 2 or more listed threatened species (other
than conservation dependent species) or 2 or more listed
threatened ecological communities.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
317
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 189
189 Minister must consider advice from Scientific Committee
(1) In deciding whether to make an amendment covered by
paragraph 184(1)(aa), (b) or (d), the Minister must, in accordance
with the regulations (if any), obtain and consider advice from the
Scientific Committee on the proposed amendment.
(1A) Subsection (1) has effect subject to section 192.
(1B) If advice from the Scientific Committee for the purposes of
subsection (1) is to the effect that a particular native species, or a
particular ecological community, is eligible to be included in the
relevant list in a particular category, the advice must also contain:
(a) a statement that sets out:
(i) the grounds on which the species or community is
eligible to be included in the category; and
(ii) the main factors that are the cause of it being so eligible;
and
(b) either:
(i) information about what could appropriately be done to
stop the decline of, or support the recovery of, the
species or community; or
(ii) a statement to the effect that there is nothing that could
appropriately be done to stop the decline of, or support
the recovery of, the species or community; and
(c) a recommendation on the question whether there should be a
recovery plan for the species or community.
(2) In preparing advice under subsection (1), the Scientific Committee
may obtain advice from a person with expertise relevant to the
subject matter of the proposed amendment.
(3) In preparing advice for a proposed amendment to delete an item:
(a) included in a category of a list referred to in section 178 or
181; and
(b) that had not been included in that category in accordance
with subsection 186(3), (4) or (5);
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
318
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
Section 189A
the only matters the Scientific Committee may consider are matters
relating to:
(c) the survival of the native species or ecological community
concerned; or
(d) the effect that the inclusion in the list of the native species or
ecological community concerned is having, or could have, on
the survival of that native species or ecological community.
(3A) In preparing advice for a proposed amendment to:
(a) include a native species in a category of the list referred to in
section 178 in accordance with subsection 186(3), (4) or (5)
because of the species’ resemblance to another species; or
(b) delete a native species from a category of the list referred to
in section 178 that had been included in that category in
accordance with subsection 186(3), (4) or (5) because of the
species’ resemblance to another species;
the only matters the Scientific Committee may consider are matters
relating to:
(c) the survival of either species; or
(d) the effect that the inclusion in the list of the first-mentioned
species is having, or could have, on the survival of either
species.
189A Certain information may be kept confidential
(1) This section applies if the Minister considers that the survival of a
native species or ecological community could be threatened by the
disclosure of some or all of the following information, or by the
presence or actions of persons if some or all of the following
information were disclosed publicly:
(a) the precise location of the species in the wild, or of the
community;
(b) any other information about the species or community.
(2) It is sufficient compliance with this Act if only a general
description of the location of the species or community is included
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
319
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 189B
in an instrument or other document created for the purposes of this
Act.
189B Disclosure of Scientific Committee’s assessments and advice
(1) A member of the Scientific Committee has a duty not to disclose
the following to a person other than the Minister, an employee in
the Department whose duties relate to the Committee or another
member of the Committee:
(a) an assessment under section 194N in relation to whether an
item is eligible for inclusion (whether as a result of a transfer
or otherwise) in a list referred to in section 178, 181 or 183,
any information relating to the assessment or any information
about the nomination (if any) that led to the making of the
assessment;
(b) advice under section 189 concerning an amendment covered
by subsection 189(1) or any information relating to the
advice.
(2) However:
(a) the duty not to disclose a thing described in paragraph (1)(a)
in relation to an item does not exist after:
(i) registration under Division 3 of Part 4 of the Legislative
Instruments Act 2003 of an instrument made under
section 189 in relation to the item; or
(ii) the Minister decides under paragraph 194Q(1)(b) not to
include the item in a list referred to in section 178, 181
or 183; and
(b) the duty not to disclose a thing described in paragraph (1)(b)
in relation to an amendment does not exist after:
(i) registration under Division 3 of Part 4 of the Legislative
Instruments Act 2003 of an instrument made under
section 189 relating to the amendment; or
(ii) the Minister decides under this Subdivision not to
remove the item from a list referred to in section 178,
181 or 183.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
320
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
Section 189B
(3) Subsection (1) does not apply to a disclosure of particular
information if:
(a) the Chair of the Scientific Committee requests the Minister to
give permission to disclose that information to a particular
person (or persons within a particular group of persons); and
(b) the Minister gives that permission; and
(c) the disclosure is made to that person (or a person within that
group).
(4) After a member of the Scientific Committee has ceased under
subsection (2) to have a duty not to disclose:
(a) an assessment under section 194N in relation to whether an
item is eligible for inclusion (whether as a result of a transfer
or otherwise) in a list referred to in section 178, 181 or 183;
or
(b) advice under section 189 concerning an amendment covered
by subsection 189(1);
the member must give a copy of the assessment or advice to
anyone who asks for it.
(5) If:
(a) a member of the Scientific Committee proposes to give a
person under subsection (4):
(i) a copy of an assessment relating to an item concerning a
native species or ecological community; or
(ii) a copy of advice relating to an amendment concerning a
native species or ecological community; and
(b) the member is aware that, under section 189A, it would be
sufficient compliance with this Act if the copy included only
a general location of the species or community;
the member must take reasonable steps to ensure that the copy
given to the person does not include a more detailed description
than is necessary for sufficient compliance with this Act under that
section.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
321
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 190
190 Scientific Committee may provide advice about species or
communities becoming threatened
(1) If the Scientific Committee is of the opinion that a native species or
ecological community is not eligible to be included in any category
of the list mentioned in section 178 or 181, the Committee may
give advice to the Minister concerning any action that is necessary
to prevent the species or community becoming threatened.
(2) The Minister is to have regard to any advice given under
subsection (1) in performing any function, or exercising any
power, under this Act relevant to the species or community.
192 Rediscovery of threatened species that were extinct
(1) If the Minister is satisfied that a native species that is listed in the
extinct category has been definitely located in nature since it was
last listed as extinct, the Minister may, under section 184, transfer
the species from the extinct category to another category without
considering advice from the Scientific Committee.
(2) Subsection (1) does not prevent the Minister from making such an
amendment after having considered advice from the Scientific
Committee.
193 Species posing a serious threat to human health
(1) If the Minister is satisfied that a native species poses a serious
threat to human health, the Minister may, by legislative instrument,
determine that the species is not appropriate for inclusion in any of
the categories of the list referred to in section 178.
(2) While the determination is in force, the species is not to be added
to that list.
(4) The Minister must cause a notice summarising the information
contained in an instrument to be published in accordance with the
regulations (if any).
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
322
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
Section 194
194 Lists must be publicly available
The Minister must ensure that:
(a) up-to-date copies of the lists referred to in sections 178, 181
and 183 are available for free to the public on request; and
(b) up-to-date copies of the lists are available on the internet.
Note: The copies of the lists made publicly available may not contain certain
information kept confidential under section 189A.
Subdivision AA—The nomination and listing process
194A Simplified outline
The following is a simplified outline of this Subdivision:
This Subdivision sets out the usual process for including an item in
a list referred to in section 178, 181 or 183, or transferring an item
from one category in one of those lists to another category in the
list.
The usual process involves an annual cycle that revolves around
12-month periods known as assessment periods. The Minister
determines the start of the first assessment period (see
section 194C).
The usual process involves the following steps for each assessment
period for a list:
(a) the Minister may determine conservation themes
(this step is optional) (see section 194D);
(b) the Minister invites people to nominate items for
inclusion in the list referred to in section 178, 181
or 183, and gives the nominations to the Scientific
Committee (see sections 194E and 194F);
(c) the Scientific Committee prepares, and gives to the
Minister, a list of items (which will mostly be
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
323
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 194B
items that have been nominated) that it thinks
should be assessed (see sections 194G to 194J);
(d) the Minister finalises the list of items that are to be
assessed (see sections 194K and 194N( �
(e) the Scientific Committee invites people to make
comments about the item in the finalised list (see
section 194M);
(f) the Scientific Committee assesses the item in the
finalised list, and gives the assessments to the
Minister (see sections 194N and 194P);
(g) the Minister decides whether an item that has been
assessed should be included in the list referred to
in section 178, 181 or 183 (see section 194Q).
The steps mentioned in paragraphs (a) to (d) will generally be
completed before the start of the assessment period.
194B Definitions
(1) In this Subdivision:
assessment period has the meaning given by subsection 194C(1).
eligible for assessment consideration, in relation to an assessment
period, has the meaning given by subsection 194G(3).
finalised priority assessment list for an assessment period has the
meaning given by subsection 194K(4).
includes has a meaning affected by subsection (2).
proposed priority assessment list for an assessment period has the
meaning given by subsection 194G(1).
Subdivision A List means a list referred to in section 178, 181 or
183.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
324
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
Section 194C
(2) A reference in this Subdivision to including an item in a list
referred to in section 178 or 181 includes a reference to
transferring the item from one category in the list to another
category in the list.
194C Meaning of assessment period
(1) For the purposes of this Subdivision, each of the following is an
assessment period for a Subdivision A List:
(a) the period of 12 months starting on the day determined in
writing by the Minister for the purposes of this paragraph in
relation to the Subdivision A List;
(b) each period of 12 months starting on an anniversary of the
day so determined.
(2) The Minister must make a determination under paragraph (1)(a)
within 3 months after the commencement of this section. The day
so determined must not be more than 12 months after that
commencement.
(3) A determination under paragraph (1)(a) is a legislative instrument,
but section 42 (disallowance) of the Legislation Act 2003 does not
apply to the determination.
Note: Part 4 of Chapter 3 (sunsetting) of the Legislation Act 2003 does not
apply to the determination. See regulations made for the purposes of
paragraph 54(2)(b) of that Act.
194D Minister may determine conservation themes for an
assessment period
(1) Before the Minister invites nominations for an assessment period
for a Subdivision A List under section 194E, the Minister may
determine one or more conservation themes that the Minister
considers should be given priority in relation to the assessment
period for the Subdivision A List.
(2) Without limiting subsection (1), the Minister may determine as a
conservation theme that priority should be given to the
conservation of:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
325
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 194E
(a) particular groups of species; or
(b) particular species; or
(c) particular regions of Australia.
(3) The Minister may request advice from the Scientific Committee for
the purpose of making a determination under subsection (1), and
may have regard to any advice the Committee provides in response
to the request.
(4) A determination under subsection (1) is a legislative instrument,
but section 42 (disallowance) of the Legislation Act 2003 does not
apply to the determination.
194E Minister to invite nominations for each assessment period
(1) Before the start of each assessment period for a Subdivision A List,
the Minister must publish a notice inviting people to nominate
items for inclusion in the Subdivision A List.
Note: Nominations can be for the transfer of an item already on a list
covered by section 178 or 181 from one category in the list to another
category in the list (see subsection 194B(2)).
(2) A notice under subsection (1):
(a) must be published in accordance with the regulations referred
to in paragraph (3)(a); and
(b) must invite people to nominate, to the Minister, items for
inclusion in the Subdivision A List; and
(c) must identify the assessment period to which the notice
relates; and
(d) must specify a date (the cut-off date) by which nominations
must be received, which must be at least 40 business days
after the notice has been published as required by
paragraph (a); and
(e) must specify, or refer to, the information requirements, and
the manner and form requirements, that, under regulations
referred to in paragraphs (3)(b) and (c), apply to making
nominations; and
(f) may also include:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
326
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
Section 194F
(i) information related to any conservation themes that the
Minister has determined under section 194D should be
given priority in relation to the assessment period for
the Subdivision A List; and
(ii) any other information that the Minister considers
appropriate.
(3) The regulations must provide for the following:
(a) how a notice under subsection (1) is to be published;
(b) the manner and form for making nominations;
(c) what information is to be included in a nomination.
194F Minister to give nominations to Scientific Committee
Nominations in relation to first assessment period
(1) Within 30 business days after the cut-off date specified in the
notice under subsection 194E(1) for the first assessment period, the
Minister must give the Scientific Committee the nominations that
the Minister:
(a) had received before the end of that cut-off date; and
(b) had not already forwarded to the Scientific Committee, under
section 191 (as in force before the commencement of this
section), to assess; and
(c) had not already rejected under section 191 (as in force before
the commencement of this section); and
(d) does not reject under subsection (3).
Nominations in relation to later assessment periods
(2) Within 30 business days after the cut-off date (the current cut-off
date) specified in the notice under subsection 194E(1) for an
assessment period (other than the first) for a Subdivision A List,
the Minister must give the Scientific Committee the nominations
that were received by the Minister in the period:
(a) starting immediately after the end of the cut-off date
specified in the notice under subsection 194E(1) for the
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
327
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 194G
immediately preceding assessment period for the
Subdivision A List; and
(b) ending at the end of the current cut-off date for the
Subdivision A List;
other than any such nominations that the Minister has rejected
under subsection (3).
Minister may reject nominations
(3) The Minister may, in writing, reject a nomination if the Minister
considers that:
(a) the nomination is vexatious, frivolous or not made in good
faith; or
(b) the Minister considers that regulations referred to in
paragraph 194E(3)(b) or (c) have not been complied with in
relation to the nomination.
(4) If a nomination is rejected under paragraph (3)(b), the Minister
must, if practicable, notify the person who made the nomination of
the rejection of the nomination and the reason for the rejection.
Definition
(5) In this section:
nomination means a nomination of an item for inclusion in a
Subdivision A List.
194G Scientific Committee to prepare proposed priority assessment
list
(1) Within 40 business days after the Scientific Committee receives
the nominations as required by subsection 194F(1) in relation to an
assessment period for a Subdivision A List, the Committee must
prepare and give to the Minister a list (the proposed priority
assessment list) for the assessment period for the Subdivision A
List.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
328
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
Section 194G
(2) The proposed priority assessment list for the Subdivision A List is
to consist of such of the items that are eligible for assessment
consideration in relation to the assessment period for the
Subdivision A List as the Scientific Committee considers it
appropriate to include in the proposed priority assessment list,
having regard to:
(a) any conservation themes determined by the Minister under
section 194D in relation to the assessment period for the
Subdivision A List; and
(b) the Committee’s own views about what should be given
priority in relation to the assessment period for the
Subdivision A List; and
(c) the Committee’s capacity to make assessments under this
Division while still performing its other functions; and
(d) any other matters that the Committee considers appropriate.
(3) An item is eligible for assessment consideration in relation to the
assessment period for a Subdivision A List if:
(a) the item has been nominated by a nomination referred to in
subsection (1); or
(b) the Committee itself wishes to nominate the item for
inclusion in the Subdivision A List; or
(c) the item was eligible for assessment consideration, otherwise
than because of this paragraph, in relation to the immediately
preceding assessment period (if any) for the Subdivision A
List but was not included in the finalised priority assessment
list for that assessment period for the Subdivision A List.
(4) Without limiting the generality of the Scientific Committee’s
discretion under subsection (2), the Committee does not have to
include in the proposed priority assessment list an item that has
been nominated if the Committee considers that:
(a) if the item is not on the Subdivision A List concerned—it is
unlikely that the item is eligible to be included in the
Subdivision A List; or
(b) if the nomination is for the transfer of the item to another
category in the Subdivision A List concerned—it is unlikely
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
329
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 194H
that the item is eligible to be included in that other category
of the Subdivision A List.
(5) For the purposes of subsection (4), the Committee is not required
to have regard to any information beyond the information that was
included in the nomination.
(6) The proposed priority assessment list is not a legislative
instrument.
194H Matters to be included in proposed priority assessment list
(1) The proposed priority assessment list for an assessment period for
a Subdivision A List is to include, for each item in the proposed
priority assessment list:
(a) a description of the item; and
(b) an assessment completion time; and
(c) any other information required by the regulations.
(2) The assessment completion time for an item must be either:
(a) a time that is at or before the end of the assessment period for
the proposed priority assessment list; or
(b) if the Scientific Committee considers it likely that making an
assessment in relation to the item will take a period that is
longer than 12 months—the end of that longer period
(calculated from the start of the assessment period for the
proposed priority assessment list).
194J Statement to be given to Minister with proposed priority
assessment list
(1) When the Scientific Committee gives the Minister the proposed
priority assessment list for an assessment period for a
Subdivision A List, the Committee must also give the Minister a
statement setting out such information as the Committee considers
appropriate relating to:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
330
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
Section 194K
(a) for each item that is included in the proposed priority
assessment list—why the Committee included the item in the
list; and
(b) for each item that is not included in the proposed priority
assessment list but that was eligible for assessment
consideration because of paragraph 194G(3)(a) or (c)—why
the Committee did not include the item in the proposed
priority assessment list.
(2) The statement must also identify, as items nominated by the
Scientific Committee, any items that are included in the proposed
priority assessment list because the Committee itself wishes to
nominate them (see paragraph 194G(3)(b)).
194K The finalised priority assessment list
(1) Within 20 business days after the Minister, under section 194G,
receives the proposed priority assessment list for an assessment
period for a Subdivision A List, the Minister may, in writing, make
changes to the proposed priority assessment list as mentioned in
subsection (2).
(2) The changes the Minister may make are as follows:
(a) including an item in the proposed priority assessment list
(and also including the matters referred to in
subsection 194H(1));
(b) omitting an item from the proposed priority assessment list
(and also omitting the matters referred to in
subsection 194H(1));
(c) changing the assessment completion time for an item in the
proposed priority assessment list;
(d) any other changes of a kind permitted by the regulations.
(3) In exercising the power to make changes, the Minister may have
regard to any matters that the Minister considers appropriate.
(4) At the end of the period of 20 business days referred to in
subsection (1), the proposed priority assessment list, as changed (if
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
331
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 194L
at all) by the Minister, becomes the finalised priority assessment
list for the assessment period for the Subdivision A List.
(5) The Minister must notify the Scientific Committee of all changes
that the Minister makes to the proposed priority assessment list.
(6) The finalised priority assessment list is not a legislative instrument.
194L Publication of finalised priority assessment list
(1) The Scientific Committee must publish the finalised priority
assessment list for an assessment period for a Subdivision A List
on the internet.
(2) The Scientific Committee must also publish the finalised priority
assessment list in accordance with any requirements of the
regulations.
194M Scientific Committee to invite comments on items in finalised
priority assessment list
(1) In relation to each item included in the finalised priority
assessment list for an assessment period for a Subdivision A List,
the Scientific Committee must publish a notice inviting people to
make comments on the item.
(2) The Scientific Committee may, under subsection (1), publish a
single notice relating to all of the items on the finalised priority
assessment list, or may publish a number of separate notices, each
of which relates to one or more of the items.
(3) A notice under subsection (1), in relation to an item or items:
(a) must be published in accordance with the regulations referred
to in paragraph (4)(a); and
(b) must identify the item or items to which the notice relates;
and
(c) if the Subdivision A List is the list referred to in section 178
or 181—must identify the category of the Subdivision A List
in which the item or items are proposed to be included; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
332
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
Section 194N
(d) must invite people to make comments, to the Scientific
Committee, setting out:
(i) if the Subdivision A List is the list referred to in
section 178 or 181—views about whether the item or
items are eligible for inclusion in that category of the
Subdivision A List; and
(ii) if the Subdivision A List is the list referred to in
section 183—views whether the item or items are
eligible for inclusion in the Subdivision A List; and
(iii) reasons supporting those views; and
(e) must specify the date (the cut-off date) by which comments
must be received, which must be at least 30 business days
after the notice has been published as required by
paragraph (a); and
(f) must specify, or refer to, the manner and form requirements
that, under regulations referred to in paragraph (4)(b), apply
to making comments; and
(g) may also invite people to comment on other matters that the
Scientific Committee considers appropriate; and
(h) may also include any other information that the Scientific
Committee considers appropriate.
(4) The regulations must provide for the following:
(a) how a notice under subsection (1) is to be published;
(b) the manner and form for making comments.
194N Scientific Committee to assess items on finalised priority
assessment list and give assessments to Minister
(1) In relation to each item included in the finalised priority
assessment list for an assessment period for a Subdivision A List,
the Scientific Committee must (by the time required by
section 194P):
(a) make a written assessment of:
(i) whether the item is eligible for inclusion in the
Subdivision A List; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
333
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 194P
(ii) if the Subdivision A List is the list referred to in
section 178 or 181—the category of that List in which
the item is eligible to be included; and
(b) give to the Minister:
(i) the written assessment (or a copy of it); and
(ii) a copy of the comments referred to in paragraphs (2)(a)
and (b) (whether or not they have all been taken into
account under subsection (2)).
(2) In making an assessment in relation to an item, the Scientific
Committee, subject to subsections (3) and (4):
(a) must take into account the comments the Committee receives
in response to the notice under subsection 194M(1) in
relation to the item; and
(b) may seek, and have regard to, information or advice from any
source.
(3) The Scientific Committee is not required to take a comment
referred to in paragraph (2)(a) into account if:
(a) the Committee does not receive the comment until after the
cut-off date specified in the notice under subsection 194M(1)
in relation to the item; or
(b) the Committee considers that regulations referred to in
paragraph 194M(4)(b) have not been complied with in
relation to the comment.
(4) In making an assessment, the only matters the Scientific
Committee may consider are matters relating to:
(a) whether the item is eligible for inclusion in the Subdivision A
List; or
(b) the effect that including the item in that List could have on
the survival of the native species or ecological community
concerned.
194P Time by which assessments to be provided to Minister
(1) Subsection 194N(1) must be complied with, in relation to an item
included in the finalised priority assessment list for an assessment
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
334
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
Section 194Q
period for a Subdivision A List, by the assessment completion time
specified in the finalised priority assessment list for the item, or by
that time as extended under this section.
(2) The Scientific Committee may request the Minister to extend the
assessment completion time (or that time as previously extended) if
the Committee considers that it needs more time to make the
assessment.
(3) The Minister may, in response to a request under subsection (2),
extend the assessment completion time (or that time as previously
extended) by such period (if any) as the Minister considers
appropriate. However, the total length of all extensions of the
assessment completion time must not be more than 5 years.
(4) An extension under subsection (3) must be made in writing.
(5) If the Minister grants an extension under this section, the Minister
must publish particulars of the extension in a way that the Minister
considers appropriate.
194Q Decision about inclusion of an item in the Subdivision A List
Minister to decide whether or not to include item
(1) After receiving from the Scientific Committee an assessment under
section 194N of an item, the Minister must:
(a) include the item in the Subdivision A List concerned; or
(b) in writing, decide not to include the item in the
Subdivision A List concerned.
Note 1: Under this subsection the Minister can transfer an item already on a
Subdivision A List to a different category in the List (see
subsection 194B(1)).
Note 2: Sections 186, 187 and 188 contain rules about including items in a
Subdivision A List.
(2) If, under subsection (1), the Minister transfers an item to a category
of the Subdivision A List, the Minister must at the same time
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
335
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 194Q
delete the item from the category in which it was included before
the transfer.
(3) Subject to subsection (4), the Minister must comply with
subsection (1) within 90 business days after the day on which the
Minister receives the assessment.
(4) The Minister may, in writing, extend or further extend the period
for complying with subsection (1).
(5) Particulars of an extension or further extension under
subsection (4) must be published on the internet and in any other
way required by regulations.
(6) For the purpose of deciding what action to take under
subsection (1) in relation to the item:
(a) the Minister must have regard to:
(i) the Scientific Committee’s assessment of the item; and
(ii) the comments (if any), a copy of which were given to
the Minister under subsection 194N(1) with the
assessment; and
(b) the Minister may seek, and have regard to, information or
advice from any source.
Additional requirements if Minister decides to include item
(7) If the Minister includes the item in the Subdivision A List, he or
she must, within a reasonable time:
(a) if the item was nominated by a person in response to a notice
under subsection 194E(1)—advise the person that the item
has been included in the Subdivision A List; and
(b) publish a copy of the instrument referred to in
paragraph (1)(a) on the internet; and
(c) publish a copy or summary of that instrument in accordance
with any other requirements specified in the regulations.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
336
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
Section 194R
Additional requirements if Minister decides not to include item
(8) If the Minister decides not to include the item in the Subdivision A
List, the Minister must, within 10 business days after making the
decision:
(a) publish the decision on the internet; and
(b) if the item was nominated by a person in response to a notice
under subsection 194E(1)—advise the person of the decision,
and of the reasons for the decision.
194R Scientific Committee may obtain advice
In performing its functions under this Subdivision, the Scientific
Committee may obtain advice from a person with expertise
relevant to the inclusion of an item in a Subdivision A List.
194S Co-ordination with Australian Heritage Council—Committee
undertaking assessment
(1) This section applies if:
(a) the Scientific Committee undertakes an assessment under this
Subdivision; and
(b) before giving the assessment to the Minister, the Committee
becomes aware that:
(i) the Australian Heritage Council is undertaking, or has
undertaken, an assessment of a place under
Subdivision BA or BB of Division 1A of Part 15 or
under Subdivision BA or BB of Division 3A of Part 15;
and
(ii) there is a matter that is relevant to both the assessment
referred to in paragraph (a) and the assessment referred
to in subparagraph (i).
(2) A member of the Scientific Committee may discuss the matter with
a member of the Australian Heritage Council.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
337
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 194S
(3) Before the Scientific Committee gives an assessment to the
Minister under this Subdivision, the Committee must comply with
subsection (4) or (6).
(4) If the Australian Heritage Council has not yet given the Minister an
assessment that deals with that matter, the Scientific Committee
must:
(a) give the Council a copy of the assessment that the Committee
proposes to give to the Minister; and
(b) invite the Council to give the Committee its comments in
relation to that matter; and
(c) take into account, in finalising the assessment that the
Committee gives the Minister, any comments that the
Council makes in relation to that matter in response to that
invitation within 14 days, or such longer period as is
specified in the invitation, after being given the invitation.
(5) If the Scientific Committee gives the Australian Heritage Council a
copy of a proposed assessment under paragraph (4)(a), the
Committee must also give the Council a copy of the assessment
that the Committee gives the Minister.
(6) If:
(a) the Australian Heritage Council has already given the
Minister an assessment that deals with that matter; and
(b) the Scientific Committee has been given a copy of that
assessment;
the Committee must take that assessment into account in finalising
the assessment that the Committee gives the Minister.
(7) If, under section 324JR, 324JS, 341JQ or 341JR, the Australian
Heritage Council gives the Scientific Committee a proposed
assessment, or an assessment, that deals with a particular matter
because the Committee is undertaking an assessment that deals
with that matter, a member of the Committee may discuss that
matter with a member of the Council.
(8) Subsection (2), paragraph (4)(a) and subsections (5) and (7) have
effect despite section 189B.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
338
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
Section 194T
194T Co-ordination with Australian Heritage Council—Committee
given assessment to Minister
(1) This section applies if:
(a) the Scientific Committee has given to the Minister an
assessment under this Subdivision; and
(b) the Committee is or becomes aware that:
(i) the Australian Heritage Council is undertaking an
assessment of a place under Subdivision BA or BB of
Division 1A of Part 15 or under Subdivision BA or BB
of Division 3A of Part 15; and
(ii) there is a matter that is relevant to both the assessment
referred to in paragraph (a) and the assessment referred
to in subparagraph (i).
(2) The Scientific Committee must, within 7 days after giving the
assessment to the Minister, or becoming aware, as referred to in
paragraph (1)(b):
(a) ensure the Australian Heritage Council is aware of the
existence of the paragraph (1)(a) assessment dealing with the
matter; and
(b) give the Council a copy of the assessment.
(3) A member of the Scientific Committee may discuss the matter with
a member of the Australian Heritage Council.
(4) Subsections (2) and (3) have effect despite section 189B.
Subdivision B—Permit system
195 Subdivision does not apply to cetaceans
This Subdivision does not apply to a member of a listed threatened
species that is a cetacean.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
339
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 196
196 Killing or injuring member of listed threatened species or
community
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action results in the death or injury of a member of a
species or a member of an ecological community; and
(c) the member is a member of a listed threatened species
(except a conservation dependent species) or of a listed
threatened ecological community; and
(d) the member is in or on a Commonwealth area.
Penalty:
(a) in the case of an aggravated offence—imprisonment for 2
years or 3,000 penalty units, or both;
(b) in any other case—imprisonment for 2 years or 1,000 penalty
units, or both.
Note 1: For the extra element of an aggravated offence, see section 196F.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in
section 197. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to
those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (1)(c) and (d).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
196A Strict liability for killing or injuring member of listed
threatened species or community
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action results in the death or injury of a member of a
native species or a member of an ecological community; and
(c) the member is a member of a listed threatened species
(except a conservation dependent species) or of a listed
threatened ecological community; and
(d) the member is in or on a Commonwealth area.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
340
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
Section 196B
Penalty:
(a) in the case of an aggravated offence—1,500 penalty units;
(b) in any other case—500 penalty units.
Note 1: For the extra element of an aggravated offence, see section 196F.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in
section 197. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to
those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (1)(a), (b), (c) and (d).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
196B Taking etc. member of listed threatened species or community
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes, trades, keeps or moves a member of a
species or a member of an ecological community; and
(b) the member is a member of a listed threatened species
(except a conservation dependent species) or a listed
threatened ecological community; and
(c) the member is in or on a Commonwealth area.
Penalty:
(a) in the case of an aggravated offence—imprisonment for 2
years or 3,000 penalty units, or both;
(b) in any other case—imprisonment for 2 years or 1,000 penalty
units, or both.
Note 1: For the extra element of an aggravated offence, see section 196F.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in
section 197. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to
those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (1)(b) and (c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
341
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 196C
196C Strict liability for taking etc. member of listed threatened
species or community
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes, trades, keeps or moves a member of a
native species or a member of an ecological community; and
(b) the member is a member of a listed threatened species
(except a conservation dependent species) or a listed
threatened ecological community; and
(c) the member is in or on a Commonwealth area.
Penalty:
(a) in the case of an aggravated offence—1,500 penalty units;
(b) in any other case—500 penalty units.
Note 1: For the extra element of an aggravated offence, see section 196F.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in
section 197. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to
those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
196D Trading etc. member of listed threatened species or
community taken in Commonwealth area
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person trades, keeps or moves a member of a species or a
member of an ecological community; and
(b) the member is a member of a listed threatened species
(except a conservation dependent species) or a listed
threatened ecological community; and
(c) the member has been taken in or on a Commonwealth area.
Penalty:
(a) in the case of an aggravated offence—imprisonment for 2
years or 3,000 penalty units, or both;
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
342
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
Section 196E
(b) in any other case—imprisonment for 2 years or 1,000 penalty
units, or both.
Note 1: For the extra element of an aggravated offence, see section 196F.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in
section 197. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to
those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (1)(b) and (c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
196E Strict liability for trading etc. member of listed threatened
species or community taken in Commonwealth area
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person trades, keeps or moves a member of a native
species or a member of an ecological community; and
(b) the member is a member of a listed threatened species
(except a conservation dependent species) or a listed
threatened ecological community; and
(c) the member has been taken in or on a Commonwealth area.
Penalty:
(a) in the case of an aggravated offence—1,500 penalty units;
(b) in any other case—500 penalty units.
Note 1: For the extra element of an aggravated offence, see section 196F.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in
section 197. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to
those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
196F Aggravated offence—member of listed threatened species that
is a dugong or turtle
(1) For the purposes of this Subdivision, an offence against
section 196, 196A, 196B, 196C, 196D or 196E (the underlying
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
343
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 197
offence) is an aggravated offence if the member to which the
underlying offence relates is:
(a) a member of a listed threatened species; and
(b) a member of a species mentioned in paragraph 248(2)(f), (g)
or (h).
Note: Marine turtles and leatherback turtles are members of the species
mentioned in paragraphs 248(2)(g) and (h), and on the day this section
commenced, these species were listed threatened species.
(2) If the prosecution intends to prove an aggravated offence, the
charge must allege the relevant aggravated offence.
(3) Strict liability applies to the physical elements of circumstance,
that the member is:
(a) a member of a listed threatened species; and
(b) a member of a species mentioned in paragraph 248(2)(f), (g)
or (h).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
197 Certain actions are not offences
Sections 196, 196A, 196B, 196C, 196D, 196E and 207B do not
apply to:
(a) an action authorised by a permit that was issued under
section 201 and is in force; or
(b) an action provided for by, and done in accordance with, a
recovery plan in force under Division 5; or
(c) an action that is covered by an approval in operation under
Part 9 for the purposes of subsection 18(1), (2), (3), (4), (5)
or (6) or 18A(1) or (2); or
(d) an action that:
(i) is one of a class of actions declared by the Minister
under section 33 not to require an approval under Part 9
for the purposes of subsection 18(1), (2), (3), (4), (5), or
(6) or 18A(1) or (2); and
(ii) is taken in accordance with a management arrangement
or authorisation process that is an accredited
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
344
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
Section 197
management arrangement or an accredited authorisation
process for the purposes of the declaration; or
(da) an action that:
(i) is an action, or one of a class of actions, declared by the
Minister under section 37A not to require an approval
under Part 9 for the purposes of subsection 18(1), (2),
(3), (4), (5), or (6) or 18A(1) or (2); and
(ii) is taken in accordance with the bioregional plan to
which the declaration relates; or
(db) in the case of sections 196B, 196C, 196D and 196E—an
action that is trading, keeping or moving a member of a listed
threatened species or a listed ecological community, if:
(i) when the member of the species or community was
taken, the species or community was not a listed
threatened species or a listed threatened ecological
community, as the case requires; and
(ii) the trading, keeping or moving of the member of the
species or community occurs during the period of 6
months that started when the species or community
became a listed threatened species or a listed threatened
ecological community, as the case requires; or
(e) an action that is taken in a humane manner and is reasonably
necessary to relieve or prevent suffering by a member of a
listed threatened species or listed threatened ecological
community; or
(f) an action that is reasonably necessary to prevent a risk to
human health; or
(g) an action by a Commonwealth agency, or an agency of a
State or of a self-governing Territory, that is reasonably
necessary for the purposes of law enforcement; or
(h) an action that is reasonably necessary to deal with an
emergency involving a serious threat to human life or
property; or
(i) an action that occurs as a result of an unavoidable accident,
other than an accident caused by negligent or reckless
behaviour; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
345
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 198
(j) an action that is taken in accordance with a permit issued
under regulations made under the Great Barrier Reef Marine
Park Act 1975 and in force; or
(k) an action provided for by, and taken in accordance with, a
plan or regime that is accredited under section 208A; or
(l) an action, to the extent that it is covered by
subsection 517A(7); or
(m) an action provided for by, and done in accordance with, a
conservation agreement in force under Part 14; or
(n) an action taken in a Commonwealth reserve in accordance
with a management plan made under Part 15 and in operation
for the reserve; or
(o) an action provided for by, and taken in accordance with, a
traditional use of marine resources agreement that:
(i) was made and accredited in accordance with regulations
made under the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act
1975; and
(ii) is in force; or
(p) an action that is taken in accordance with a permit that:
(i) was issued under the Antarctic Treaty (Environment
Protection) Act 1980 or under regulations made under
that Act; and
(ii) is in force; or
(q) an action that consists of the transit of a member through a
Commonwealth area in circumstances where the member
was:
(i) obtained from an area that is not a Commonwealth area;
or
(ii) taken from a Commonwealth area in circumstances
covered by paragraph (a), (c), (d), (da), (db), (j), (k),
(m), (n), (o) or (p).
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in
this section. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
346
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
Section 198
198 Operation of sections 18 and 18A not affected
To avoid doubt, sections 196, 196A, 196B, 196C, 196D, 196E,
196F and 197 do not affect the operation of section 18 or 18A.
199 Failing to notify taking of listed threatened species or listed
ecological community
(1) This section applies to an action taken by a person if all of the
following conditions are met:
(a) the person’s action either:
(i) results in the death or injury of a member of a listed
threatened species (except a conservation dependent
species), or a member of a listed threatened ecological
community, that is in or on a Commonwealth area; or
(ii) consists of, or involves, trading, taking, keeping or
moving a member of a listed threatened species (except
a conservation dependent species), or a member of a
listed threatened ecological community, that is in or on
a Commonwealth area;
(b) the person’s action does not constitute an offence against
section 196, 196A, 196B, 196C, 196D or 196E, otherwise
than because of paragraph 197(db);
(c) the person’s action is not an action that the person was
authorised by a permit to take.
Note 1: Section 197 sets out most of the circumstances in which an action
described in paragraph (1)(a) will not be an offence against
section 196, 196A, 196B, 196C, 196D or 196E.
Note 2: A person is authorised by a permit to take an action if the person is the
holder of the permit or the person is given an authority under
section 204 by the holder of the permit to take the action.
Note 3: The conditions of a permit may require the holder of the permit to
give certain notices.
(2) Within 7 days of becoming aware of the action, the person must
notify the Secretary in writing, by telephone or by use of any other
electronic equipment:
(a) that the action was taken; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
347
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 200
(b) of other particulars (if any) about the action that are
prescribed by the regulations.
(3) An example of the particulars about the action that the regulations
may prescribe is the time and place of taking the action. This does
not limit the particulars the regulations may prescribe.
(4) Subsection (2) does not apply if:
(a) the person, or any other person or body, is required by or
under a law of the Commonwealth to notify the Secretary of
the action; or
(b) the action is in a class of actions:
(i) that is specified in an agreement or arrangement
between the Secretary and a Commonwealth agency, or
an agency of a State or self-governing Territory; and
(ii) that the agreement or arrangement provides is to be
notified to the Secretary by the agency.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in
this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(5) A person commits an offence punishable on conviction by a fine
not exceeding 100 penalty units if the person:
(a) fails to do an act; and
(b) the failing to do the act results in a contravention of
subsection (2).
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
200 Application for permits
(1) A person may, in accordance with the regulations, apply to the
Minister for a permit to be issued under section 201.
(2) The application must be accompanied by the fee prescribed by the
regulations (if any).
(3) As soon as practicable after receiving the application, the Minister
must cause to be published on the internet:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
348
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
Section 201
(a) details of the application; and
(b) an invitation for anyone to give the Minister comments
within 10 business days (measured in Canberra) on whether
the permit should be issued.
Note: If the action is also the subject of a referral under Division 1 of Part 7
and the referral is made at the same time as the application, the
application and invitation for comments that must be published under
this subsection may be published together with the referral and
invitation for comments that must be published under
subsection 74(3).
201 Minister may issue permits
(1) Subject to subsections (3) and (3A), the Minister may, on
application by a person under section 200, issue a permit to the
person.
(2) A permit authorises its holder to take an action specified in the
permit without breaching section 196, 196A, 196B, 196C, 196D,
196E or 207B.
(3) The Minister must not issue the permit unless satisfied that:
(a) the specified action will contribute significantly to the
conservation of the listed threatened species or listed
threatened ecological community concerned; or
(b) the impact of the specified action on a member of the listed
threatened species or listed threatened ecological community
concerned is incidental to, and not the purpose of, the taking
of the action and:
(i) the taking of the action will not adversely affect the
survival or recovery in nature of that species or
ecological community; and
(ii) the taking of the action is not inconsistent with a
recovery plan that is in force for that species or
ecological community; and
(iii) the holder of the permit will take all reasonable steps to
minimise the impact of the action on that species or
ecological community; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
349
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 202
(c) the specified action is of particular significance to indigenous
tradition and will not adversely affect the survival or
recovery in nature of the listed threatened species or listed
threatened ecological community concerned; or
(d) the specified action is necessary in order to control pathogens
and is conducted in a way that will, so far as is practicable,
keep to a minimum any impact on the listed threatened
species or listed threatened ecological community concerned.
(3A) The Minister must, in deciding whether to issue the permit, have
regard to any approved conservation advice for the listed
threatened species or listed threatened ecological community
concerned.
(4) In this Act:
indigenous tradition means the body of traditions, observances,
customs and beliefs of indigenous persons generally or of a
particular group of indigenous persons.
(5) In making a decision on the application, the Minister must consider
the comments (if any) received:
(a) in response to the invitation under subsection 200(3) for
anyone to give the Minister comments on whether the permit
should be issued; and
(b) within the period specified in the invitation.
202 Conditions of permits
(1) A permit is subject to such conditions as are specified in the permit
or as are imposed under subsection (2).
(2) The Minister may, in accordance with the regulations:
(a) vary or revoke a condition of a permit; or
(b) impose further conditions of a permit.
(3) Without limiting subsections (1) and (2), conditions of a permit
may include conditions stating the period within which the action
specified in the permit may be taken.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
350
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
Section 203
203 Contravening conditions of a permit
The holder of a permit commits an offence punishable on
conviction by a fine not exceeding 300 penalty units if:
(a) he or she does, or fails to do, an act or thing; and
(b) doing, or failing to do, the act or thing results in a
contravention of a condition of the permit.
204 Authorities under permits
(1) Subject to subsection (2), the holder of a permit may give to a
person written authority to take for or on behalf of the holder any
action authorised by the permit. The authority may be given
generally or as otherwise provided by the instrument of authority.
(2) The holder of a permit must not give an authority unless:
(a) the permit contains a condition permitting the holder to do
so; and
(b) the authority is given in accordance with any requirements
set out in the condition.
(3) A permit is, for the purposes of this Act, taken to authorise the
taking of a particular action by a person if the taking of that action
by the person is authorised by an authority given by the holder of
the permit.
(4) The giving of an authority does not prevent the taking of any action
by the holder of the permit.
(5) Except as provided in this section, a permit does not authorise the
taking of any action by a person for or on behalf of the holder of
the permit.
(6) A person who gives an authority must give to the Minister written
notice of it within 14 days after giving the authority.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
351
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 205
205 Transfer of permits
On the application, in accordance with the regulations, of the
holder of a permit, the Minister may, in accordance with the
regulations, transfer the permit to another person.
206 Suspension or cancellation of permits
The Minister may, in accordance with the regulations:
(a) suspend a permit for a specified period; or
(b) cancel a permit.
206A Review of decisions about permits
(1) Subject to subsection (2), an application may be made to the
Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of a decision:
(a) to issue or refuse a permit; or
(b) to specify, vary or revoke a condition of a permit; or
(c) to impose a further condition of a permit; or
(d) to transfer or refuse to transfer a permit; or
(e) to suspend or cancel a permit.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a decision made personally by the
Minister (but the subsection does apply to a decision made by a
delegate of the Minister).
207 Fees
Such fees as are prescribed (if any) are payable in respect of the
following:
(a) the grant or the transfer of a permit;
(b) the variation or revocation of a condition of a permit;
(c) the imposition of a further condition of a permit.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
352
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
Section 207A
Subdivision BA—Protecting critical habitat
207A Register of critical habitat
(1) The Minister must cause to be kept in accordance with the
regulations (if any) a register in which the Minister may list habitat
identified by the Minister in accordance with the regulations as
being critical to the survival of a listed threatened species or listed
threatened ecological community.
(1A) In considering whether to list habitat, the Minister must take into
account the potential conservation benefit of listing the habitat.
(1B) Subsection (1) does not limit the matters:
(a) that the Minister may take into account in considering
whether to list habitat; or
(b) that the regulations may require or permit the Minister to take
into account in considering whether to list habitat.
(2) The regulations must require the Minister to consider scientific
advice in identifying the habitat.
(3) The register must be made available for public inspection in
accordance with the regulations (if any).
(3A) Particular material included in the register does not have to be
made available for public inspection if the Minister considers that
the interests of relevant landholders could be impeded or
compromised by:
(a) the disclosure of the material; or
(b) without limiting paragraph (a)—the presence or actions of
persons if the material were disclosed.
(4) Habitat listed in the register in relation to a species or ecological
community is critical habitat for the species or ecological
community.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
353
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 207B
207B Offence of knowingly damaging critical habitat
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the person knows that the action significantly damages or
will significantly damage critical habitat for a listed
threatened species (except a conservation dependent species)
or of a listed threatened ecological community; and
(c) the habitat is in or on a Commonwealth area.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in
section 197. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to
those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraph (1)(c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) The offence is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for not
more than 2 years or a fine not exceeding 1,000 penalty units, or
both.
(4) To avoid doubt, this section does not affect the operation of
Division 2, 3 or 4.
207C Sale or lease of Commonwealth land containing critical
habitat
(1) This section applies to a Commonwealth agency that executes a
contract for the sale or lease to someone else of Commonwealth
land that includes critical habitat for a listed threatened species or
listed threatened ecological community. It does not matter whether
the Commonwealth agency executes the contract for the
Commonwealth or on its own behalf.
(2) The Commonwealth agency must ensure that the contract includes
a covenant the effect of which is to protect the critical habitat.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
354
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed threatened species and ecological communities Division 1
Section 208A
(3) The Commonwealth agency must take reasonable steps to ensure
as far as practicable that the covenant binds the successors in title
of the buyer or lessee (as appropriate).
Subdivision C—Miscellaneous
208A Minister may accredit plans, regimes or policies
(1) The Minister may, by instrument in writing, accredit for the
purposes of this Division:
(a) a plan of management within the meaning of section 17 of
the Fisheries Management Act 1991; or
(b) a plan of management within the meaning of section 15A of
the Torres Strait Fisheries Act 1984; or
(c) a plan of management, or a policy, regime or any other
arrangement, for a fishery, that is:
(i) made by a State or self-governing Territory; and
(ii) in force under a law of the State or self-governing
Territory; or
(d) a regime determined in writing by the Australian Fisheries
Management Authority under the Fisheries Administration
Act 1991 for managing a fishery for which a plan of
management (within the meaning of section 17 of the
Fisheries Management Act 1991) is not in force; or
(e) a policy formulated by the Protected Zone Joint Authority
under paragraph 34(b) of the Torres Strait Fisheries Act 1984
for managing a fishery for which a plan of management
(within the meaning of section 15A of the Torres Strait
Fisheries Act 1984) is not in force;
if the Minister is satisfied that:
(f) the plan, regime or policy requires persons engaged in fishing
under the plan, regime or policy to take all reasonable steps
to ensure that members of listed threatened species (other
than conservation dependent species) are not killed or injured
as a result of the fishing; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
355
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 1 Listed threatened species and ecological communities
Section 208
(g) the fishery to which the plan, regime or policy relates does
not, or is not likely to, adversely affect the survival or
recovery in nature of the species.
Note 1: The Minister may accredit a plan, regime or policy subject to
conditions (see section 303AA).
Note 2: If a plan, regime or policy that is accredited under this section is, or is
proposed to be, amended, the Minister may determine under
section 303AB that the plan, regime or policy as amended is, for the
purposes of this Act, taken to be accredited under subsection (1) of
this section.
(2) An instrument under subsection (1) is not a legislative instrument.
208 Regulations
The regulations may:
(a) provide for the transportation, treatment and disposal of
members of listed threatened species or listed threatened
ecological communities killed, injured or taken in
contravention of this Division; and
(b) provide for the methods or equipment by which members of
listed threatened species or listed threatened ecological
communities may be killed or taken otherwise than in
contravention of this Division; and
(c) provide for the gathering and dissemination of information
relating to listed threatened species or listed threatened
ecological communities; and
(d) provide for the protection and conservation of listed
threatened species or listed threatened ecological
communities; and
(e) provide for any matter incidental to or connected with any of
the above paragraphs.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
356
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Migratory species Division 2
Section 209
Division 2—Migratory species
Subdivision A—Listing
209 Listed migratory species
(1) The Minister must:
(a) establish a list of migratory species for the purposes of this
Act; and
(b) amend the list, as necessary, so that it includes all species
required to be included in the list under subsection (3).
(2) The Minister must establish the list within 30 days after the
commencement of this Act.
(3) The list must include:
(a) all migratory species that are:
(i) native species; and
(ii) from time to time included in the appendices to the
Bonn Convention; and
(b) all migratory species from time to time included in annexes
established under JAMBA and CAMBA; and
(c) all native species from time to time identified in a list
established under, or an instrument made under, an
international agreement approved by the Minister under
subsection (4).
The list must not include any other species.
(4) The Minister may, by legislative instrument, approve an
international agreement for the purposes of subsection (3) if
satisfied it is an agreement relevant to the conservation of
migratory species.
(6) The Minister may correct an inaccuracy or update the name of a
migratory species.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
357
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 2 Migratory species
Section 210
(7) The list of migratory species made under subsection (1), and any
amendments to the list made under paragraph (1)(b) or
subsection (6), are legislative instruments, but section 42
(disallowance) of the Legislation Act 2003 does not apply to the
list or any amendments.
Note: Part 4 of Chapter 3 (sunsetting) of the Legislation Act 2003 does not
apply to the list or any amendments. See regulations made for the
purposes of paragraph 54(2)(b) of that Act.
(8) In this Act:
migratory species has the meaning given by Article I of the Bonn
Convention.
Subdivision B—Permit system
210 Subdivision does not apply to members of listed threatened
species or cetaceans
This Subdivision does not apply to a member of a listed migratory
species that is a member of a listed threatened species or a
cetacean.
211 Killing or injuring member of listed migratory species
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action results in the death or injury of a member of a
species; and
(c) the member is a member of a listed migratory species; and
(d) the member is in or on a Commonwealth area.
Penalty:
(a) in the case of an aggravated offence—imprisonment for 2
years or 3,000 penalty units, or both;
(b) in any other case—imprisonment for 2 years or 1,000 penalty
units, or both.
Note 1: For the extra element of an aggravated offence, see section 211F.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
358
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Migratory species Division 2
Section 211A
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in
section 212. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to
those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (1)(c) and (d).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
211A Strict liability for killing or injuring member of listed
migratory species
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action results in the death or injury of a member of a
migratory species; and
(c) the member is a member of a listed migratory species; and
(d) the member is in or on a Commonwealth area.
Penalty:
(a) in the case of an aggravated offence—1,500 penalty units;
(b) in any other case—500 penalty units.
Note 1: For the extra element of an aggravated offence, see section 211F.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in
section 212. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to
those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (1)(a), (b), (c) and (d).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
211B Taking etc. member of listed migratory species
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes, trades, keeps or moves a member of a
species; and
(b) the member is a member of a listed migratory species; and
(c) the member is in or on a Commonwealth area.
Penalty:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
359
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 2 Migratory species
Section 211C
(a) in the case of an aggravated offence—imprisonment for 2
years or 3,000 penalty units, or both;
(b) in any other case—imprisonment for 2 years or 1,000 penalty
units, or both.
Note 1: For the extra element of an aggravated offence, see section 211F.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in
section 212. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to
those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (1)(b) and (c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
211C Strict liability for taking etc. member of listed migratory
species
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes, trades, keeps or moves a member of a
migratory species; and
(b) the member is a member of a listed migratory species; and
(c) the member is in or on a Commonwealth area.
Penalty:
(a) in the case of an aggravated offence—1,500 penalty units;
(b) in any other case—500 penalty units.
Note 1: For the extra element of an aggravated offence, see section 211F.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in
section 212. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to
those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
211D Trading etc. member of listed migratory species taken in
Commonwealth area
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person trades, keeps or moves a member of a species; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
360
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Migratory species Division 2
Section 211E
(b) the member is a member of a listed migratory species; and
(c) the member has been taken in or on a Commonwealth area.
Penalty:
(a) in the case of an aggravated offence—imprisonment for 2
years or 3,000 penalty units, or both;
(b) in any other case—imprisonment for 2 years or 1,000 penalty
units, or both.
Note 1: For the extra element of an aggravated offence, see section 211F.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in
section 212. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to
those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (1)(b) and (c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
211E Strict liability for trading etc. member of listed migratory
species taken in Commonwealth area
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person trades, keeps or moves a member of a migratory
species; and
(b) the member is a member of a listed migratory species; and
(c) the member has been taken in or on a Commonwealth area.
Penalty:
(a) in the case of an aggravated offence—1,500 penalty units;
(b) in any other case—500 penalty units.
Note 1: For the extra element of an aggravated offence, see section 211F.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in
section 212. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to
those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
361
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 2 Migratory species
Section 211F
211F Aggravated offence—member of listed migratory species that
is a dugong or turtle
(1) For the purposes of this Subdivision, an offence against
section 211, 211A, 211B, 211C, 211D or 211E (the underlying
offence) is an aggravated offence if the member to which the
underlying offence relates is a member of a species mentioned in
paragraph 248(2)(f), (g) or (h).
Note: Dugong, marine turtles and leatherback turtles are members of the
species mentioned in paragraphs 248(2)(f), (g) and (h), and on the day
this section commenced, these species were listed migratory species.
(2) If the prosecution intends to prove an aggravated offence, the
charge must allege the relevant aggravated offence.
(3) Strict liability applies to the physical element of circumstance, that
the member is a member of a species mentioned in
paragraph 248(2)(f), (g) or (h).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
212 Certain actions are not offences
(1) Sections 211, 211A, 211B, 211C, 211D and 211E do not apply to:
(a) an action authorised by a permit that was issued under
section 216 and is in force; or
(b) an action provided for by, and taken in accordance with, a
wildlife conservation plan made or adopted under Division 5
and in force; or
(c) an action that is covered by an approval in operation under
Part 9 for the purposes of subsection 20(1) or 20A(1) or (2);
or
(d) an action that:
(i) is one of a class of actions declared by the Minister
under section 33 not to require an approval under Part 9
for the purposes of subsection 20(1) or 20A(1) or (2);
and
(ii) is taken in accordance with a management arrangement
or an authorisation process that is an accredited
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
362
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Migratory species Division 2
Section 212
management arrangement or an accredited authorisation
process for the purposes of the declaration; or
(da) an action that:
(i) is an action, or one of a class of actions, declared by the
Minister under section 37A not to require an approval
under Part 9 for the purposes of subsection 20(1) or
20A(1) or (2); and
(ii) is taken in accordance with the bioregional plan to
which the declaration relates; or
(db) in the case of sections 211B, 211C, 211D and 211E—an
action that is trading, keeping or moving a member of a listed
migratory species, if:
(i) when the member of the species was taken, the species
was not a listed migratory species; and
(ii) the trading, keeping or moving of the member of the
species occurs during the period of 6 months that started
when the species became a listed migratory species; or
(e) an action that is taken in a humane manner and is reasonably
necessary to relieve or prevent suffering by a member of a
listed migratory species; or
(f) an action that is reasonably necessary to prevent a risk to
human health; or
(g) an action by a Commonwealth agency, or an agency of a
State or of a self-governing Territory, that is reasonably
necessary for the purposes of law enforcement; or
(h) an action that is reasonably necessary to deal with an
emergency involving a serious threat to human life or
property; or
(i) an action that occurs as a result of an unavoidable accident,
other than an accident caused by negligent or reckless
behaviour; or
(j) an action that is taken in accordance with a permit issued
under regulations made under the Great Barrier Reef Marine
Park Act 1975 and in force; or
(k) an action provided for by, and taken in accordance with, a
plan or regime that is accredited under section 222A; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
363
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 2 Migratory species
Section 212
(l) an action, to the extent that it is covered by
subsection 517A(7); or
(m) an action provided for by, and done in accordance with, a
conservation agreement in force under Part 14; or
(n) an action taken in a Commonwealth reserve in accordance
with a management plan made under Part 15 and in operation
for the reserve; or
(o) an action provided for by, and taken in accordance with, a
traditional use of marine resources agreement that:
(i) was made and accredited in accordance with regulations
made under the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act
1975; and
(ii) is in force; or
(p) an action that is taken in accordance with a permit that:
(i) was issued under the Antarctic Treaty (Environment
Protection) Act 1980 or under regulations made under
that Act; and
(ii) is in force; or
(q) an action that consists of the transit of a member through a
Commonwealth area in circumstances where the member
was:
(i) obtained from an area that is not a Commonwealth area;
or
(ii) taken from a Commonwealth area in circumstances
covered by paragraph (a), (c), (d), (da), (db), (j), (k),
(m), (n), (o) or (p); or
(r) an action that is taken in the course of recreational fishing
and the action:
(i) consists of, or involves, taking, trading, keeping or
moving; or
(ii) results in the death or injury of;
a shortfin mako shark, a longfin mako shark or a porbeagle
shark.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in
this section. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
364
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Migratory species Division 2
Section 213
(2) For the purposes of paragraph (1)(r), recreational fishing includes
(but is not limited to) the following types of fishing:
(a) fishing from a charter boat (within the meaning of the
Fisheries Management Act 1991), including fishing by the
person in charge of the boat, the crew of the boat or any other
person on the boat;
(b) fishing in a fishing competition (whether or not in a
professional capacity);
(c) fishing that is undertaken primarily for:
(i) inclusion on a website, or in a film, video, television
program or radio program; or
(ii) description or representation in a magazine, newspaper,
book or other such document.
213 Operation of sections 20 and 20A not affected
To avoid doubt, sections 211, 211A, 211B, 211C, 211D, 211E,
211F and 212 do not affect the operation of section 20 or 20A.
214 Failing to notify taking etc. of listed migratory species
(1) This section applies to an action taken by a person if all of the
following conditions are met:
(a) the person’s action either:
(i) results in the death or injury of a member of a listed
migratory species that is in or on a Commonwealth area;
or
(ii) consists of, or involves, trading, taking, keeping or
moving a member of a listed migratory species that is in
or on a Commonwealth area;
(b) the person’s action does not constitute an offence against
section 211, 211A, 211B, 211C, 211D or 211E, otherwise
than because of paragraph 212(db) or (r);
(c) the person’s action is not an action that the person was
authorised by a permit to take.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
365
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 2 Migratory species
Section 214
Note 1: Section 212 sets out most of the circumstances in which an action
described in paragraph (1)(a) will not be an offence against
section 211, 211A, 211B, 211C, 211D or 211E.
Note 2: A person is authorised by a permit to take an action if the person is the
holder of the permit or the person is given an authority under
section 219 by the holder of the permit to take the action.
Note 3: The conditions of a permit may require the holder of the permit to
give certain notices.
(2) Within 7 days of becoming aware of the action, the person must
notify the Secretary in writing, by telephone or by use of any other
electronic equipment:
(a) that the action was taken; and
(b) of other particulars (if any) about the action that are
prescribed by the regulations.
(3) An example of the particulars about the action that the regulations
may prescribe is the time and place of taking the action. This does
not limit the particulars the regulations may prescribe.
(4) Subsection (2) does not apply if:
(a) the person, or any other person or body, is required by or
under a law of the Commonwealth to notify the Secretary of
the action; or
(b) the action is in a class of actions:
(i) that is specified in an agreement or arrangement
between the Secretary and a Commonwealth agency, or
an agency of a State or self-governing Territory; and
(ii) that the agreement or arrangement provides is to be
notified to the Secretary by the agency.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in
this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(5) A person commits an offence punishable on conviction by a fine
not exceeding 100 penalty units if the person:
(a) fails to do an act; and
(b) the failing to do the act results in a contravention of
subsection (2).
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
366
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Migratory species Division 2
Section 215
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
215 Application for permits
(1) A person may, in accordance with the regulations, apply to the
Minister for a permit to be issued under section 216.
(2) The application must be accompanied by the fee prescribed by the
regulations (if any).
(3) As soon as practicable after receiving the application, the Minister
must cause to be published on the internet:
(a) details of the application; and
(b) an invitation for anyone to give the Minister comments
within 10 business days (measured in Canberra) on whether
the permit should be issued.
Note: If the action is also the subject of a referral under Division 1 of Part 7
and the referral is made at the same time as the application, the
application and invitation for comments that must be published under
this subsection may be published together with the referral and
invitation for comments that must be published under
subsection 74(3).
216 Minister may issue permits
(1) Subject to subsection (3), the Minister may, on application by a
person under section 215, issue a permit to the person.
(2) A permit authorises its holder to take an action specified in the
permit without breaching section 211, 211A, 211B, 211C, 211D or
211E.
(3) The Minister must not issue the permit unless satisfied that:
(a) the specified action will contribute significantly to the
conservation of the listed migratory species concerned or
other listed migratory species; or
(b) the impact of the specified action on a member of the listed
migratory species concerned is incidental to, and not the
purpose of, the taking of the action and:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
367
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 2 Migratory species
Section 217
(i) the taking of the action will not adversely affect the
conservation status of that species or a population of
that species; and
(ii) the taking of the action is not inconsistent with a
wildlife conservation plan for that species that is in
force; and
(iii) the holder of the permit will take all reasonable steps to
minimise the impact of the action on that species; or
(c) the specified action is of particular significance to indigenous
tradition and will not adversely affect the conservation status
of the listed migratory species concerned, or a population of
that species; or
(d) the specified action is necessary in order to control pathogens
and is conducted in a way that will, so far as is practicable,
keep to a minimum any impact on the listed migratory
species concerned.
(4) In making a decision on the application, the Minister must consider
the comments (if any) received:
(a) in response to the invitation under subsection 215(3) for
anyone to give the Minister comments on whether the permit
should be issued; and
(b) within the period specified in the invitation.
217 Conditions of permits
(1) A permit is subject to such conditions as are specified in the permit
or as are imposed under subsection (2).
(2) The Minister may, in accordance with the regulations:
(a) vary or revoke a condition of a permit; or
(b) impose further conditions of a permit.
218 Contravening conditions of a permit
The holder of a permit commits an offence punishable on
conviction by a fine not exceeding 300 penalty units if:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
368
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Migratory species Division 2
Section 219
(a) he or she does, or fails to do, an act or thing; and
(b) doing, or failing to do, the act or thing results in a
contravention of a condition of the permit.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
219 Authorities under permits
(1) Subject to subsection (2), the holder of a permit may give to a
person written authority to take for or on behalf of the holder any
action authorised by the permit. The authority may be given
generally or as otherwise provided by the instrument of authority.
(2) The holder of a permit must not give an authority unless:
(a) the permit contains a condition permitting the holder to do
so; and
(b) the authority is given in accordance with any requirements
set out in the condition.
(3) A permit is, for the purposes of this Act, taken to authorise the
taking of a particular action by a person if the taking of that action
by the person is authorised by an authority given by the holder of
the permit.
(4) The giving of an authority does not prevent the taking of any action
by the holder of the permit.
(5) Except as provided in this section, a permit does not authorise the
taking of any action by a person for or on behalf of the holder of
the permit.
(6) A person who gives an authority must give to the Minister written
notice of it within 14 days after giving the authority.
220 Transfer of permits
On the application, in accordance with the regulations, of the
holder of a permit, the Minister may, in accordance with the
regulations, transfer the permit to another person.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
369
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 2 Migratory species
Section 221
221 Suspension or cancellation of permits
The Minister may, in accordance with the regulations:
(a) suspend a permit for a specified period; or
(b) cancel a permit.
221A Review of decisions about permits
(1) Subject to subsection (2), an application may be made to the
Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of a decision:
(a) to issue or refuse a permit; or
(b) to specify, vary or revoke a condition of a permit; or
(c) to impose a further condition of a permit; or
(d) to transfer or refuse to transfer a permit; or
(e) to suspend or cancel a permit.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a decision made personally by the
Minister (but the subsection does apply to a decision made by a
delegate of the Minister).
222 Fees
Such fees as are prescribed (if any) are payable in respect of the
following:
(a) the grant or the transfer of a permit;
(b) the variation or revocation of a condition of a permit;
(c) the imposition of a further condition of a permit.
Subdivision C—Miscellaneous
222A Minister may accredit plans, regimes or policies
(1) The Minister may, by instrument in writing, accredit for the
purposes of this Division:
(a) a plan of management within the meaning of section 17 of
the Fisheries Management Act 1991; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
370
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Migratory species Division 2
Section 223
(b) a plan of management within the meaning of section 15A of
the Torres Strait Fisheries Act 1984; or
(c) a plan of management, or a policy, regime or any other
arrangement, for a fishery, that is:
(i) made by a State or self-governing Territory; and
(ii) in force under a law of the State or self-governing
Territory; or
(d) a regime determined in writing by the Australian Fisheries
Management Authority under the Fisheries Administration
Act 1991 for managing a fishery for which a plan of
management (within the meaning of section 17 of the
Fisheries Management Act 1991) is not in force; or
(e) a policy formulated by the Protected Zone Joint Authority
under paragraph 34(b) of the Torres Strait Fisheries Act 1984
for managing a fishery for which a plan of management
(within the meaning of section 15A of the Torres Strait
Fisheries Act 1984) is not in force;
if the Minister is satisfied that:
(f) the plan, regime or policy requires persons engaged in fishing
under the plan, regime or policy to take all reasonable steps
to ensure that members of listed migratory species are not
killed or injured as a result of the fishing; and
(g) the fishery to which the plan, regime or policy relates does
not, or is not likely to, adversely affect the conservation
status of a listed migratory species or a population of that
species.
Note 1: The Minister may accredit a plan, regime or policy subject to
conditions (see section 303AA).
Note 2: If a plan, regime or policy that is accredited under this section is, or is
proposed to be, amended, the Minister may determine under
section 303AB that the plan, regime or policy as amended is, for the
purposes of this Act, taken to be accredited under subsection (1) of
this section.
(2) An instrument under subsection (1) is not a legislative instrument.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
371
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 2 Migratory species
Section 223
223 Regulations
The regulations may:
(a) provide for the transportation, treatment and disposal of
members of listed migratory species killed, injured or taken
in contravention of this Division; and
(b) provide for the methods or equipment by which members of
listed migratory species may be killed or taken otherwise
than in contravention of this Division; and
(c) provide for the gathering and dissemination of information
relating to listed migratory species; and
(d) provide for the protection and conservation of listed
migratory species; and
(e) provide for any matter incidental to or connected with any of
the above paragraphs.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
372
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Whales and other cetaceans Division 3
Section 224
Division 3—Whales and other cetaceans
Subdivision A—Application of Division
224 Application of Division
(1) This Division extends to acts, omissions, matters and things
outside Australia (whether in a foreign country or not), except so
far as the contrary intention appears.
(2) A provision of this Division that has effect in relation to a place
outside the outer limits of the Australian Whale Sanctuary applies
only in relation to:
(a) Australian citizens; and
(b) persons who:
(i) are not Australian citizens; and
(ii) hold permanent visas under the Migration Act 1958; and
(iii) are domiciled in Australia or an external Territory; and
(c) corporations incorporated in Australia or an external
Territory; and
(d) the Commonwealth; and
(e) Commonwealth agencies; and
(f) Australian aircraft; and
(g) Australian vessels; and
(h) members of crews of Australian aircraft and Australian
vessels (including persons in charge of aircraft or vessels).
(3) This Division applies to a vessel as if it were an Australian vessel
if:
(a) the vessel is a boat within the meaning of the Fisheries
Management Act 1991; and
(b) a declaration, under subsection 4(2) of that Act, that the
vessel is taken to be an Australian boat is in force.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
373
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 3 Whales and other cetaceans
Section 225
Subdivision B—Australian Whale Sanctuary and important
cetacean habitat areas
225 Australian Whale Sanctuary
(1) The Australian Whale Sanctuary is established in order to give
formal recognition of the high level of protection and management
afforded to cetaceans in Commonwealth marine areas and
prescribed waters.
(2) The Australian Whale Sanctuary comprises:
(a) any waters of the sea inside the seaward boundary of the
exclusive economic zone, except:
(i) waters, rights in respect of which have been vested in a
State by section 4 of the Coastal Waters (State Title) Act
1980 or in the Northern Territory by section 4 of the
Coastal Waters (Northern Territory Title) Act 1980; and
(ii) waters within the limits of a State or the Northern
Territory; and
(b) any waters over the continental shelf, except:
(i) waters, rights in respect of which have been vested in a
State by section 4 of the Coastal Waters (State Title) Act
1980 or in the Northern Territory by section 4 of the
Coastal Waters (Northern Territory Title) Act 1980; and
(ii) waters within the limits of a State or the Northern
Territory; and
(iii) waters covered by paragraph (a); and
(c) so much of the coastal waters of a State or the Northern
Territory as are prescribed waters.
Note: This subsection is subject to subsection 5(3).
226 Prescribed waters
(1) The regulations may declare the whole, or a specified part, of the
coastal waters of a State or the Northern Territory to be prescribed
waters.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
374
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Whales and other cetaceans Division 3
Section 227
(2) Before the Governor-General makes a regulation under
subsection (1), the Minister must obtain the agreement of the
relevant Minister of the State or the Northern Territory.
227 Coastal waters
(1) Section 15B of the Acts Interpretation Act 1901 does not apply in
relation to this Division.
(2) The coastal waters of a State or the Northern Territory are:
(a) the part or parts of the territorial sea that are:
(i) within 3 nautical miles of the baseline of the territorial
sea; and
(ii) adjacent to that State or Territory; and
(b) any marine or tidal waters that are inside that baseline and are
adjacent to that State or Territory but are not within the limits
of a State or that Territory.
Note: Generally the baseline is the lowest astronomical tide along the coast
but it also includes lines enclosing bays and indentations that are not
bays and straight baselines that depart from the coast.
(3) Any part of the territorial sea that is adjacent to the Jervis Bay
Territory is, for the purposes of subsection (2), taken to be adjacent
to New South Wales.
228 Minister may make declaration for coastal waters
(1) If the Minister is satisfied that a law of a State or the Northern
Territory adequately protects cetaceans in the coastal waters, or a
part of the coastal waters, of the State or Territory, the Minister
may make a declaration accordingly, whether or not those coastal
waters or that part are prescribed waters.
(2) A declaration must be in writing.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
375
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 3 Whales and other cetaceans
Section 228A
228A Important cetacean habitat areas
(1) The Minister may, by legislative instrument, declare a specified
area in the Australian Whale Sanctuary to be an important cetacean
habitat area.
(2) The regulations may specify criteria to be applied by the Minister
in determining whether to declare an area to be an important
cetacean habitat area. If regulations are made for the purposes of
this section, the Minister may declare an area to be an important
cetacean habitat area only if he or she is satisfied that the area
meets the criteria prescribed by the regulations.
Subdivision C—Offences
229 Killing or injuring a cetacean
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action results in the death or injury of a cetacean; and
(c) the cetacean is in:
(i) the Australian Whale Sanctuary (but not the coastal
waters, or a part of the coastal waters, of a State or the
Northern Territory for which a declaration under
section 228 is in force); or
(ii) waters beyond the outer limits of the Australian Whale
Sanctuary.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in
section 231. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to
those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(1A) Strict liability applies to paragraph (1)(c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
376
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Whales and other cetaceans Division 3
Section 229A
(2) The offence is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for not
more than 2 years or a fine not exceeding 1,000 penalty units, or
both.
229A Strict liability for killing or injuring a cetacean
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action results in the death or injury of a cetacean; and
(c) the cetacean is in:
(i) the Australian Whale Sanctuary (but not the coastal
waters, or a part of the coastal waters, of a State or the
Northern Territory for which a declaration under
section 228 is in force); or
(ii) waters beyond the outer limits of the Australian Whale
Sanctuary.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in
section 231. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to
those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) The offence is punishable on conviction by a fine not exceeding
500 penalty units.
229B Intentionally taking etc. a cetacean
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes, trades, keeps, moves or interferes with a
cetacean; and
(b) the cetacean is in:
(i) the Australian Whale Sanctuary (but not the coastal
waters, or a part of the coastal waters, of a State or the
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
377
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 3 Whales and other cetaceans
Section 229B
Northern Territory for which a declaration under
section 228 is in force); or
(ii) waters beyond the outer limits of the Australian Whale
Sanctuary.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in
section 231. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to
those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraph (1)(b).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) The offence is punishable on conviction by imprisonment for not
more than 2 years or a fine not exceeding 1,000 penalty units, or
both.
(4) In this Act:
interfere with a cetacean includes harass, chase, herd, tag, mark or
brand the cetacean.
trade a cetacean:
(a) includes:
(i) buy the cetacean, agree to receive it under an agreement
to buy, agree to accept it under such an agreement or
acquire it by barter; or
(ii) sell the cetacean, offer it for sale, agree to sell it, have it
in possession for the purpose of sale, deliver it for the
purpose of sale, receive it for the purpose of sale or
dispose of it by barter for the purpose of gain or
advancement; or
(iii) cause or allow any of the acts referred to in
subparagraph (i) or (ii) to be done; but
(b) does not include export the cetacean from Australia or an
external Territory or import it into Australia or an external
Territory.
Note: For provisions relating to export or import, see Part 13A.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
378
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Whales and other cetaceans Division 3
Section 229C
229C Strict liability for taking etc. a cetacean
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes, trades, keeps, moves or interferes with a
cetacean; and
(b) the cetacean is in:
(i) the Australian Whale Sanctuary (but not the coastal
waters, or a part of the coastal waters, of a State or the
Northern Territory for which a declaration under
section 228 is in force); or
(ii) waters beyond the outer limits of the Australian Whale
Sanctuary.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in
section 231. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to
those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (1)(a) and (b).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) The offence is punishable on conviction by a fine not exceeding
500 penalty units.
229D Treating cetaceans
Treating unlawfully killed or taken cetaceans
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person treats a cetacean; and
(b) the cetacean has been:
(i) killed in contravention of section 229 or 229A; or
(ii) taken in contravention of section 229B or 229C.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
379
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 3 Whales and other cetaceans
Section 230
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in
section 231. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to
those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by
imprisonment for not more than 2 years or a fine not exceeding
1,000 penalty units, or both.
Treating unlawfully imported cetaceans
(2A) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person treats a cetacean; and
(b) the cetacean has been unlawfully imported.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
Note 2: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body
corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a
person under this subsection.
(2B) An offence against subsection (2A) is punishable on conviction by
imprisonment for not more than 5 years or a fine not exceeding
1,000 penalty units, or both.
(3) In this Act:
treat a cetacean means divide or cut up, or extract any product
from, the cetacean.
230 Possession of cetaceans
Possession of unlawfully killed cetaceans
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person has in his or her possession:
(i) a cetacean; or
(ii) a part of a cetacean; or
(iii) a product derived from a cetacean; and
(b) the cetacean has been:
(i) killed in contravention of section 229 or 229A; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
380
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Whales and other cetaceans Division 3
Section 231
(ii) taken in contravention of section 229B or 229C.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(2) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by
imprisonment for not more than 2 years or a fine not exceeding
1,000 penalty units, or both.
Possession of unlawfully imported cetaceans
(3) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person has in his or her possession:
(i) a cetacean; or
(ii) a part of a cetacean; or
(iii) a product derived from a cetacean; and
(b) the cetacean, part or product, as the case may be, has been
unlawfully imported.
Note 1: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
Note 2: Subsection 4B(3) of the Crimes Act 1914 lets a court fine a body
corporate up to 5 times the maximum amount the court could fine a
person under this subsection.
(4) An offence against subsection (3) is punishable on conviction by
imprisonment for not more than 5 years or a fine not exceeding
1,000 penalty units, or both.
231 Certain actions are not offences
Sections 229, 229A, 229B, 229C, 229D and 230 do not apply to:
(a) an action authorised by a permit that was issued under
section 238 and is in force; or
(aa) an action that is whale watching carried out in accordance
with regulations referred to in paragraph 238(3)(c), but only
if:
(i) the whale watching is not carried out for a commercial
purpose; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
381
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 3 Whales and other cetaceans
Section 231
(ii) the whale watching is carried out in an area that is not
an important cetacean habitat area; or
(b) an action provided for by, and taken in accordance with, a
recovery plan, or a wildlife conservation plan, made or
adopted under Division 5 and in force; or
(ba) an action that is covered by an approval in operation under
Part 9 for the purposes of subsection 23(1) or (2), 24A(1),
(2), (3) or (4), 24B(1) or (2) or 24C(1), (3), (5) or (7); or
(bb) an action that:
(i) is one of a class of actions declared by the Minister
under section 33 not to require an approval under Part 9
for the purposes of subsection 23(1) or (2), 24A(1), (2),
(3) or (4), 24B(1) or (2) or 24C(1), (3), (5) or (7); and
(ii) is taken in accordance with a management arrangement
or an authorisation process that is an accredited
management arrangement or an accredited authorisation
process for the purposes of the declaration; or
(bc) an action that:
(i) is an action, or one of a class of actions, declared by the
Minister under section 37A not to require an approval
under Part 9 for the purposes of subsection 23(1) or (2),
24A(1), (2), (3) or (4), 24B(1) or (2) or 24C(1), (3), (5)
or (7); and
(ii) is taken in accordance with the bioregional plan to
which the declaration relates; or
(c) an action that is taken in a humane manner and is reasonably
necessary to relieve or prevent suffering of a cetacean; or
(d) an action that is reasonably necessary to prevent a risk to
human health; or
(e) an action by a Commonwealth agency, or an agency of a
State or of a self-governing Territory, that is reasonably
necessary for the purposes of law enforcement; or
(f) an action that is reasonably necessary to deal with an
emergency involving a serious threat to human life or
property; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
382
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Whales and other cetaceans Division 3
Section 232
(g) an action that occurs as a result of an unavoidable accident,
other than an accident caused by negligent or reckless
behaviour; or
(ga) an action that is taken in accordance with a permit issued
under regulations made under the Great Barrier Reef Marine
Park Act 1975 and in force; or
(h) an action provided for by, and taken in accordance with, a
plan or regime that is accredited under section 245; or
(i) an action provided for by, and done in accordance with, a
conservation agreement in force under Part 14; or
(j) an action taken in a Commonwealth reserve in accordance
with a management plan made under Part 15 and in operation
for the reserve; or
(k) an action that consists of the transit of a cetacean through a
Commonwealth area in circumstances where the cetacean
was:
(i) obtained from an area that is not a Commonwealth area;
or
(ii) taken from a Commonwealth area in circumstances
covered by paragraph (a), (ba), (bb), (bc), (ga), (h), (i)
or (j).
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in
this section. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
232 Action to be taken on killing etc. cetaceans
(1) This section applies to an action taken by a person if all of the
following conditions are met:
(a) the person’s action:
(i) results in the injury or death of a cetacean, or consists of
taking a cetacean, in the Australian Whale Sanctuary
(but not the coastal waters, or a part of the coastal
waters of a State or the Northern Territory for which a
declaration under section 228 is in force) or in waters
beyond the outer limits of the Australian Whale
Sanctuary; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
383
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 3 Whales and other cetaceans
Section 232
(ii) consists of treating a cetacean killed, injured or taken in
contravention of section 229, 229A, 229B or 229C;
(b) the person’s action does not constitute an offence against
section 229, 229A, 229B, 229C or 229D;
(c) the person’s action is not an action that the person was
authorised by a permit to take.
Note 1: Section 231 sets out most of the circumstances in which an action
described in paragraph (1)(a) will not be an offence against
section 229, 229A, 229B, 229C or 229D.
Note 2: A person is authorised by a permit to take an action if the person is the
holder of the permit or the person is given an authority under
section 241 by the holder of the permit to take the action.
Note 3: The conditions of a permit may require the holder of the permit to
give certain notices.
(2) Within 7 days of becoming aware of the action, the person must
notify the Secretary in writing, by telephone or by use of any other
electronic equipment:
(a) that the action was taken; and
(b) of other particulars (if any) about the action that are
prescribed by the regulations.
(3) An example of the particulars about the action that the regulations
may prescribe is the time and place of taking the action. This does
not limit the particulars the regulations may prescribe.
(4) Subsection (2) does not apply if:
(a) the person, or any other person or body, is required by or
under a law of the Commonwealth to notify the Secretary of
the action; or
(b) the action is in a class of actions:
(i) that are specified in an agreement or arrangement
between the Secretary and a Commonwealth agency, or
an agency of a State or self-governing Territory; and
(ii) that the agreement or arrangement provides are to be
notified to the Secretary by the agency.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in
this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
384
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Whales and other cetaceans Division 3
Section 236
(5) A person commits an offence punishable on conviction by a fine
not exceeding 100 penalty units if the person:
(a) fails to do an act; and
(b) the failing to do the act results in a contravention of
subsection (2).
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
Subdivision E—Miscellaneous offences
236 Offences relating to foreign whaling vessels
(1) The master of a foreign whaling vessel commits an offence if the
vessel is brought into a port in Australia or an external Territory
and the master has not obtained the written permission of the
Minister for the vessel to be brought into the port.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
(2) Subsection (1) is an offence of strict liability.
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
(3) An offence against subsection (1) is punishable on conviction by a
fine not exceeding 500 penalty units.
(4) Subsection (1) does not apply if:
(a) the vessel is brought into the port in accordance with a
prescribed agreement between Australia and any other
country or countries; or
(b) the vessel is brought into the port under the direction of a
person exercising powers under a law of the Commonwealth
or of a State; or
(c) an unforeseen emergency renders it necessary to bring the
vessel into the port in order to secure the safety of the vessel
or human life.
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in
subsection (4). See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
385
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 3 Whales and other cetaceans
Section 237
(5) In this Act:
foreign whaling vessel means a vessel, other than an Australian
vessel, designed, equipped or used for:
(a) killing, taking, treating or carrying cetaceans; or
(b) supporting the operations of a vessel or vessels designed,
equipped or used for killing, taking, treating or carrying
cetaceans.
master, in relation to a foreign whaling vessel, means the person
(other than a ship’s pilot) in charge or command of the vessel.
Subdivision F—Permit system
237 Application for permits
(1) A person may, in accordance with the regulations, apply to the
Minister for a permit to be issued under section 238.
(2) The application must be accompanied by the fee prescribed by the
regulations (if any).
(3) As soon as practicable after receiving the application, the Minister
must cause to be published on the internet:
(a) details of the application; and
(b) an invitation for anyone to give the Minister comments
within 10 business days (measured in Canberra) on whether
the permit should be issued.
Note: If the action is also the subject of a referral under Division 1 of Part 7
and the referral is made at the same time as the application, the
application and invitation for comments that must be published under
this subsection may be published together with the referral and
invitation for comments that must be published under
subsection 74(3).
238 Minister may issue permits
(1) Subject to subsections (3) to (4), the Minister may, on application
by a person under section 237, issue a permit to the person.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
386
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Whales and other cetaceans Division 3
Section 238
(2) A permit authorises its holder to take an action specified in the
permit without breaching sections 229, 229A, 229B, 229C, 229D
and 230.
(3) The Minister must not issue the permit unless satisfied that:
(a) the specified action will contribute significantly to the
conservation of cetaceans; or
(b) if the specified action will interfere with cetaceans, the
interference is incidental to, and not the purpose of, the
taking of the action and:
(i) the taking of the action will not adversely affect the
conservation status of a species of cetacean or a
population of that species; and
(ii) the taking of the action is not inconsistent with a
recovery plan or wildlife conservation plan that is in
force for a species of cetacean; and
(iii) the holder of the permit will take all reasonable steps to
minimise the interference with cetaceans; or
(c) the specified action is whale watching (other than whale
watching covered by paragraph 231(aa)) and:
(i) the whale watching is carried out in accordance with the
regulations (if any) made for the purposes of this
section; or
(ii) the whale watching will not adversely affect the
conservation status of a species of cetacean or a
population of that species, and is not inconsistent with a
recovery plan or wildlife conservation plan that is in
force for a species of cetacean.
(3AA) If the specified action would or could relate to a species of
cetacean that is a listed threatened species, the Minister must, in
deciding whether to issue the permit, have regard to any approved
conservation advice for the species of cetacean.
(3A) In making a decision on the application, the Minister must consider
the comments (if any) received:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
387
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 3 Whales and other cetaceans
Section 239
(a) in response to the invitation under subsection 237(3) for
anyone to give the Minister comments on whether the permit
should be issued; and
(b) within the period specified in the invitation.
(4) The Minister must not grant a permit authorising its holder to kill a
cetacean or to take a cetacean for live display.
(5) In this Act:
whale watching means any activity conducted for the purpose of
observing a cetacean, including but not limited to being in the
water for the purposes of observing or swimming with a cetacean,
or otherwise interacting with a cetacean.
239 Conditions of permits
(1) A permit is subject to such conditions as are specified in the permit
or as are imposed under subsection (2).
(2) The Minister may, in accordance with the regulations:
(a) vary or revoke a condition of a permit; or
(b) impose further conditions of a permit.
240 Contravening conditions of a permit
The holder of a permit commits an offence punishable upon
conviction by a fine not exceeding 300 penalty units if:
(a) he or she does, or fails to do, an act or thing; and
(b) doing, or failing to do, the act or thing results in a
contravention of a condition of the permit.
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
241 Authorities under permits
(1) Subject to subsection (2), the holder of a permit may give to a
person written authority to take for or on behalf of the holder any
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
388
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Whales and other cetaceans Division 3
Section 242
action authorised by the permit. The authority may be given
generally or as otherwise provided by the instrument of authority.
(2) The holder of a permit must not give an authority unless:
(a) the permit contains a condition permitting the holder to do
so; and
(b) the authority is given in accordance with any requirements
set out in the condition.
(3) A permit is, for the purposes of this Act, taken to authorise the
taking of a particular action by a person if the taking of that action
by the person is authorised by an authority given by the holder of
the permit.
(4) The giving of an authority does not prevent the taking of any action
by the holder of the permit.
(5) Except as provided in this section, a permit does not authorise the
taking of any action by a person for or on behalf of the holder of
the permit.
(6) A person who gives an authority must give to the Minister written
notice of it within 14 days after giving the authority.
242 Transfer of permits
On the application, in accordance with the regulations, of the
holder of a permit, the Minister may, in accordance with the
regulations, transfer the permit to another person.
243 Suspension or cancellation of permits
The Minister may, in accordance with the regulations:
(a) suspend a permit for a specified period; or
(b) cancel a permit.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
389
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 3 Whales and other cetaceans
Section 243A
243A Review of decisions about permits
(1) Subject to subsection (2), an application may be made to the
Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of a decision:
(a) to issue or refuse a permit; or
(b) to specify, vary or revoke a condition of a permit; or
(c) to impose a further condition of a permit; or
(d) to transfer or refuse to transfer a permit; or
(e) to suspend or cancel a permit.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a decision made personally by the
Minister (but the subsection does apply to a decision made by a
delegate of the Minister).
244 Fees
Such fees as are prescribed (if any) are payable in respect of the
following:
(a) the grant or the transfer of a permit;
(b) the variation or revocation of a condition of a permit;
(c) the imposition of a further condition of a permit.
Subdivision G—Miscellaneous
245 Minister may accredit plans, regimes or policies
(1) The Minister may, by instrument in writing, accredit for the
purposes of this Division:
(a) a plan of management within the meaning of section 17 of
the Fisheries Management Act 1991; or
(b) a plan of management within the meaning of section 15A of
the Torres Strait Fisheries Act 1984; or
(c) a plan of management, or a policy, regime or any other
arrangement, for a fishery, that is:
(i) made by a State or self-governing Territory; and
(ii) in force under a law of the State or self-governing
Territory; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
390
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Whales and other cetaceans Division 3
Section 246
(d) a regime determined in writing by the Australian Fisheries
Management Authority under the Fisheries Administration
Act 1991 for managing a fishery for which a plan of
management (within the meaning of section 17 of the
Fisheries Management Act 1991) is not in force; or
(e) a policy formulated by the Protected Zone Joint Authority
under paragraph 34(b) of the Torres Strait Fisheries Act 1984
for managing a fishery for which a plan of management
(within the meaning of section 15A of the Torres Strait
Fisheries Act 1984) is not in force;
if the Minister is satisfied that:
(f) the plan, regime or policy requires persons engaged in fishing
under the plan, regime or policy to take all reasonable steps
to ensure that cetaceans are not killed or injured as a result of
the fishing; and
(g) the fishery to which the plan, regime or policy relates does
not, or is not likely to, adversely affect the conservation
status of a species of cetacean or a population of that species.
Note 1: The Minister may accredit a plan, regime or policy subject to
conditions (see section 303AA).
Note 2: If a plan, regime or policy that is accredited under this section is, or is
proposed to be, amended, the Minister may determine under
section 303AB that the plan, regime or policy as amended is, for the
purposes of this Act, taken to be accredited under subsection (1) of
this section.
(2) An instrument under subsection (1) is not a legislative instrument.
246 Vesting of whales in Commonwealth
(1) If:
(a) a cetacean is:
(i) in the Australian Whale Sanctuary, other than the
coastal waters, or a part of the coastal waters, of a State
or the Northern Territory for which a declaration under
section 228 is in force; or
(ii) in waters beyond the outer limits of the Australian
Whale Sanctuary; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
391
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 3 Whales and other cetaceans
Section 247
(a) a person kills, injures or takes the cetacean, whether or not in
contravention of this Division;
the cetacean vests, by force of this section, in the Commonwealth.
(2) The Commonwealth is not liable in any action, suit or proceedings
in respect of any matter relating to a cetacean at any time before
the taking of possession of the cetacean by the Commonwealth.
247 Regulations
The regulations may:
(a) provide for the transportation, treatment and disposal of
cetaceans killed, injured or taken in contravention of this
Division; and
(b) provide for the methods or equipment by which cetaceans
may be killed, taken or interfered with otherwise than in
contravention of this Division; and
(c) provide for the gathering and dissemination of information
relating to cetaceans; and
(d) provide for the protection and conservation of cetaceans; and
(e) provide for any matter incidental to or connected with any of
the above paragraphs.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
392
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed marine species Division 4
Section 248
Division 4—Listed marine species
Subdivision A—Listing
248 Listed marine species
(1) The Minister must, by legislative instrument, establish a list of
marine species for the purposes of this Part.
(2) The list, as first established, must contain only the following:
(a) all species in the Family Hydrophiidae (sea-snakes);
(b) all species in the Family Laticaudidae (sea-snakes);
(c) all species in the Family Otariidae (eared seals);
(d) all species in the Family Phocidae (“true” seals);
(e) all species in the Genus Crocodylus (crocodiles);
(f) all species in the Genus Dugong (dugong);
(g) all species in the Family Cheloniidae (marine turtles);
(h) the species Dermochelys coriacea (leatherback turtles);
(i) all species in the Family Syngnathidae (seahorses,
sea-dragons and pipefish);
(j) all species in the Family Solenostomidae (ghost pipefish);
(k) all species in the Class Aves (birds) that occur naturally in
Commonwealth marine areas.
(3) The Minister must establish the list within 30 days after the
commencement of this Act.
(4) The Minister must cause a notice summarising the information
contained in the instrument to be published in accordance with the
regulations (if any).
249 Minister may amend list
(1) Subject to this Subdivision, the Minister may, by legislative
instrument, amend the list by:
(a) including or deleting items from the list; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
393
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 4 Listed marine species
Section 250
(b) correcting an inaccuracy or updating the name of a marine
species.
(2) Amendments of a list that delete items from the list take effect on
the first day the amendments are no longer liable to be disallowed,
or to be taken to have been disallowed, under section 42 of the
Legislation Act 2003.
(3) Section 42 (disallowance) of the Legislation Act 2003 does not
apply to a legislative instrument to which paragraph (1)(b) of this
section applies.
(4) When an instrument is laid before each House of the Parliament in
accordance with Part 2 of Chapter 3 of the Legislation Act 2003,
the Minister must cause a statement to be laid before each House
with the instrument explaining:
(a) in the case of an item that has been included in the list by the
instrument—why the item was so included; or
(b) in the case of an item that has been deleted from the list by
the instrument—why the item was so deleted.
(5) The Minister must cause a notice summarising the information
contained in an amendment under subsection (1) to be published in
accordance with the regulations (if any).
250 Adding marine species to the list
(1) The Minister must not add a marine species to the list unless:
(a) the Minister is satisfied that it is necessary to include the
species in the list in order to ensure the long-term
conservation of the species; and
(b) the species occurs naturally in a Commonwealth marine area.
(2) Before adding a marine species to the list, the Minister must
consult with each Minister who has an interest in a Commonwealth
marine area where the species occurs naturally.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
394
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed marine species Division 4
Section 251
251 Minister must consider advice from Scientific Committee
(1) In deciding whether to add an item to, or delete an item from, the
list, the Minister must, in accordance with the regulations (if any),
obtain and consider advice from the Scientific Committee on the
scientific aspects of the addition or deletion of the item concerned.
(2) The Minister must:
(a) decide whether to add an item to, or delete an item from, the
list; and
(b) if the Minister decides to add or delete the item—amend the
list accordingly under subsection 249(1);
within 90 days after receiving the Scientific Committee’s advice on
the addition or deletion of the item.
(3) A member of the Scientific Committee has a duty not to disclose to
any other person the advice, or any information relating to the
advice, before the end of that period of 90 days unless the
disclosure:
(a) is for the official purposes of the Scientific Committee; or
(b) relates to an addition or deletion included in an amendment
of the list that has already been registered as a legislative
instrument under the Legislation Act 2003.
Note: Amendments of the list to add or delete an item are legislative
instruments (see section 249).
252 Minister to make lists available to the public
The Minister must, in accordance with the regulations (if any),
make copies of up-to-date lists available for purchase, for a
reasonable price, at a prescribed place in each State and
self-governing Territory.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
395
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 4 Listed marine species
Section 253
Subdivision B—Permit system
253 Subdivision does not apply to members of certain species and
cetaceans
This Subdivision does not apply to a member of a listed marine
species that is a member of a listed migratory species, a member of
a listed threatened species or a cetacean.
254 Killing or injuring member of listed marine species
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
(b) the action results in the death or injury of a member of a
species; and
(c) the member is a member of a listed marine species; and
(d) the member is in or on a Commonwealth area.
Penalty:
(a) in the case of an aggravated offence—imprisonment for 2
years or 3,000 penalty units, or both;
(b) in any other case—imprisonment for 2 years or 1,000 penalty
units, or both.
Note 1: For the extra element of an aggravated offence, see section 254F.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in
section 255. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to
those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (1)(c) and (d).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
254A Strict liability for killing or injuring member of listed marine
species
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes an action; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
396
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed marine species Division 4
Section 254B
(b) the action results in the death or injury of a member of a
marine species; and
(c) the member is a member of a listed marine species; and
(d) the member is in or on a Commonwealth area.
Penalty:
(a) in the case of an aggravated offence—1,500 penalty units;
(b) in any other case—500 penalty units.
Note 1: For the extra element of an aggravated offence, see section 254F.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in
section 255. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to
those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (1)(a), (b), (c) and (d).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
254B Taking etc. member of listed marine species
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes, trades, keeps or moves a member of a
species; and
(b) the member is a member of a listed marine species; and
(c) the member is in or on a Commonwealth area.
Penalty:
(a) in the case of an aggravated offence—imprisonment for 2
years or 3,000 penalty units, or both;
(b) in any other case—imprisonment for 2 years or 1,000 penalty
units, or both.
Note 1: For the extra element of an aggravated offence, see section 254F.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in
section 255. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to
those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (1)(b) and (c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
397
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 4 Listed marine species
Section 254C
254C Strict liability for taking etc. member of listed marine species
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person takes, trades, keeps or moves a member of a
marine species; and
(b) the member is a member of a listed marine species; and
(c) the member is in or on a Commonwealth area.
Penalty:
(a) in the case of an aggravated offence—1,500 penalty units;
(b) in any other case—500 penalty units.
Note 1: For the extra element of an aggravated offence, see section 254F.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in
section 255. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to
those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
254D Trading etc. member of listed marine species taken in
Commonwealth area
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person trades, keeps or moves a member of a species; and
(b) the member is a member of a listed marine species; and
(c) the member has been taken in or on a Commonwealth area.
Penalty:
(a) in the case of an aggravated offence—imprisonment for 2
years or 3,000 penalty units, or both;
(b) in any other case—imprisonment for 2 years or 1,000 penalty
units, or both.
Note 1: For the extra element of an aggravated offence, see section 254F.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in
section 255. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to
those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
398
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed marine species Division 4
Section 254E
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (1)(b) and (c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
254E Strict liability for trading etc. member of listed marine species
taken in Commonwealth area
(1) A person commits an offence if:
(a) the person trades, keeps or moves a member of a marine
species; and
(b) the member is a member of a listed marine species; and
(c) the member has been taken in or on a Commonwealth area.
Penalty:
(a) in the case of an aggravated offence—1,500 penalty units;
(b) in any other case—500 penalty units.
Note 1: For the extra element of an aggravated offence, see section 254F.
Note 2: This section does not apply in the circumstances described in
section 255. A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to
those circumstances. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(2) Strict liability applies to paragraphs (1)(a), (b) and (c).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
254F Aggravated offence—member of listed marine species that is a
dugong or turtle
(1) For the purposes of this Subdivision, an offence against
section 254, 254A, 254B, 254C, 254D or 254E (the underlying
offence) is an aggravated offence if the member to which the
underlying offence relates is a member of a listed marine species
mentioned in paragraph 248(2)(f), (g) or (h).
Note: Dugong, marine turtles and leatherback turtles are the listed marine
species mentioned in paragraphs 248(2)(f), (g) and (h).
(2) If the prosecution intends to prove an aggravated offence, the
charge must allege the relevant aggravated offence.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
399
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 4 Listed marine species
Section 255
(3) Strict liability applies to the physical element of circumstance, that
the member is a listed marine species mentioned in
paragraph 248(2)(f), (g) or (h).
Note: For strict liability, see section 6.1 of the Criminal Code.
255 Certain actions are not offences
Sections 254, 254A, 254B, 254C, 254D and 254E do not apply to:
(a) an action authorised by a permit that was issued under
section 258 and is in force; or
(b) an action provided for by, and taken in accordance with, a
wildlife conservation plan made under Division 5 and in
force; or
(c) an action that is covered by an approval in operation under
Part 9 for the purposes of subsection 23(1) or (2), 24A(1),
(2), (3) or (4), 24B(1) or (2) or 24C(1), (3), (5) or (7), 26(1)
or (2) or 27A(1), (2), (3) or (4); or
(d) an action that:
(i) is one of a class of actions declared by the Minister
under section 33 not to require an approval under Part 9
for the purposes of subsection 23(1) or (2), 24A(1), (2),
(3) or (4), 24B(1) or (2) or 24C(1), (3), (5) or (7), 26(1)
or (2) or 27A(1), (2), (3) or (4); and
(ii) is taken in accordance with a management arrangement
or an authorisation process that is an accredited
management arrangement or an accredited authorisation
process for the purposes of the declaration; or
(da) an action that:
(i) is an action, or one of a class of actions, declared by the
Minister under section 37A not to require an approval
under Part 9 for the purposes of subsection 23(1) or (2),
24A(1), (2), (3) or (4), 24B(1) or (2) or 24C(1), (3), (5)
or (7), 26(1) or (2) or 27A(1), (2), (3) or (4); and
(ii) is taken in accordance with the bioregional plan to
which the declaration relates; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
400
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed marine species Division 4
Section 255
(db) in the case of sections 254B, 254C, 254D and 254E—an
action that is trading, keeping or moving a member of a listed
marine species, if:
(i) when the member of the species was taken, the species
was not a listed marine species; and
(ii) the trading, keeping or moving of the member of the
species occurs during the period of 6 months that started
when the species became a listed marine species; or
(e) an action that is taken in a humane manner and is reasonably
necessary to relieve or prevent suffering by an animal; or
(f) an action that is reasonably necessary to prevent a risk to
human health; or
(g) an action by a Commonwealth agency, or an agency of a
State or of a self-governing Territory, that is reasonably
necessary for the purposes of law enforcement; or
(h) an action that is reasonably necessary to deal with an
emergency involving a serious threat to human life or
property; or
(i) an action that occurs as a result of an unavoidable accident,
other than an accident caused by negligent or reckless
behaviour; or
(j) an action taken in accordance with a permit issued under
regulations made under the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park
Act 1975 and in force; or
(k) an action provided for by, and taken in accordance with, a
plan or regime that is accredited under section 265; or
(l) an action, to the extent that it is covered by
subsection 517A(7); or
(m) an action provided for by, and done in accordance with, a
conservation agreement in force under Part 14; or
(n) an action taken in a Commonwealth reserve in accordance
with a management plan made under Part 15 and in operation
for the reserve; or
(o) an action provided for by, and taken in accordance with, a
traditional use of marine resources agreement that:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
401
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 4 Listed marine species
Section 256
(i) was made and accredited in accordance with regulations
made under the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Act
1975; and
(ii) is in force; or
(p) an action that is taken in accordance with a permit that:
(i) was issued under the Antarctic Treaty (Environment
Protection) Act 1980 or under regulations made under
that Act; and
(ii) is in force; or
(q) an action that consists of the transit of a member through a
Commonwealth area in circumstances where the member
was:
(i) obtained from an area that is not a Commonwealth area;
or
(ii) taken from a Commonwealth area in circumstances
covered by paragraph (a), (c), (d), (da), (db), (j), (k), (l),
(m), (n), (o) or (p).
Note: A defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in
this section. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
256 Failing to notify taking etc. of listed marine wildlife
(1) This section applies to an action taken by a person if all of the
following conditions are met:
(a) the person’s action either:
(i) results in the death or injury of a member of a listed
marine species that is in or on a Commonwealth area; or
(ii) consists of, or involves, trading, taking, keeping or
moving a member of a listed marine species that is in or
on a Commonwealth area;
(b) the person’s action does not constitute an offence against
section 254, 254A, 254B, 254C, 254D or 254E, otherwise
than because of paragraph 255(db);
(c) the person’s action is not an action that the person was
authorised by a permit to take.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
402
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed marine species Division 4
Section 256
Note 1: Section 255 sets out most of the circumstances in which an action
described in paragraph (1)(a) will not be an offence against
section 254, 254A, 254B, 254C, 254D or 254E.
Note 2: A person is authorised by a permit to take an action if the person is the
holder of the permit or the person is given an authority under
section 261 by the holder of the permit to take the action.
Note 3: The conditions of a permit may require the holder of the permit to
give certain notices.
(2) Within 7 days of becoming aware of the action, the person must
notify the Secretary in writing, by telephone or by use of any other
electronic equipment:
(a) that the action was taken; and
(b) of other particulars (if any) about the action that are
prescribed by the regulations.
(3) An example of the particulars about the action that the regulations
may prescribe is the time and place of taking the action. This does
not limit the particulars the regulations may prescribe.
(4) Subsection (2) does not apply if:
(a) the person, or any other person or body, is required by or
under a law of the Commonwealth to notify the Secretary of
the action; or
(b) the action is in a class of actions:
(i) that is specified in an agreement or arrangement
between the Secretary and a Commonwealth agency, or
an agency of a State or self-governing Territory; and
(ii) that the agreement or arrangement provides is to be
notified to the Secretary by the agency.
Note: The defendant bears an evidential burden in relation to the matters in
this subsection. See subsection 13.3(3) of the Criminal Code.
(5) A person commits an offence punishable on conviction by a fine
not exceeding 100 penalty units if a person:
(a) fails to do an act; and
(b) the failing to do the act results in a contravention of
subsection (2).
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
403
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 4 Listed marine species
Section 257
Note: Chapter 2 of the Criminal Code sets out the general principles of
criminal responsibility.
257 Application for permits
(1) A person may, in accordance with the regulations, apply to the
Minister for a permit to be issued under section 258.
(2) The application must be accompanied by the fee prescribed by the
regulations (if any).
(3) As soon as practicable after receiving the application, the Minister
must cause to be published on the internet:
(a) details of the application; and
(b) an invitation for anyone to give the Minister comments
within 10 business days (measured in Canberra) on whether
the permit should be issued.
Note: If the action is also the subject of a referral under Division 1 of Part 7
and the referral is made at the same time as the application, the
application and invitation for comments that must be published under
this subsection may be published together with the referral and
invitation for comments that must be published under
subsection 74(3).
258 Minister may issue permits
(1) Subject to subsection (3), the Minister may, on application by a
person under section 257, issue a permit to the person.
(2) A permit authorises its holder to take the actions specified in the
permit without breaching section 254, 254A, 254B, 254C, 254D or
254E.
(3) The Minister must not issue the permit unless satisfied that:
(a) the specified action will significantly contribute to the
conservation of the listed marine species concerned or other
listed marine species; or
(b) the impact of the specified action on a member of the listed
marine species concerned is incidental to, and not the
purpose of, the taking of the action and:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
404
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed marine species Division 4
Section 259
(i) the taking of the action will not adversely affect the
conservation status of that species or a population of
that species; and
(ii) the taking of the action is not inconsistent with a
wildlife conservation plan for that species that is in
force; and
(iii) the holder of the permit will take all reasonable steps to
minimise the impact of the action on that species; or
(c) the specified action is of particular significance to indigenous
tradition and will not adversely affect the conservation status
of the listed marine species concerned; or
(d) the specified action is necessary in order to control pathogens
and is conducted in a way that will, so far as is practicable,
keep to a minimum any impact on the listed marine species
concerned.
(4) In making a decision on the application, the Minister must consider
the comments (if any) received:
(a) in response to the invitation under subsection 257(3) for
anyone to give the Minister comments on whether the permit
should be issued; and
(b) within the period specified in the invitation.
259 Conditions of permits
(1) A permit is subject to such conditions as are specified in the permit
or as are imposed under subsection (2).
(2) The Minister may, in accordance with the regulations:
(a) vary or revoke a condition of a permit; or
(b) impose further conditions of a permit.
260 Contravening conditions of a permit
The holder of a permit commits an offence punishable upon
conviction by a fine not exceeding 300 penalty units if:
(a) he or she does, or fails to do, an act or thing; and
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
405
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 4 Listed marine species
Section 261
(b) doing, or failing to do, the act or thing results in a
contravention of a condition of the permit.
261 Authorities under permits
(1) Subject to subsection (2), the holder of a permit may give to a
person written authority to take for or on behalf of the holder any
action authorised by the permit. The authority may be given
generally or as otherwise provided by the instrument of authority.
(2) The holder of a permit must not give an authority unless:
(a) the permit contains a condition permitting the holder to do
so; and
(b) the authority is given in accordance with any requirements
set out in the condition.
(3) A permit is, for the purposes of this Act, taken to authorise the
taking of a particular action by a person if the taking of that action
by the person is authorised by an authority given by the holder of
the permit.
(4) The giving of an authority does not prevent the taking of any action
by the holder of the permit.
(5) Except as provided in this section, a permit does not authorise the
taking of any action by a person for or on behalf of the holder of
the permit.
(6) A person who gives an authority must give to the Minister written
notice of it within 14 days after giving the authority.
262 Transfer of permits
On the application, in accordance with the regulations, of the
holder of a permit, the Minister may, in accordance with the
regulations, transfer the permit to another person.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
406
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed marine species Division 4
Section 263
263 Suspension or cancellation of permits
The Minister may, in accordance with the regulations:
(a) suspend a permit for a specified period; or
(b) cancel a permit.
263A Review of decisions about permits
(1) Subject to subsection (2), an application may be made to the
Administrative Appeals Tribunal for review of a decision:
(a) to issue or refuse a permit; or
(b) to specify, vary or revoke a condition of a permit; or
(c) to impose a further condition of a permit; or
(d) to transfer or refuse to transfer a permit; or
(e) to suspend or cancel a permit.
(2) Subsection (1) does not apply to a decision made personally by the
Minister (but the subsection does apply to a decision made by a
delegate of the Minister).
264 Fees
Such fees as are prescribed (if any) are payable in respect of the
following:
(a) the grant or the transfer of a permit;
(b) the variation or revocation of a condition of a permit;
(c) the imposition of a further condition of a permit.
Subdivision C—Miscellaneous
265 Minister may accredit plans, regimes or policies
(1) The Minister may, by instrument in writing, accredit for the
purposes of this Division:
(a) a plan of management within the meaning of section 17 of
the Fisheries Management Act 1991; or
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
407
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Chapter 5 Conservation of biodiversity and heritage
Part 13 Species and communities
Division 4 Listed marine species
Section 266
(b) a plan of management within the meaning of section 15A of
the Torres Strait Fisheries Act 1984; or
(c) a plan of management, or a policy, regime or any other
arrangement, for a fishery, that is:
(i) made by a State or self-governing Territory; and
(ii) in force under a law of the State or self-governing
Territory; or
(d) a regime determined in writing by the Australian Fisheries
Management Authority under the Fisheries Administration
Act 1991 for managing a fishery for which a plan of
management (within the meaning of section 17 of the
Fisheries Management Act 1991) is not in force; or
(e) a policy formulated by the Protected Zone Joint Authority
under paragraph 34(b) of the Torres Strait Fisheries Act 1984
for managing a fishery for which a plan of management
(within the meaning of section 15A of the Torres Strait
Fisheries Act 1984) is not in force;
if the Minister is satisfied that:
(f) the plan, regime or policy requires persons engaged in fishing
under the plan, regime or policy to take all reasonable steps
to ensure that members of listed marine species are not killed
or injured as a result of the fishing; and
(g) the fishery to which the plan, regime or policy relates does
not, or is not likely to, adversely affect the conservation
status of a listed marine species or a population of that
species.
Note 1: The Minister may accredit a plan, regime or policy subject to
conditions (see section 303AA).
Note 2: If a plan, regime or policy that is accredited under this section is, or is
proposed to be, amended, the Minister may determine under
section 303AB that the plan, regime or policy as amended is, for the
purposes of this Act, taken to be accredited under subsection (1) of
this section.
(2) An instrument under subsection (1) is not a legislative instrument.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
408
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Conservation of biodiversity and heritage Chapter 5
Species and communities Part 13
Listed marine species Division 4
Section 266
266 Regulations
The regulations may:
(a) provide for the transportation, treatment and disposal of
members of listed marine species killed, injured or taken in
contravention of this Division; and
(b) provide for the methods or equipment by which members of
listed marine species may be killed or taken otherwise than in
contravention of this Division; and
(c) provide for the gathering and dissemination of information
relating to listed marine species; and
(d) provide for the protection and conservation of listed marine
species; and
(e) provide for any matter incidental to or connected with any of
the above paragraphs.
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
409
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Environment Protection and Biodiversity
Conservation Act 1999
No. 91, 1999
Compilation No. 52
Compilation date: 29 October 2018
Includes amendments up to: Act No. 12, 2018
Registered: 9 November 2018
This compilation is in 2 volumes
Volume 1: sections 1–266
Volume 2: sections 266B–528
Schedule
Endnotes
Each volume has its own contents
Prepared by the Office of Parliamentary Counsel, Canberra
About this compilation
This compilation
This is a compilation of the Environment Protection and Biodiversity
Conservation Act 1999 that shows the text of the law as amended and in force
on 29 October 2018 (the compilation date).
The notes at the end of this compilation (the endnotes) include information
about amending laws and the amendment history of provisions of the compiled
law.
Uncommenced amendments
The effect of uncommenced amendments is not shown in the text of the
compiled law. Any uncommenced amendments affecting the law are accessible
on the Legislation Register (www.legislation.gov.au). The details of
amendments made up to, but not commenced at, the compilation date are
underlined in the endnotes. For more information on any uncommenced
amendments, see the series page on the Legislation Register for the compiled
law.
Application, saving and transitional provisions for provisions and
amendments
If the operation of a provision or amendment of the compiled law is affected by
an application, saving or transitional provision that is not included in this
compilation, details are included in the endnotes.
Editorial changes
For more information about any editorial changes made in this compilation, see
the endnotes.
Modifications
If the compiled law is modified by another law, the compiled law operates as
modified but the modification does not amend the text of the law. Accordingly,
this compilation does not show the text of the compiled law as modified. For
more information on any modifications, see the series page on the Legislation
Register for the compiled law.
Self-repealing provisions
If a provision of the compiled law has been repealed in accordance with a
provision of the law, details are included in the endnotes.
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Contents
Chapter 5—Conservation of biodiversity and heritage 1
Part 13—Species and communities 1
Division 5—Conservation advice, recovery plans, threat
abatement plans and wildlife conservation plans 1
Subdivision AA—Approved conservation advice 1
266B Approved conservation advice for listed threatened
species and listed threatened ecological
communities ......................................................................1
Subdivision A—Recovery plans and threat abatement plans 3
267 Simplified outline of this Subdivision ...............................3
268 Compliance with recovery plans and threat
abatement plans .................................................................3
269 Implementing recovery and threat abatement plans ..........4
269AA Decision whether to have a recovery plan .........................4
269A Making or adopting a recovery plan..................................7
270 Content of recovery plans..................................................9
270A Decision whether to have a threat abatement plan...........11
270B Making or adopting a threat abatement plan ...................13
271 Content of threat abatement plans ...................................15
272 Eradication of non-native species....................................16
273 Ensuring plans are in force ..............................................16
274 Scientific Committee to advise on plans .........................18
275 Consultation on plans ......................................................18
276 Consideration of comments .............................................19
277 Adoption of State plans ...................................................19
278 Publication of plans .........................................................20
279 Variation of plans by the Minister ...................................20
280 Variation by a State or Territory of joint plans and
plans adopted by the Minister..........................................21
281 Commonwealth assistance...............................................22
282 Scientific Committee to advise on assistance ..................22
283 Plans may cover more than one species etc. ....................23
283A Revoking a plan...............................................................23
284 Reports on preparation and implementation of
plans ................................................................................24
Subdivision B—Wildlife conservation plans 24
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
i
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
285 Wildlife conservation plans.............................................24
286 Acting in accordance with wildlife conservation
plans ................................................................................25
287 Content of wildlife conservation plans ............................25
288 Eradication of non-native species....................................27
289 Scientific Committee to advise on scheduling of
plans ................................................................................27
290 Consultation on plans ......................................................27
291 Consideration of comments .............................................28
292 Adoption of State plans ...................................................28
293 Publication, review and variation of plans.......................29
294 Variation of plans by the Minister ...................................29
295 Variation by a State or Territory of joint plans and
plans adopted by the Minister..........................................30
296 Commonwealth assistance...............................................31
297 Plans may cover more than one species etc. ....................31
298 Reports on preparation and implementation of
plans ................................................................................31
Subdivision C—Miscellaneous 32
299 Wildlife conservation plans cease to have effect .............32
300 Document may contain more than one plan ....................32
300A State and Territory laws not affected...............................32
300B Assistance from the Scientific Committee.......................32
Division 6—Access to biological resources 34
301 Control of access to biological resources ........................34
Division 6A—Control of non-native species 35
301A Regulations for control of non-native species .................35
Division 7—Aid for conservation of species in foreign countries 36
302 Aid for conservation of species in foreign
countries ..........................................................................36
Division 8—Miscellaneous 37
303 Regulations......................................................................37
303A Exemptions from this Part ...............................................37
303AA Conditions relating to accreditation of plans,
regimes and policies ........................................................38
303AB Amended policies, regimes or plans taken to be
accredited ........................................................................39
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
ii
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Part 13A—International movement of wildlife specimens 40
Division 1—Introduction 40
303BA Objects of Part.................................................................40
303BAA Certain indigenous rights not affected .............................40
303BB Simplified outline............................................................41
303BC Definitions.......................................................................42
Division 2—CITES species 44
Subdivision A—CITES species and CITES specimens 44
303CA Listing of CITES species.................................................44
303CB Stricter domestic measures ..............................................45
Subdivision B—Offences and permit system 46
303CC Exports of CITES specimens...........................................46
303CD Imports of CITES specimens...........................................47
303CE Applications for permits ..................................................49
303CF Further information .........................................................49
303CG Minister may issue permits..............................................49
303CH Specific conditions relating to the export or import
of CITES specimens for commercial purposes................51
303CI Time limit for making permit decision ............................55
303CJ Duration of permits .........................................................56
303CK Register of applications and decisions.............................56
Subdivision C—Application of CITES 56
303CL Application of CITES—Management Authority
and Scientific Authority ..................................................56
303CM Interpretation of CITES provisions .................................57
303CN Resolutions of the Conference of the Parties to
CITES..............................................................................57
Division 3—Exports of regulated native specimens 58
Subdivision A—Regulated native specimens 58
303DA Regulated native specimens ............................................58
303DB Listing of exempt native specimens ................................58
303DC Minister may amend list ..................................................59
Subdivision B—Offence and permit system 61
303DD Exports of regulated native specimens ............................61
303DE Applications for permits ..................................................62
303DF Further information .........................................................62
303DG Minister may issue permits..............................................62
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
iii
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
303DH Time limit for making permit decision ............................65
303DI Duration of permits .........................................................66
303DJ Register of applications and decisions.............................66
Division 4—Imports of regulated live specimens 67
Subdivision A—Regulated live specimens 67
303EA Regulated live specimens ................................................67
303EB Listing of specimens suitable for live import ..................67
303EC Minister may amend list ..................................................68
Subdivision B—Assessments relating to the amendment of the list
of specimens suitable for import 69
303ED Amendment of list on the Minister’s own initiative ........69
303EE Application for amendment of list...................................70
303EF Requirement for assessments ..........................................71
303EG Timing of decision about proposed amendment ..............72
303EH Requesting further information .......................................72
303EI Notice of refusal of proposed amendment .......................73
303EJ Reviews ...........................................................................73
Subdivision C—Offence and permit system 73
303EK Imports of regulated live specimens ................................73
303EL Applications for permits ..................................................74
303EM Further information .........................................................74
303EN Minister may issue permits..............................................74
303EO Time limit for making permit decision ............................75
303EP Duration of permits .........................................................76
303EQ Register of applications and decisions.............................76
Subdivision D—Marking of certain specimens for the purposes of
identification 76
303ER Object ..............................................................................76
303ES Specimens to which Subdivision applies.........................77
303ET Extended meaning of marking.........................................77
303EU Secretary may make determinations about marking
of specimens....................................................................78
303EV Offences ..........................................................................79
303EW This Subdivision does not limit conditions of
permits.............................................................................80
Division 5—Concepts relating to permit criteria 81
Subdivision A—Non-commercial purpose exports and imports 81
303FA Eligible non-commercial purpose exports .......................81
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
iv
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
303FB Eligible non-commercial purpose imports.......................81
303FC Export or import for the purposes of research .................82
303FD Export or import for the purposes of education ...............83
303FE Export or import for the purposes of exhibition ..............83
303FF Export or import for conservation breeding or
propagation......................................................................84
303FG Export or import of household pets .................................85
303FH Export or import of personal items..................................86
303FI Export or import for the purposes of a travelling
exhibition.........................................................................87
Subdivision B—Commercial purpose exports and imports 87
303FJ Eligible commercial purpose exports ..............................87
303FK Export or import from an approved captive
breeding program ............................................................88
303FL Export from an approved artificial propagation
program ...........................................................................88
303FLA Export from an approved cultivation program ................88
303FM Export from an approved aquaculture program...............89
303FN Approved wildlife trade operation...................................89
303FO Approved wildlife trade management plan......................92
303FP Accredited wildlife trade management plan ....................94
303FQ Consultation with State and Territory agencies ...............95
303FR Public consultation ..........................................................96
303FRA Assessments ....................................................................96
303FS Register of declarations ...................................................97
303FT Additional provisions relating to declarations .................97
303FU Approved commercial import program ...........................99
Division 6—Miscellaneous 100
303GA Permit decision—controlled action, and action for
which a non-Part 13A permit is required.......................100
303GB Exceptional circumstances permit .................................102
303GC Permit authorising the Secretary to export or
import specimens...........................................................104
303GD Testing permit—section 303EE assessments ................106
303GE Conditions of permits ....................................................108
303GF Contravening conditions of a permit .............................109
303GG Authorities under permits ..............................................111
303GH Transfer of permits ........................................................112
303GI Suspension or cancellation of permits ...........................112
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
v
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
303GJ Review of decisions.......................................................112
303GK Permit to be produced....................................................113
303GL Pre-CITES certificate to be produced............................114
303GM Fees ...............................................................................115
303GN Possession of illegally imported specimens...................115
303GO Regulations relating to welfare......................................117
303GP Cruelty—export or import of animals ...........................118
303GQ Imports of specimens contrary to the laws of a
foreign country ..............................................................119
303GR Evidence........................................................................119
303GS Evidence of examiner ....................................................120
303GT Protection of witness .....................................................122
303GU Forms and declarations—persons arriving in
Australia or an external Territory ..................................123
303GV Saving of other laws ......................................................123
303GW Part not to apply to certain specimens ...........................123
303GX Part not to apply to certain specimens used by
traditional inhabitants ....................................................125
303GY When a specimen is lawfully imported ..........................127
Part 14—Conservation agreements 129 304 Object of this Part..........................................................129
305 Minister may enter into conservation agreements .........130
306 Content of conservation agreements..............................134
306A Conservation agreement may include declaration
that actions do not need approval under Part 9..............137
307 Conservation agreements to be legally binding .............137
307A Conservation agreements may deal with
remediation or mitigation measures...............................138
308 Variation and termination of conservation
agreements.....................................................................139
309 Publication of conservation agreements ........................140
310 List of conservation agreements ....................................142
311 Commonwealth, State and Territory laws .....................142
312 Minister must not give preference .................................142
Part 15—Protected areas 143
Division 1—Managing World Heritage properties 143
Subdivision A—Simplified outline of this Division 143
313 Simplified outline of this Division ................................143
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
vi
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Subdivision B—Seeking agreement on World Heritage listing 144
314 Special provisions relating to World Heritage
nominations ...................................................................144
Subdivision C—Notice of submission of property for listing 144
315 Minister must give notice of submission of
property for listing etc. ..................................................144
Subdivision D—Plans for listed World Heritage properties in
Commonwealth areas 145
316 Making plans.................................................................145
317 Notice of plans ..............................................................146
318 Commonwealth compliance with plans.........................147
319 Review of plans every 5 years .......................................147
Subdivision E—Managing World Heritage properties in States
and self-governing Territories 147
320 Application....................................................................147
321 Co-operating to prepare and implement plans ...............148
322 Commonwealth responsibilities ....................................148
Subdivision F—Australian World Heritage management
principles 149
323 Australian World Heritage management principles.......149
Subdivision G—Assistance for protecting World Heritage
properties 149
324 Commonwealth assistance for protecting declared
World Heritage properties .............................................149
Division 1A—Managing National Heritage places 151
Subdivision A—Preliminary 151
324A Simplified outline of this Division ................................151
Subdivision B—The National Heritage List 152
324C The National Heritage List ............................................152
324D Meaning of National Heritage values ...........................152
Subdivision BA—Inclusion of places in the National Heritage List:
usual process 153
324E Simplified outline..........................................................153
324F Definitions.....................................................................154
324G Meaning of assessment period ......................................155
324H Minister may determine heritage themes for an
assessment period..........................................................155
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
vii
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
324J Minister to invite nominations for each assessment
period ............................................................................156
324JA Minister to give nominations to Australian
Heritage Council ...........................................................157
324JB Australian Heritage Council to prepare proposed
priority assessment list ..................................................158
324JC Matters to be included in proposed priority
assessment list ...............................................................159
324JD Statement to be given to Minister with proposed
priority assessment list ..................................................160
324JE The finalised priority assessment list.............................160
324JF Publication of finalised priority assessment list.............161
324JG Australian Heritage Council to invite comments on
places in finalised priority assessment list .....................161
324JH Australian Heritage Council to assess places on
finalised priority assessment list and give
assessments to Minister .................................................163
324JI Time by which assessments to be provided to
Minister .........................................................................165
324JJ Decision about inclusion of a place in the National
Heritage List..................................................................165
Subdivision BB—Inclusion of places in the National Heritage List:
emergency process 168
324JK Simplified outline..........................................................168
324JL Minister may include place in National Heritage
List if under threat .........................................................169
324JM Minister to ask Australian Heritage Council for
assessment .....................................................................170
324JN Publication of listing of place and inviting
comments ......................................................................171
324JO Australian Heritage Council to assess place and
give assessment to Minister...........................................172
324JP Time by which assessments to be provided to
Minister .........................................................................172
324JQ Decision about place remaining in the National
Heritage List..................................................................173
Subdivision BC—Other provisions relating to the National
Heritage List 176
324JR Co-ordination with Scientific Committee—
Council undertaking assessment....................................176
324JS Co-ordination with Scientific Committee—
Council given assessment to Minister ...........................178
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
viii
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
324K Listing process not affected by changing
boundaries of a place.....................................................178
324L Removal of places or National Heritage values
from the National Heritage List.....................................179
324M Minister must consider advice of the Australian
Heritage Council and public comments.........................180
324N Specifying one or more additional National
Heritage values for a National Heritage place ...............181
324P National Heritage List must be publicly available.........182
324Q Certain information may be kept confidential ...............182
324R Disclosure of Australian Heritage Council’s
assessments and advice .................................................182
Subdivision C—Management plans for National Heritage places
in Commonwealth areas 184
324S Management plans for National Heritage places in
Commonwealth areas ....................................................184
324T Restriction on ability to make plans ..............................186
324U Compliance with plans by the Commonwealth and
Commonwealth agencies...............................................186
324V Multiple plans in the same document ............................186
324W Review of plans at least every 5 years...........................187
Subdivision D—Management of National Heritage places in States
and self-governing Territories 187
324X Plans and Commonwealth responsibilities ....................187
Subdivision E—The National Heritage management principles 188
324Y National Heritage management principles.....................188
Subdivision F—Obligations of Commonwealth agencies 189
324Z Obligation to assist the Minister and the Australian
Heritage Council ...........................................................189
324ZA Protecting National Heritage values of places sold
or leased ........................................................................189
Subdivision G—Assistance for protecting National Heritage
places 191
324ZB Commonwealth assistance for protecting National
Heritage places ..............................................................191
Subdivision H—Reviewing and reporting on the National
Heritage List 191
324ZC Reviewing and reporting on the National Heritage
List ................................................................................191
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
ix
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
Division 2—Managing wetlands of international importance 193
Subdivision A—Simplified outline of this Division 193
325 Simplified outline of this Division ................................193
Subdivision B—Seeking agreement on Ramsar designation 194
326 Commonwealth must seek agreement before
designation ....................................................................194
Subdivision C—Notice of designation of wetland 194
327 Minister must give notice of designation of
wetland etc. ...................................................................194
Subdivision D—Plans for listed wetlands in Commonwealth areas 195
328 Making plans.................................................................195
329 Notice of plans ..............................................................196
330 Commonwealth compliance with plans.........................196
331 Review of plans every 5 years .......................................197
Subdivision E—Management of wetlands in States and
self-governing Territories 197
332 Application....................................................................197
333 Co-operating to prepare and implement plans ...............198
334 Commonwealth responsibilities ....................................198
Subdivision F—Australian Ramsar management principles 198
335 Australian Ramsar management principles ...................198
Subdivision G—Assistance for protecting wetlands 199
336 Commonwealth assistance for protecting declared
Ramsar wetlands ...........................................................199
Division 3—Managing Biosphere reserves 200
337 Definition of Biosphere reserve ....................................200
338 Planning for management of Biosphere reserves...........200
339 Commonwealth activities in Biosphere reserves ...........200
340 Australian Biosphere reserve management
principles .......................................................................201
341 Commonwealth assistance for protecting
Biosphere reserves.........................................................201
Division 3A—Managing Commonwealth Heritage places 202
Subdivision A—Preliminary 202
341A Simplified outline of this Division ................................202
341B Extension to places etc. outside the Australian
jurisdiction.....................................................................202
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
x
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
203Subdivision B—The Commonwealth Heritage List
341C The Commonwealth Heritage List ................................203
341D Meaning of Commonwealth Heritage values ................203
Subdivision BA—Inclusion of places in the Commonwealth
Heritage List: usual process 204
341E Simplified outline..........................................................204
341F Definitions.....................................................................205
341G Meaning of assessment period ......................................206
341H Minister to invite nominations for each assessment
period ............................................................................206
341J Minister to give nominations to Australian
Heritage Council ...........................................................207
341JA Australian Heritage Council to prepare proposed
priority assessment list ..................................................209
341JB Matters to be included in proposed priority
assessment list ...............................................................210
341JC Statement to be given to Minister with proposed
priority assessment list ..................................................210
341JD The finalised priority assessment list.............................211
341JE Publication of finalised priority assessment list.............212
341JF Australian Heritage Council to invite comments on
places in finalised priority assessment list .....................212
341JG Australian Heritage Council to assess places on
finalised priority assessment list and give
assessments to Minister .................................................213
341JH Time by which assessments to be provided to
Minister .........................................................................215
341JI Decision about inclusion of a place in the
Commonwealth Heritage List........................................216
Subdivision BB—Inclusion of places in the Commonwealth
Heritage List: emergency process 219
341JJ Simplified outline..........................................................219
341JK Minister may include place in Commonwealth
Heritage List if under threat ..........................................219
341JL Minister to ask Australian Heritage Council for
assessment .....................................................................221
341JM Publication of listing of place and inviting
comments ......................................................................221
341JN Australian Heritage Council to assess place and
give assessment to Minister...........................................222
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
xi
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
341JO Time by which assessments to be provided to
Minister .........................................................................223
341JP Decision about place remaining in the
Commonwealth Heritage List........................................223
Subdivision BC—Other provisions relating to the Commonwealth
Heritage List 227
341JQ Co-ordination with Scientific Committee—
Council undertaking assessment....................................227
341JR Co-ordination with Scientific Committee—
Council given assessment to Minister ...........................228
341K Listing process not affected by changing
boundaries of a place.....................................................229
341L Removal of places or Commonwealth Heritage
values from the Commonwealth Heritage List ..............229
341M Minister must consider advice of the Australian
Heritage Council and public comments.........................231
341N Specifying one or more additional Commonwealth
Heritage values for a Commonwealth Heritage
place ..............................................................................232
341P Commonwealth Heritage List must be publicly
available ........................................................................233
341Q Certain information may be kept confidential ...............233
341R Disclosure of Australian Heritage Council’s
assessments and advice .................................................234
Subdivision C—Management plans for Commonwealth Heritage
places 236
341S Management plans for Commonwealth Heritage
places.............................................................................236
341T Endorsing management plans for Commonwealth
Heritage places ..............................................................237
341U Restriction on ability to make plans ..............................238
341V Compliance with plans by the Commonwealth and
Commonwealth agencies...............................................238
341W Multiple plans in the same document ............................238
341X Review of plans at least every 5 years...........................239
Subdivision D—The Commonwealth Heritage management
principles 239
341Y Commonwealth Heritage management principles .........239
Subdivision E—Obligations of Commonwealth agencies 240
341Z Obligation to assist the Minister and the Australian
Heritage Council ...........................................................240
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
Compilation No. 52 Compilation date: 29/10/18 Registered: 9/11/18
xii
Authorised Version C2018C00440 registered 09/11/2018
341ZA Heritage strategies .........................................................240
341ZB Heritage assessments a